SILICON VALLEY REGIONAL INTEROPERABILITY AUTHORITY (SVRIA) SEPTEMBER 13, /800 MHZ PROJECT 25 TRUNKED RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM

Transcription

1 SILICON VALLEY REGIONAL INTEROPERABILITY AUTHORITY (SVRIA) SEPTEMBER 13, /800 MHZ PROJECT 25 TRUNKED RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM The design, technical, and cost information furnished with this proposal is proprietary information of Motorola Solutions, Inc. (Motorola). Such information is submitted with the restriction that it is to be used only for the evaluation of the proposal, and is not to be disclosed publicly or in any manner to anyone other than those required to evaluate the proposal, without the express written permission of Motorola Solutions, Inc. MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. SYMBOL is a trademark owned by Symbol Technologies, Inc., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Motorola Solutions, Inc. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved.

2

3 TABLE OF CONTENTS Exhibit A Insurance Requirements for Professional Services Contracts... A-1 Exhibit B Software License Agreement... B-3 Exhibit C Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents... C-8 C.1 System Description... C-8 C.1.1 Radio Communications System Requirements... C-8 C.1.2 Radio System Description... C-9 C ASTRO 25 Core... C-10 C Trunked Voice Infrastructure Solution... C-11 C Dispatch Solution... C-12 C.1.3 ASTRO 25 Trunked System Technological Advantages and Functionality... C-13 C Technological Advantages... C-13 C Capacity Expansion without Reprogramming Subscribers... C-13 C Simulcast Operation... C-13 C Integrated Voice and Data (IV&D) Communications (Optional)... C-15 C ASTRO 25 Trunked System Functionality... C-17 C System Access Functionality... C-17 C User Talkgroup Functionality... C-18 C Individual Call Functionality... C-19 C Site Registration and Radio Deregistration Functionality... C-20 C Radio Roaming Functionality... C-20 C.1.4 Equipment by Site... C-22 C Carol Drive... C-22 C Walsh Site... C-23 C Santa Clara ECOMM Site... C-23 C Sunnyvale DPS... C-24 C Santa Clara El Camino... C-24 C Santa Clara Electric Control... C-24 C Santa Clara Technical Services Center... C-24 C.1.5 Backhaul Network... C-24 C.1.6 Network Connectivity and Bandwidth Requirements... C-25 C.1.7 MCC7100 Console Design for Stage 1... C-26 C City of Santa Clara... C-26 C City of Sunnyvale... C-27 C.1.8 MCC 7100 Console Product Information... C-27 C.1.9 MCC 7100 Dispatch Graphical User Interface... C-29 C Pull Down Menus... C-29 C Toolbars... C-30 C Status Line... C-30 C Resource Folders... C-30 C Radio Resources... C-31 C Indicators and Controls... C-31 C Compressed, Larger Compressed and Expanded Resources... C-31 C Received Call Stack... C-33 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Table of Contents i

4 C Auxiliary Input and Output Resources... C-34 C Patch and Multi-Select Folders... C-35 C Patch Folders... C-35 C Multi-Select Folder... C-36 C Activity Log Window... C-37 C Help... C-38 C On Line Help... C-38 C Micro Help... C-38 C Tool Tips Help... C-39 C.1.10 Conventional Channel Gateway... C-39 C.1.11 Feature Descriptions... C-40 C Centralized System Management... C-40 C End to End Encryption... C-40 C General Transmit... C-40 C Instant Transmit... C-40 C Instant Transmit Safety Switch... C-41 C APB Transmit... C-41 C Transmit Priority Levels... C-41 C Resource Transmit Status - Transmitting... C-42 C Resource Transmit Status - Trunking Busy/Callback... C-42 C Trunked Base Station/Repeater Control... C-42 C.1.12 System Access Priority Select (Normal/Tactical)... C-42 C Fault Management... C-43 C.1.13 Facilities and Infrastructure Development... C-44 C Walsh / City of Santa Clara Corp Yard and EComm Tower... C-44 C Sunnyvale DPS... C-45 C Carol Drive... C-46 C.1.14 Network Management... C-46 C.1.15 Subscriber Equipment... C-56 C.1.16 Subscriber Equipment Description... C-56 C.1.17 Response to General RFP Requirements... C-56 C.1.18 Portable Radio Models... C-59 C Multi-Band Portable Radios... C-60 C.1.19 Equipment Descriptions... C-61 C APX 6000 and APX 6000 Li Portable Radios... C-62 C APX 6000 XE (Extreme)... C-64 C APX 7000 Portable Radios Multi Band... C-65 C APX 7000XE Portable Radios... C-67 C Optional ASTRO XTS 1500 Model 1.5 Portable... C-69 C.1.20 Mobile Radios / Control Stations... C-69 C APX C-70 C APX 4500 Control Station... C-71 C APX 6500 & 6500 Li Mobile Radios... C-71 C APX 6500 SeriesControl Station... C-73 C APX 7500 Multi-Band Mobile Radios... C-73 C APX 7500 Control Station... C-74 C Existing ASTRO 25 Digital XTL Series Mobiles... C-75 C FLASH Upgrade for XTL 5000 Mobiles... C-76 C Optional ASTRO XTL 1500 Dash Mounted Mobiles... C-76 C APX 7500 Consolettes... C-76 C.1.21 Subscriber Accessories... C-76 C Speaker Microphones... C-77 C Carrying Cases and Accessories... C July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System ii Table of Contents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

5 C Batteries and Battery Charging Systems... C-77 C.2 Equipment List... C-80 C.3 Statement of Work and Acceptance Test Plan... C-99 C.3.1 Statement of Work... C-99 C.3.2 Contract... C-99 C.3.3 Contract Award (Milestone)... C-99 C.3.4 Contract Administration... C-99 C.3.5 Project Kickoff... C-100 C.3.6 Contract Design Review... C-100 C.3.7 Review Contract Design... C-100 C.3.8 Design Approval... C-101 C.3.9 Order Processing and Staging... C-101 C.3.10 Process Equipment List... C-101 C.3.11 Backhaul... C-102 C.3.12 Talkgroup Fleetmap... C-102 C.3.13 Subscriber Templates... C-103 C.3.14 Staging... C-103 C.3.15 Stage System... C-103 C.3.16 Ship Equipment to Field... C-104 C.3.17 Civil Work... C-104 C.3.18 General Notes... C-105 C.3.19 System Installation... C-107 C.3.20 Fixed Network Equipment Installation... C-107 C.3.21 System Installation Acceptance (Milestone)... C-107 C.3.22 System Optimization... C-108 C.3.23 Optimize System Fixed Network Equipment... C-108 C.3.24 Optimization Complete... C-108 C.3.25 Training... C-108 C.3.26 Perform Training... C-108 C.3.27 Training Complete... C-109 C.3.28 Quality Audits... C-109 C.3.29 Perform R56 Audit... C-109 C.3.30 Acceptance Testing... C-109 C.3.31 Perform Functional Testing... C-109 C.3.32 Perform Coverage Testing... C-110 C.3.33 Perform 30 Day Operational Test... C-110 C.3.34 Subscriber Installation (If Purchased)... C-110 C.3.35 Program and Install Mobiles... C-110 C.3.36 Program and Distribute Portables... C-111 C.3.37 Control Station Installation... C-112 C.3.38 Finalize... C-112 C.3.39 Cutover... C-112 C.3.40 Resolve Punchlist... C-113 C.3.41 Transition to Service/Project Transition Certificate... C-113 C.3.42 Finalize Documentation... C-113 C.3.43 Final Acceptance... C-114 C.3.44 Project Administration... C-114 C.3.45 Project Status Meetings... C-114 C.3.46 Progress Milestone Submittal... C-114 C.3.47 Change Order Process... C-115 C.3.48 Quality Assurance and Audit Plan... C-115 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Table of Contents iii

6 C.3.49 Risk Management... C-117 C.3.50 Overview... C-117 C.3.51 Coverage... C-117 C.3.52 Site Acquisition and Construction... C-117 C.3.53 Spectrum and FCC 6.25e 700 MHz Mandates... C-117 C.3.54 System Integration... C-118 C.3.55 Ability to Expand... C-118 C.3.56 User Acceptance... C-119 C.3.57 Life Cycle Support Resources... C-119 C.3.58 Acceptance Test Plan... C-121 C Overview... C-121 C Functional Acceptance Test Plan... C-121 C Coverage Acceptance Test Plan... C-122 C Day Operational Test... C-131 C.4 Performance Schedule... C-133 C.5 Training Plan... C-135 C.5.1 Overview... C-135 C.5.2 Courses Proposed... C-135 C.5.3 Technical Training... C-136 C.5.4 User Training... C-138 C Detailed Course Outlines... C-139 C Online Instructor Led Course Information... C-139 C.6 Pricing Summary... C-141 C.6.1 Radio Infrastructure Price Detail... C-142 C.6.2 Santa Clara Consoles Price Detail... C-144 C.6.3 Sunnyvale Consoles Price Detail... C-145 C.6.4 Santa Clara Subscribers Pricing Summary... C-146 C.6.5 Sunnyvale Subscribers Pricing Summary... C-147 C.7 Warranty Services Statements of Work... C-148 C.7.1 Technical Support Service... C-148 C.7.2 OnSite Infrastructure Response and Dispatch Service... C-150 C.7.3 Infrastructure Repair... C-152 C.7.4 Network Preventative Maintenance... C-155 Exhibit D County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents... D-1 D.1 County Consoles System description... D-1 D.1.1 System Overview... D-1 D.1.2 MCC 7500 Dispatch Console Description... D-2 D Architecture and Components... D-3 D Additional MCC 7500 Console Dispatch System Features... D-6 D.1.3 Logging Recorder Subsystem... D-8 D MCC 7500 Archiving Interface Server (AIS)... D-9 D Nice Processor Module (VPM)... D-9 D MCC 7500 IP Logging Recorder... D-10 D NICELog Logging Recorder... D-10 D NICE Inform Playback and Management System... D-10 D Reconstruction Application... D-11 D Organizer Application... D-11 D Monitor Application... D-11 D System Administration... D July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System iv Table of Contents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

7 D NICE Inform Server... D-12 D.1.4 Power Requirements... D-12 D.1.5 Rack Face Drawing... D-13 D.1.6 Assumptions... D-14 D.2 County Consoles System Equipment List... D-15 D.3 County Consoles Statement of Work and Acceptance Test Plan... D-21 D.3.1 Contract... D-21 D Contract Award (Milestone)... D-21 D Contract Administration... D-21 D Project Kickoff... D-21 D.3.2 Contract Design Review... D-22 D Review Contract Design... D-22 D Design Approval (Milestone)... D-23 D.3.3 Order Processing... D-23 D Process Equipment List... D-23 D.3.4 Manufacturing and Staging... D-24 D Manufacture Motorola Fixed Network Equipment... D-24 D Manufacture Non-Motorola Equipment... D-24 D Manufacture Console and Subscriber Equipment... D-24 D Talkgroup Fleetmap... D-24 D Stage System... D-25 D Ship Equipment to Field... D-25 D Ship Acceptance (Milestone)... D-26 D.3.5 Civil Work for the County-Provided Facilities Motorola Responsibilities:... D-26 D.3.6 System Installation... D-27 D Install Fixed Network Equipment... D-27 D Fixed Network Equipment Installation Complete... D-27 D Console Installation... D-27 D Control Station Installation... D-28 D Subscriber Installation... D-29 D System Installation Acceptance (Milestone)... D-29 D.3.7 System Optimization... D-29 D Optimize System FNE... D-29 D Link Verification... D-30 D Optimization Complete... D-30 D.3.8 Training... D-30 D Perform Training... D-30 D.3.9 Acceptance Testing... D-30 D Perform Equipment Testing... D-30 D Perform Functional Testing... D-31 D System Acceptance Test Procedures (Milestone)... D-31 D.3.10 Finalize... D-31 D Cutover... D-31 D Resolve Punchlist... D-31 D Transition to Service/Project Transition Certificate... D-32 D Finalize Documentation... D-32 D Final Acceptance (Milestone)... D-32 D.3.11 Project Administration... D-33 D Project Status Meetings... D-33 D Progress Milestone Submittal... D-33 D Change Order Process... D-33 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Table of Contents v

8 D.3.12 Acceptance Test Plan - MCC 7500 Dispatch Console System... D-33 D MCC 7500 Conventional Resources... D-33 D MCC 7500 Trunked Resources (If a trunking P25 Master site is already in place) D- 41 D Audio IP Logging... D-48 D Sign-off Certificate... D-1 D.4 County Consoles Performance schedule... D-2 D.5 County Consoles Training plan... D-3 D.5.1 Overview... D-3 D.5.2 Training Approach... D-3 D.5.3 Courses Proposed... D-3 D.5.4 Course Descriptions... D-5 D MCC 7500 Operator... D-5 D MCC 7500 Supervisor... D-6 D NICE Inform Training... D-7 D.6 Pricing Summary for County Consoles and Subscribers... D-8 Exhibit E System Acceptance Certificate... E-10 Exhibit F System Expansion Additional Purchases Pricing... F-11 Exhibit G Eligible Purchasers... G-16 Exhibit H Stage 1 Payment Schedule Infrastructure & Consoles and Subscribers... H-17 Exhibit I Payment Schedule for County Consoles and Subscribers... I-18 Exhibit J Performance Bond... J-19 Exhibit K Technical and Implementation Documents for System Expansion Purchases under Exhibit F... K July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System vi Table of Contents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

9 SECTION AEXHIBIT A INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES CONTRACTS Insurance Without limiting or expanding the Contractor's indemnification of the County, the Contractor shall provide and maintain at its own expense, during the term of this Agreement, or as may be further required herein, the following insurance coverages and provisions: A. Evidence of Coverage Upon execution of the Agreement and prior to commencement of this Agreement, the Contractor shall provide a Certificate of Insurance certifying that coverage as required herein has been obtained. Endorsements (Blanket), if applicable, executed by the insurance carrier shall accompany the certificate. This verification of coverage shall be sent to the requesting County department, unless otherwise directed. The Contractor shall not receive a Notice to Proceed with the work under the Agreement until it has obtained all insurance required and such insurance has been approved by the County. This approval of insurance shall neither relieve, decrease nor expand the liability of the Contractor. B. Qualifying Insurers All coverages, except surety, shall be issued by companies which hold a current policy holder's alphabetic and financial size category rating of not less than A- V, according to the current Best's Key Rating Guide or a company of equal financial stability that is approved by the County's Insurance Manager. C. Notice of Cancellation All coverage as required herein shall not be canceled or changed so as to no longer meet the specified County insurance requirements without 30 days' prior written notice of such cancellation or change being mailed to the County of Santa Clara or their designated agent. D. Insurance Required 1. Commercial General Liability Insurance - for bodily injury (including death) and property damage which provides limits as follows: a. Each occurrence- $1,000,000 b. General aggregate- including Products/Completed operations- $4,000,000 c. Personal Injury- $1,000, General liability coverage shall include: a. Premises and Operations Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Insurance Requirements for Professional Services Contracts A-1

10 b. Personal Injury liability c. Severability of interest d. Products/Completed 3. General liability coverage shall include the following blanket endorsement, a copy of which shall be provided to the County: Blanket Additional Insured Endorsement, which shall include: County of Santa Clara, and members of the Board of Supervisors of the County of Santa Clara, and the officers, and employees of the County of Santa Clara, individually and collectively, as additional insureds. Insurance afforded by the additional insured endorsement shall apply as primary insurance, and other insurance maintained by the County of Santa Clara, its officers and employees shall be excess only and not contributing with insurance provided under this policy, assuming the County s insurance or self insurance policies have a provision stating that they will not contribute.. Public Entities may also be added to the additional insured endorsement as applicable and the contractor shall be notified by the contracting department of these requirements, prior to contract execution. 4. Business Automobile Liability Insurance For bodily injury (including death) and property damage which provides total limits of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit per occurrence applicable to owned, non-owned and hired vehicles. 5. Workers' Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance a. Statutory California Workers' Compensation coverage including broad form all-states coverage. b. Employer's Liability coverage for not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence. E. Special Provisions The following provisions shall apply to this Agreement: 1. The foregoing requirements as to the types and limits of insurance coverage to be maintained by the Contractor and any approval of said insurance by the County or its insurance consultant(s) are not intended to and shall not in any manner limit, qualify or expand the liabilities and obligations otherwise assumed by the Contractor pursuant to this Agreement, including but not limited to the provisions concerning indemnification. 2. Should any of the work under this Agreement be sublet, the Contractor shall require each of its subcontractors of any tier to carry similar aforementioned coverages. 3. The County reserves the right to withhold payments to the Contractor in the event of material noncompliance with the insurance requirements outlined above. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System A-2 Insurance Requirements for Professional Services Contracts Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

11 SECTION BEXHIBIT B SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT This Exhibit B Software License Agreement ("Agreement") is between Motorola Solutions, Inc., ( Motorola"), and the County Santa Clara, California and Eligible Purchasers ( Licensee ). For good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows: Section 1 DEFINITIONS 1.1 Designated Products means products provided by Motorola to Licensee with which or for which the Software and Documentation is licensed for use. 1.2 Documentation means product and software documentation that specifies technical and performance features and capabilities, and the user, operation and training manuals for the Software (including all physical or electronic media upon which such information is provided). 1.3 Open Source Software means software with either freely obtainable source code, license for modification, or permission for free distribution. 1.4 Open Source Software License means the terms or conditions under which the Open Source Software is licensed. 1.5 Primary Agreement means the agreement to which this exhibit is attached. 1.6 Security Vulnerability means a flaw or weakness in system security procedures, design, implementation, or internal controls that could be exercised (accidentally triggered or intentionally exploited) and result in a security breach such that data is compromised, manipulated or stolen or the system damaged. 1.7 Software (i) means proprietary software in object code format, and adaptations, translations, decompilations, disassemblies, emulations, or derivative works of such software; (ii) means any modifications, enhancements, new versions and new releases of the software provided by Motorola; and (iii) may contain one or more items of software owned by a third party supplier. The term "Software" does not include any third party software provided under separate license or third party software not licensable under the terms of this Agreement. Section 2 SCOPE Motorola and Licensee enter into this Agreement in connection with Motorola's delivery of certain proprietary Software or products containing embedded or pre-loaded proprietary Software, or both. This Agreement contains the terms and conditions of the license Motorola is providing to Licensee, and Licensee s use of the Software and Documentation. Section 3 GRANT OF LICENSE 3.1. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the payment of applicable license fees, Motorola grants to Licensee a personal, limited, non-transferable (except as permitted in Section 7) and non-exclusive license under Motorola s copyrights and Confidential Information (as defined in the Primary Agreement) embodied in the Software to use the Software, in object code form, and the Documentation solely in connection with Licensee's use of the Designated Products. This Agreement does not grant any rights to source code. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Software License Agreement B-3

12 3.2. If the Software licensed under this Agreement contains or is derived from Open Source Software, the terms and conditions governing the use of such Open Source Software are in the Open Source Software Licenses of the copyright owner and not this Agreement. If there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of the Open Source Software Licenses governing Licensee s use of the Open Source Software, the terms and conditions of the license grant of the applicable Open Source Software Licenses will take precedence over the license grants in this Agreement. If requested by Licensee, Motorola will use commercially reasonable efforts to: (i) determine whether any Open Source Software is provided under this Agreement; (ii) identify the Open Source Software and provide Licensee a copy of the applicable Open Source Software License (or specify where that license may be found); and, (iii) provide Licensee a copy of the Open Source Software source code, without charge, if it is publicly available (although distribution fees may be applicable). Section 4 LIMITATIONS ON USE 4.1. Licensee may use the Software only for Licensee's internal business purposes and only in accordance with the Documentation. Any other use of the Software is strictly prohibited. Without limiting the general nature of these restrictions, Licensee will not make the Software available for use by third parties on a "time sharing," "application service provider," or "service bureau" basis or for any other similar commercial rental or sharing arrangement Licensee will not, and will not allow or enable any third party to: (i) reverse engineer, disassemble, peel components, decompile, reprogram or otherwise reduce the Software or any portion to a human perceptible form or otherwise attempt to recreate the source code; (ii) modify, adapt, create derivative works of, or merge the Software; (iii) copy, reproduce, distribute, lend, or lease the Software or Documentation to any third party, grant any sublicense or other rights in the Software or Documentation to any third party, or take any action that would cause the Software or Documentation to be placed in the public domain; (iv) remove, or in any way alter or obscure, any copyright notice or other notice of Motorola's proprietary rights; (v) provide, copy, transmit, disclose, divulge or make the Software or Documentation available to, or permit the use of the Software by any third party or on any machine except as expressly authorized by this Agreement; or (vi) use, or permit the use of, the Software in a manner that would result in the production of a copy of the Software solely by activating a machine containing the Software. Licensee may make one copy of Software to be used solely for archival, back-up, or disaster recovery purposes; provided that Licensee may not operate that copy of the Software at the same time as the original Software is being operated. Licensee may make as many copies of the Documentation as it may reasonably require for the internal use of the Software Unless otherwise authorized by Motorola in writing, Licensee will not, and will not enable or allow any third party to: (i) install a licensed copy of the Software on more than one unit of a Designated Product; or (ii) copy onto or transfer Software installed in one unit of a Designated Product onto one other device. Licensee may temporarily transfer Software installed on a Designated Product to another device if the Designated Product is inoperable or malfunctioning, if Licensee provides written notice to Motorola of the temporary transfer and identifies the device on which the Software is transferred. Temporary transfer of the Software to another device must be discontinued when the original Designated Product is returned to operation and the Software must be removed from the other device. Licensee must provide prompt written notice to Motorola at the time temporary transfer is discontinued When using Motorola's Radio Service Software ("RSS"), Licensee must purchase a separate license for each location at which Licensee uses RSS. Licensee's use of RSS at a licensed location does not entitle Licensee to use or access RSS remotely. Licensee may make one copy of RSS for each licensed location. Licensee shall provide Motorola with a list of all locations at which Licensee uses or intends to use RSS upon Motorola s request Licensee will maintain, during the term of this Agreement and for a period of two years thereafter, accurate records relating to this license grant to verify compliance with this Agreement. Motorola or an independent third party ( Auditor ) may inspect Licensee s premises, books and records, upon reasonable prior notice to Licensee, during Licensee s normal business hours and subject to Licensee's facility and security regulations. Motorola is responsible for the payment of all expenses and costs of the Auditor. Any information 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System B-4 Software License Agreement Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

13 obtained by Motorola and the Auditor will be kept in strict confidence by Motorola and the Auditor and used solely for the purpose of verifying Licensee's compliance with the terms of this Agreement. Section 5 OWNERSHIP AND TITLE Motorola, its licensors, and its suppliers retain all of their proprietary rights in any form in and to the Software and Documentation, including, but not limited to, all rights in patents, patent applications, inventions, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, trade names, and other proprietary rights in or relating to the Software and Documentation (including any corrections, bug fixes, enhancements, updates, modifications, adaptations, translations, de-compilations, disassemblies, emulations to or derivative works from the Software or Documentation, whether made by Motorola or another party, or any improvements that result from Motorola s processes or, provision of information services). No rights are granted to Licensee under this Agreement by implication, estoppel or otherwise, except for those rights which are expressly granted to Licensee in this Agreement. All intellectual property developed, originated, or prepared by Motorola in connection with providing the Software, Designated Products, Documentation or related services, remains vested exclusively in Motorola, and Licensee will not have any shared development or other intellectual property rights. Section 6 LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY 6.1. The commencement date and the term of the Software warranty will be a period of ninety (90) days from Motorola's shipment of the Software (the "Warranty Period"). If Licensee is not in breach of any of its obligations under this Agreement, Motorola warrants that the unmodified Software, when used properly and in accordance with the Documentation and this Agreement, will be free from a reproducible defect that eliminates the functionality or successful operation of a feature critical to the primary functionality or successful operation of the Software. Whether a defect occurs will be determined by Motorola solely with reference to the Documentation. Motorola does not warrant that Licensee s use of the Software or the Designated Products will be uninterrupted, error-free, completely free of Security Vulnerabilities, or that the Software or the Designated Products will meet Licensee s particular requirements. Motorola makes no representations or warranties with respect to any third party software included in the Software. 6.2 Motorola s sole obligation to Licensee and Licensee s exclusive remedy under this warranty is to use reasonable efforts to remedy any material Software defect covered by this warranty. These efforts will involve either replacing the media or attempting to correct significant, demonstrable program or documentation errors or Security Vulnerabilities. If Motorola cannot correct the defect within a reasonable time, then at Motorola s option, Motorola will replace the defective Software with functionally-equivalent Software, license to Licensee substitute Software which will accomplish the same objective, or terminate the license and refund the Licensee s paid license fee Warranty claims are described in the Primary Agreement The express warranties set forth in this Section 6 are in lieu of, and Motorola disclaims, any and all other warranties (express or implied, oral or written) with respect to the Software or Documentation, including, without limitation, any and all implied warranties of condition, title, non-infringement, merchantability, or fitness for a particular purpose or use by Licensee (whether or not Motorola knows, has reason to know, has been advised, or is otherwise aware of any such purpose or use), whether arising by law, by reason of custom or usage of trade, or by course of dealing. In addition, Motorola disclaims any warranty to any person other than Licensee with respect to the Software or Documentation. Section 7 TRANSFERS Licensee will not transfer the Software or Documentation to any third party without Motorola's prior written consent. Motorola s consent may be withheld at its discretion and may be conditioned upon transferee paying all applicable license fees and agreeing to be bound by this Agreement. If the Designated Products are Motorola's radio products and Licensee transfers ownership of the Motorola radio products to a third party, Licensee may assign its right to use the Software (other than RSS and Motorola's FLASHport software) which is embedded in or furnished for use with the radio products and the related Documentation; provided that Licensee transfers all Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Software License Agreement B-5

14 copies of the Software and Documentation to the transferee, and Licensee and the transferee sign a transfer form to be provided by Motorola upon request, obligating the transferee to be bound by this Agreement. Section 8 TERM AND TERMINATION 8.1 Licensee s right to use the Software and Documentation will begin when the Primary Agreement is signed by both parties and will continue for the life of the Designated Products with which or for which the Software and Documentation have been provided by Motorola, unless Licensee breaches this Agreement, in which case this Agreement and Licensee's right to use the Software and Documentation may be terminated immediately upon notice by Motorola. 8.2 Within thirty (30) days after termination of this Agreement, Licensee must certify in writing to Motorola that all copies of the Software have been removed or deleted from the Designated Products and that all copies of the Software and Documentation have been returned to Motorola or destroyed by Licensee and are no longer in use by Licensee. 8.3 Licensee acknowledges that Motorola made a considerable investment of resources in the development, marketing, and distribution of the Software and Documentation and that Licensee's breach of this Agreement will result in irreparable harm to Motorola for which monetary damages would be inadequate. If Licensee breaches this Agreement, Motorola may terminate this Agreement and be entitled to all available remedies at law or in equity (including immediate injunctive relief and repossession of all non-embedded Software and associated Documentation unless Licensee is a Federal agency of the United States Government). Section 9 UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT LICENSING PROVISIONS This Section applies if Licensee is the United States Government or a United States Government agency. Licensee s use, duplication or disclosure of the Software and Documentation under Motorola s copyrights or trade secret rights is subject to the restrictions set forth in subparagraphs (c)(1) and (2) of the Commercial Computer Software-Restricted Rights clause at FAR (JUNE 1987), if applicable, unless they are being provided to the Department of Defense. If the Software and Documentation are being provided to the Department of Defense, Licensee s use, duplication, or disclosure of the Software and Documentation is subject to the restricted rights set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS (OCT 1988), if applicable. The Software and Documentation may or may not include a Restricted Rights notice, or other notice referring to this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement will continue to apply, but only to the extent that they are consistent with the rights provided to the Licensee under the provisions of the FAR or DFARS mentioned above, as applicable to the particular procuring agency and procurement transaction. Section 10 CONFIDENTIALITY Licensee acknowledges that the Software and Documentation contain Motorola s valuable proprietary and Confidential Information and are Motorola s trade secrets, and that the provisions in the Primary Agreement concerning Confidential Information apply. Section 11 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY The Limitation of Liability provision is described in the Primary Agreement. Section 12 NOTICES Notices are described in the Primary Agreement. Section 13 GENERAL 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System B-6 Software License Agreement Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

15 13.1. COPYRIGHT NOTICES. The existence of a copyright notice on the Software will not be construed as an admission or presumption of publication of the Software or public disclosure of any trade secrets associated with the Software COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Licensee acknowledges that the Software is subject to the laws and regulations of the United States and Licensee will comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including export laws and regulations of the United States. Licensee will not, without the prior authorization of Motorola and the appropriate governmental authority of the United States, in any form export or re-export, sell or resell, ship or reship, or divert, through direct or indirect means, any item or technical data or direct or indirect products sold or otherwise furnished to any person within any territory for which the United States Government or any of its agencies at the time of the action, requires an export license or other governmental approval. Violation of this provision is a material breach of this Agreement ASSIGNMENTS AND SUBCONTRACTING. Motorola may assign its rights or subcontract its obligations under this Agreement, or encumber or sell its rights in any Software, without prior notice to or consent of Licensee GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the United States to the extent that they apply and otherwise by the internal substantive laws of the State to which the Software is shipped if Licensee is a sovereign government entity, or the internal substantive laws of the State of Illinois if Licensee is not a sovereign government entity. The terms of the U.N. Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods do not apply. In the event that the Uniform Computer Information Transaction Act, any version of this Act, or a substantially similar law (collectively "UCITA") becomes applicable to a party's performance under this Agreement, UCITA does not govern any aspect of this Agreement or any license granted under this Agreement, or any of the parties' rights or obligations under this Agreement. The governing law will be that in effect prior to the applicability of UCITA THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement is entered into solely for the benefit of Motorola and Licensee. No third party has the right to make any claim or assert any right under this Agreement, and no third party is deemed a beneficiary of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any licensor or supplier of third party software included in the Software will be a direct and intended third party beneficiary of this Agreement SURVIVAL. Sections 4, 5, 6.3, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 13 survive the termination of this Agreement ORDER OF PRECEDENCE. In the event of inconsistencies between this Exhibit and the Primary Agreement, the parties agree that this Exhibit prevails, only with respect to the specific subject matter of this Exhibit, and not the Primary Agreement or any other exhibit as it applies to any other subject matter SECURITY. Motorola uses reasonable means in the design and writing of its own Software and the acquisition of third party Software to limit Security Vulnerabilities. While no software can be guaranteed to be free from Security Vulnerabilities, if a Security Vulnerability is discovered, Motorola will take the steps set forth in Section 6 of this Agreement. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Software License Agreement B-7

16 SECTION CEXHIBIT C STAGE 1 TECHNICAL AND IMPLEMENTATION DOCUMENTS C.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION C.1.1 Radio Communications System Requirements Radio System Overview Motorola is pleased present our response to the Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Request for Proposal (RFP) for a 7/800 MHz Project 25 trunked radio communications system to provide the public safety officers and users in the cities of Sunnyvale and Santa Clara with a communications network to improve their safety, eliminate duplication of overlapping independent systems, and provide effective interoperable voice communications. Requirements for the system are described herein and are delineated throughout this RFP response. Motorola s solution is our ASTRO 25 Project 25 platform, the foundation of our Mission Critical portfolio. This platform offers a Project 25 standards-based Internet Protocol (IP) modular solution. ASTRO 25 is a feature-rich, modular platform that has been configured to maximize the utility of the system to your unique needs with the ability to expand both coverage and capacity to accommodate other agencies within the SVRIA. The ASTRO 25 platform supports Project 25 Phase 1 FDMA and Project 25 Phase 2 TDMA dependent upon the system level software configuration selected. Motorola is proposing a TDMA system solution with two Dynamic Dual Mode (DDM) licenses to accommodate other agencies in the FDMA mode: Project 25 Phase 2 TDMA system configuration as specified in the RFP A DDM license for two channels Some of the critical performance parameters of the proposed system include: Coverage The coverage guarantee remains the same between TDMA or FDMA Simulcast Capability The ability to simulcast TDMA or FDMA, saving on frequencies and improving in-building coverage Audio Quality The Delivered Audio Quality (DAQ) will be consistent between TDMA or FDMA FCC Compliance TDMA meets narrow-band 6.25 khz equivalent requirements for system operating at 700 MHz. This mandate does not apply for systems operating at 800 MHz. The proposed solution consists of the following: 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-8 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

17 Host VLANs Transitional LANs Host VLANs Motorola highest capacity ASTRO 25 core with the ability to support 1000 channels and 100 sites. This master site can be located at the Walsh location or any other location that has adequate facilities and connectivity. Santa Clara and Sunnyvale Simulcast RF Subsystem can be implemented in a 2 site Simulcast design Santa Clara ECOMM RF Site Sunnyvale DPS remote RF Site Capacity with 1% GOS The Phase 2 TDMA configuration consist of 6 GTR base stations per site Santa Clara and Sunnyvale dispatch solution that consists of: Twenty MCC 7100 dispatch consoles for the Project 25 Phase 2 Configuration Master Site Carol Drive Master Site NM Clients Controllers and Gateways NM Servers Ethernet Switch Gateway Routers Ethernet Switch Core Routers Exit Routers InterZone Links Sunnyvale Simulcast Remote Sunnyvale Dispatch - (6) DPS Walsh/ Santa Clara ECOMM Simulcast Prime Simulcast local Santa Clara Dispatch - (3) Walsh - (2) Electric Control - (1) Tech Services Site Site Router 1 Router 2 Cntrllr BR BR BR GTR8000 Base Radios Dual Link RF Site El Camino Dispatch (10) Positions Dispatch Figure 0-1: Overview of the proposed solution C.1.2 Radio System Description The following sections detail the architecture and features of the proposed solution, including the ASTRO 25 core, the Cities of Santa Clara and Sunnyvale Simulcast RF Trunked Subsystem, and the dispatch solution. This solution will provide the SVRIA with scalability, flexible system architecture, unparalleled network management, and easy migration to future capabilities. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-9

18 C ASTRO 25 Core ASTRO 25 is the most widely-used Project 25 (P25) compliant mission critical solution in the world. The ASTRO 25 IP Master Site is the heart of Motorola s mission critical communications system, managing the critical call management operations. Powerful servers combined with Motorola s proven software are leveraged to reliably and cost-effectively support a variety of critical voice and data services. The ASTRO 25 Core is the central call processing center, delivering mission critical voice communications and allowing users to roam throughout the network without manual selection. Designed for maximum availability and dependability, the core is the central source of network services and control. It supports: Voice call processing designed for mission critical group communications Mobility management to allow users to roam seamlessly throughout the network Options for Integrated Data and High Performance Data call processing Radio System management for centralized radio user and network configuration, fault monitoring and control Enterprise IT management for centralized management of user accounts to prevent unauthorized access and ensure prompt notification and resolution of events Ease of connectivity to other ASTRO 25 cores for regional and statewide expanded coverage The table below (Table 0-1) shows the ASTRO 25 core proposed configuration capacity. The M3 core can meet the SVRIA initial deployment (Phase1: Cities of Sunnyvale and Santa Clara) as well as accommodate the future expansion needs of the system. System Capacity Interconnected system and site control equipment Table 0-1: ASTRO 25 Proposed system Proposed M3 Master Site 7 Zones With 100 sites per Zone 1000 per Zone 64 per Zone Total frequency channels Simulcast cells Sites per Simulcast Cell 15 Unit IDs 64, 000 for single zone 128, 000 for multi-zone Talkgroups 16,000 Dispatch Positions 1,750- Multi-zone A Virtualized Core Maximizes Your Investment Motorola leverages the latest virtualization technology to achieve flexibility with core network design. Server consolidation, along with higher utilization, results in a scalable ASTRO 25 core that 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-10 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

19 takes up less physical space and reduces energy consumption. Most importantly, agencies can meet their current functional requirements with the fewest IT resources and be confident their investment can evolve to meet future needs. Core Components ASTRO 25 core configurations utilize powerful hardware combined with Motorola s proven software applications for high level mission critical communication reliability. Sun SPARC Enterprise servers host radio call management and network management applications. They are designed to provide the highest possible throughput, capacity, and scalability. The SPARC servers use the Solaris Operating System, which sets the standard in UNIX operating systems for performance stability and security. HP ProLiant servers offer enterprise level performance and reliability. These servers provide Active Directory functionality by hosting a central database used to confirm the identity of users as well as to control access to objects on the network and the operations that may be performed. It allows network administrators to effectively enforce security policies and enable remote administration of the network. These servers can also be used for backups of the zone controller and network management databases. Gateway appliances which control communications between the core and remote sites and perform the routing of audio, data, and network management traffic in the system. Service hardware that provides an access point for the administration of network devices for maintenance purposes. A combination Virtual Private Network (VPN) router and firewall which protects the system from unauthorized access and allows technicians with the appropriate security credentials and a corresponding VPN client to access the system through an internet connection for troubleshooting and optimization. Other components can also be added to the core based on user needs for integrated data, plus additional functional and security services. The following site types can be connected the ASTRO IP Core: Conventional Radio and Trunked RF Repeater Sites Simulcast Subsystem Cells Console sites The ASTRO 25 Core supports CENTRACOM, MCC 7500 and MCC 7100 dispatch consoles. Network management sites Analog SmartZone sites through a SmartX converter Other Project 25 network through an ISSI.1 Network Gateway Subsystems Conventional Analog Systems through an ASTRO 25 Gateway C Trunked Voice Infrastructure Solution Motorola s ASTRO 25 networks utilize Motorola s new G-series portfolio of products. This software defined architecture provides a lower total cost of ownership by offering the flexibility to add additional capabilities through software upgrades as they become available. Several key advantages of the new G-series platform are: Base station, comparator, and site controller share common hardware You can reconfigure hardware to meet different requirements, P25 FDMA trunking, P25 TDMA trunking. Installation and service costs are minimized with common hardware platforms Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-11

20 Simulcast Cell Motorola s proposed trunked solution consists of a simulcast cell for the Cities of Sunnyvale and Santa Clara, controlled by the prime site located at the Walsh location in Santa Clara. Audio from the simulcast remote sites is received by the prime site at this location and forwarded to the co-located master site core. SVRIA Simulcast Prime Site The prime site equipment for the SVRIA is located at the Walsh site. Audio from the simulcast remote sites is received by the prime site at this location and forwarded to the master site core. The simulcast prime site contains network equipment (controllers and routers) and audio processing equipment (GCM 8000 IP comparators) to support the simulcast remote sites. Existing microwave links will provide the primary connectivity between the prime site and interface to each of the simulcast remote sites, as well as the Master Core. Each site has been designed with redundant network equipment (switches and routers). The Sunnyvale and Santa Clara trunked simulcast cell consists of RF sites each with 6 RF channels. Simulcast Remote Sites Each of the simulcast remote sites will look similar from a design standpoint. Each location will utilize the trunked GTR 8000 Expandable Site Subsystem (ESS) with 7/800 MHz simulcast transceivers that can operate 700 MHz or 800 MHz if the existing Santa Clara channels are utilized. The ESS is space-efficient modular design that integrates up to six GTR 8000 Base Radios, and a new site reference distribution interface in one open face rack or cabinet as shown. The ESS connects the GTR station on a LAN via a redundant ETHERNET switch and site routers to interface the voice and network information to the Simulcast Prime site. The trunked simulcast cell consists of RF sites at the following locations: Santa Clara ECOMM Sunnyvale DPS C Dispatch Solution The console subsystem for the P25 TDMA configuration will use Motorola s new MCC 7100 IPbased dispatch console. The console dispatch positions will interface to the master site and provide the central control point for the P25 trunked network. The MCC 7100 dispatch console supports both trunking and conventional channels and is designed to operate with the ASTRO network. It uses Internet Protocol (IP) packets to pass call control data and voice communications efficiently and reliably through the radio system s IP transport network. This proposal includes dispatch centers at the following locations: Santa Clara Dispatch El Camino (10 positions) 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-12 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

21 Santa Clara Walsh (1 Positions) Santa Clara Electric Control (2 Positions) Santa Clara Technical Services (1 Position) Sunnyvale Dispatch DPS (6 positions) Per the SVRIA request of reusing the existing logging recorders, the console system design includes 8 logging ports for the city of Sunnyvale and 16 logging ports for the city of Santa to be able to interface to existing analog dispatch audio logging recorders. More detail about the dispatch solution is provided in section C.1.8. C.1.3 C ASTRO 25 Trunked System Technological Advantages and Functionality Technological Advantages ASTRO 25 is a feature-rich, modular platform that has been configured to maximize the system s utility to the SVRIA s unique needs. The following sections provide descriptions of the following key ASTRO 25 IP system s infrastructure technological advantages: Capacity Expansion/No subscriber reprogramming Simulcast operation Optional Integrated voice and data Optional Encryption capabilities Project 25 Phase 1 FDMA DDM Operation on two channels Project 25 Phase 2 TDMA Operation C Capacity Expansion without Reprogramming Subscribers The proposed solution has the capability to add system infrastructure components (simulcast sites, channels, console positions, etc.) without the need to reprogram the existing radio subscriber fleet. As applicable system infrastructure RF subsystems or console subsystems are added to increase system capacity, fielded radio subscriber equipment will automatically be able to utilize the new system resources without the need to be brought in for reprogramming. C Simulcast Operation Motorola has used simulcast technology effectively in hundreds of customer solutions for decades. Through these successful installations, Motorola has developed a depth of technical design and implementation expertise that is unmatched in the industry. In the proposed system, we have used our simulcasting expertise to provide a solution that effectively provides you the following benefits: High System Reliability Spectral Efficiency Wide Area Capability In-Building Coverage Reliability A simulcast system is designed to simultaneously broadcast identical audio information on the same carrier frequency from multiple, geographically separated sites and vote the received inbound information for retransmission on the network. This means that each site uses the same set of frequency pairs to transmit and receive information from all sites in the network. This greatly Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-13

22 improves the efficiency of the system from a frequency-spectrum perspective, and reduces the risk of insufficient resources in an emergency. Simulcast Coverage A huge benefit of simulcast is improved coverage, especially in-building coverage. With simulcast, the RF signal arriving at the antenna of a field unit operating in a signal overlap area is usually coming from two or more directions. This increases the chances that the RF signal can penetrate the building, if not from one direction, then from another. Conversely, when a field unit transmits, the simulcast system utilizes receiver voting to enhance the inbound signal. Voting of in-bound (talk-in) radio transmissions provides the highest quality audio and data signals, enhancing the overall system audio quality and data throughput performance. In addition, the use of voting aids in minimizing the effects of interference caused by outside sources, such as cellular carriers. The use of multiple sites offers a higher probability of communicating reliably when obstructions to a given site are present. The following diagrams illustrate the improvement of simulcast technology over multi-cast or single site technologies, where a location that would be shielded by non-simulcast technologies is covered reliably by a simulcast system (Figure 0-2 and Figure 0-3 below). Figure 0-2: Coverage is unreliable due to building shielding 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-14 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

23 Figure 0-3: Reliable wide-area coverage is provided by simulcast technology C Integrated Voice and Data (IV&D) Communications (Optional) Project 25 compliant IV&D operation allows data traffic to seamlessly utilize the proposed ASTRO 25 trunking system, improving in-field efficiency. This solution prioritizes voice allowing mission critical voice traffic to always take precedence over data transmissions. The IV&D service creates a data transport layer capable of supporting both industry standard IP and customer-developed applications. Optional IV&D functionality includes: Over-the-Air Rekeying (OTAR) Over the Air Programming (POP25) GPS Location Text Messaging Fire Station Alerting SCADA With this suite of data capabilities, users can achieve a number of important benefits, including: Conservation of valuable airtime Increased communications accuracy Allows users in field to perform queries without dispatch Better return on investment same assets for multiple functions Utilizes common radio units for both voice and data applications Dynamic Dual Mode Operation (Two Channels Licensed) Dynamic Dual Mode is an optional capability of Motorola s ASTRO 25 system on a channel by channel basis, unique to Motorola. Dynamic Dual Mode allows radios that are capable of Phase 1 FDMA operation only to interoperate with Phase 2 TDMA radios on a Project 25 Phase 2 TDMA configuration. Dynamic Dual Mode also improves significantly the grade of service and efficiency of Phase 1 FDMA and Phase 2 TDMA interoperability. Dynamic Dual Mode is enabled through the proposed Dynamic Channel Assignment and Dynamic Talkgroup Assignment features. Dynamic Channel Assignment and Dynamic Talkgroup are Motorola enhancements to the P25 Phase 2 TDMA standard and greatly improve channel efficiency and seamless interoperability. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-15

24 Dynamic Channel Assignment (Two channels Licensed) Dynamic Channel Assignment provides improved efficiency and grade of service by enabling dynamic switching between Phase 1 FDMA mode and Phase 2 TDMA mode for a given station. Any station can be equipped as Phase 1 FDMA only, Phase 2 TDMA only or dynamic. Dynamic Talkgroup Assignment (Two Channels Licensed) Dynamic Talkgroup Assignment improves interoperability by seamlessly switching APX user equipment between Phase 1 FDMA and Phase 2 TDMA modes depending on the capabilities of the affiliated user equipment. When a dynamic talkgroup has both Phase 1 FDMA user and Phase 2 TDMA users affiliated with the system, the talkgroup call will proceed in Phase 1 FMDA mode without requiring any user intervention. Should only Phase 2 TDMA users be affiliated on the system, the call will take place in Phase 2 TDMA mode. Dynamic Talkgroup Assignment is proposed as an option in this proposal. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-16 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

25 C ASTRO 25 Trunked System Functionality Motorola has worked hard to make the ASTRO 25 system function smoothly and intuitively, whether the user is an administrator with network command and control responsibility, or a field radio user who simply wants to be able to communicate. This subsection describes the functionality of the system in the following areas: System access functionality User talkgroup functionality Individual call functionality Network management functionality Network monitoring Reporting Radio registration Radio roaming C System Access Functionality To ensure system access, simplify radio operation, and limit operator involvement, the ASTRO 25 platform has many access features, as described below. Busy Queuing/Call Back This system has been designed to maximize availability to the end user. In the unlikely event that all the channels are busy, a user depressing their Push-To-Talk (PTT) will be given a busy signal, and placed into a busy queue. When a channel becomes available, the system assigns the users to a channel via pre-assigned priority levels. Once a channel is assigned, the system notifies the user with a call back tone. This feature makes it unnecessary for the radio operator to waste valuable time rekeying their radio in an effort to gain channel access. Automatic Retry If a channel request is not received at the Zone Controller, the individual radio unit continues sending channel requests until the Controller acknowledges the request, or until a total of 16 automatic retries occur. This feature eliminates the need for the operator to continually key and de-key their radio, or to keep their radio keyed in an effort to gain system access. Recent User Priority To ensure uninterrupted communications, a recent radio user priority provides those users who have been recently assigned a voice channel priority over the other system users. Recent user priority ensures that a talkgroup engaged in a conversation receives priority system access for up to 10 seconds between transmissions. Misdirected Radio Protection To ensure that a radio from one talkgroup cannot accidentally be assigned to a voice channel being used by a different talkgroup, the system utilizes embedded signaling. If a unit from a different talkgroup is accidentally assigned the same channel, the radio will recognize that it has been assigned incorrectly, and will automatically revert to the control channel. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-17

26 Continuous Assignment Updating Once a talkgroup is assigned a voice channel, the control channel continues to transmit the channel assignment for as long as that talkgroup is using the channel. This ensures that a radio just coming into service will be sent to the appropriate voice channel to join the rest of its talkgroup. Talk Prohibit Tones In the event that a user attempts to perform an unauthorized function as defined by system permissions, a talk prohibit tone is given. Dynamic Network Access Code (DNAC) The dynamic network access code is used to reduce co-channel and co-site interference. The radio decodes the Network Access Code (NAC) associated with the control channel at a site and uses it for both transmit and receive on the ASTRO 25 voice channel at that particular site. NAC serves as the ASTRO 25 equivalent of connect tone. Each site can have one of the 16 unique NACs allowed within the system. Interference protection is provided from nearby systems as well as between sites in the customer system. C User Talkgroup Functionality To enhance user functionality, the ASTRO 25 platform has many talkgroup features, as described below. These features are configurable by the System Administrator Emergency Alarm/Call Emergency alarm/call provides users the capability to inform dispatch personnel of a life-threatening situation. By pressing the radio s emergency alarm button, an audible and visible alarm and the user s ID are sent to the dispatcher, and optionally all talkgroup members. In emergencies, the dispatch center is notified immediately, regardless of whether the system is busy. If one or more voice channels are available, one of those channels will be assigned immediately to the emergency call when the user presses the PTT switch. The duration of the emergency call can be defined by the system administrator. In the event that the system is busy, two alternatives are provided for handling emergency traffic: Top of the Queue when an emergency is initiated and no channel is available, the emergency user is put at the top of the busy queue. As soon as the first user on any channel de-keys, the emergency caller is assigned that channel. The major advantage to this approach is that there is no contention for the channel. Ruthless Preemption when an emergency is initiated and no channel is available, the Zone Controller selects the channel assigned to the lowest priority user and assigns it to the emergency caller a feature unique to Motorola trunking systems. Multiple Priority Levels The trunked system provides 10 priority levels, allowing administrators to segment their users according to their communications needs. Priority 1 is always reserved for emergencies. Priorities 2 through 10 can be assigned by the System Manager on a per radio or talkgroup basis. These priorities are only applicable when the system is busy. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-18 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

27 Multi-Group Call Multi-group call is used to make a simultaneous call to multiple talkgroups, and allow all units to be configured for talk back capability. The System Manager can program this call to operate in one of two ways: The requesting user waits for all requested talkgroups to finish all calls in progress. The requested call immediately interrupts other conversations in progress without waiting for active users to de-key. Radio users who are transmitting on a voice channel will not hear the call until they de-key. Dispatch Console/Talkgroup Merge Talkgroup merge is a dispatch function that allows multiple talkgroups to operate together on one voice channel, improving channel efficiency. This is a standard feature of Motorola wireline consoles. Non-Priority Scan Non-priority scan allows the radio user to scan between multiple systems, talkgroups, or conventional channels. Priority Monitor Priority monitor allows the radio user to scan talkgroups in their system, and mark up to two talkgroups in their scan list as Priority. A non-priority conversation will be interrupted by Priority 1 or Priority 2 talkgroup activity. C Individual Call Functionality To further enhance user functionality, the ASTRO 25 platform has individual call features in addition to user talkgroup features, as described below. These features are configurable by the system administrator. Call Alert Call Alert allows a dispatcher or radio user to selectively page an individual s radio. Call Alert signaling is conducted over the control channel and does not affect voice channel capacity. The Call Alert produces an audible and visual alert on the receiving radio. Indicators on the initiating radio acknowledge delivery of the Call Alert. If the receiving unit has a display, it will show and store the sending unit s ID. In-Call User Alert In-Call User Alert is a feature that builds upon Call Alert. When In-Call User Alert is enabled on the system, radios will be able to receive Call Alerts even when involved in voice and data services. Radio Talkgroup Muting Radio Talkgroup Muting is a feature that utilizes the Call Alert feature. Radio Talkgroup Muting allows the radio user to mute all voice traffic for the currently selected talkgroup. The radio can be automatically unmuted by the console dispatcher or another radio user by sending the muted radio a Call Alert. With In-Call User Alert enabled, the Call Alert will reach the muted radio when it is on the voice channel or a data channel, as well as if it is idle on the control channel. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-19

28 Private Call Private Call allows a radio user or console dispatcher to selectively call and carry on a private conversation with another individual radio, as long as that unit is not already engaged in another Private Call. The calling unit will receive an acknowledgment of a successful Private Call. If the receiving radio has a display, it will show the calling party s unit ID. C Site Registration and Radio Deregistration Functionality Site Registration On power up, or selection of a new system, the radio must do a Full Registration. Once completed, a procedure is used by the Motorola radio to inform the Fixed Network Equipment (FNE) of its current location upon roaming to a new site. The system tracks the location of each radio user making site switching more efficient and reducing system traffic overhead. Automatic Site Registration is the automatic registration process that takes place when a radio roams from one site to another, which is transparent for the user. Radio Deregistration Deregistration of a radio unit occurs in two forms: 1. Radio activated deregistration is a radio function that sends in a deregistration signal to the system when turning off power or going to another trunking system or conventional personality. 2. Timeout activated deregistration occurs when no activity has been seen from a radio for a preselected time. When the timeout occurs, the radio is deregistered. Radios are polled after timeout occurs. If the radio responds to the polling, the timer is restarted. The period is programmable by talkgroup, allowing the Zone Controller to conserve channels for future calls. C Radio Roaming Functionality The Stage 1 simulcast cell is a single site to the field units and does not require roaming between sites or simulcast cells. However, transparent roaming, the ability of users to move throughout the service area and maintain reliable communications, is an important consideration for future expansion. It is important to understand your supplier s demonstrated capability with large Project 25 systems employing roaming. Motorola s solution provides seamless mobility between the Stage 1 simulcast cell new sites or simulcast cells as your system expands. As users travel throughout the coverage area, the user equipment will automatically affiliate and deaffiliate with sites or cells as required to maintain optimum communications. Adjacent Control Channel Outbound Signaling Packet The Adjacent Control Channel Outbound Signaling Packet is a component of Motorola s roaming capability. Motorola radio units maintain a list of the adjacent sites or simulcast cells. Each RF site (or simulcast cell) in wide area trunking mode transmits a series of Outbound Signaling Packets (OSPs) containing the following: The zone/site identification. The active control channel of adjacent sites. The alternate control channels at the current site. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-20 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

29 The channel resource capabilities. When a Motorola radio is registered with a site, the adjacent site list is updated with the information obtained from the Adjacent OSPs on the Control Channel (CC) and Link Controls (LCs) on assigned channels from that site. By periodically monitoring the status of the surrounding sites, users maintain a consistent level of communications because the radio automatically selects the optimal site providing the highest level of audio quality available. After being registered on a site, and during a period of inactivity on the control channel, the radio will periodically scan the internal list of potential control channels at adjacent sites. The radio performs this control channel scan to determine the current signal quality of the control channel at the adjacent sites. Depending on the quality of the new signal, and the preference setting of the particular site, the radio may either attempt to register on the new site, or it may simply remember the new site signal quality and remain on the original site to which it is registered. By repeating this process a number of times, the internal list of potential control channels will be updated with relative signal strength measurements. User Initiated Site Search This Motorola radio feature allows the user to manually search for the site with the next best signal quality. Site Lock/Unlock This Motorola radio feature allows the radio to lock onto a specific site and not roam among widearea talkgroup sites. Preferred Site Preferred Site Operation allows a radio to use an additional site ranking criteria to select an alternative, pre-programmed preferred site in trunking mode. Signal quality measured by the radio is used to determine what the radio should do in preferred site operation. The combination of the signal quality reading and the preferred site status results in the "site ranking" for that site. Preferred status allows a system administrator to better manage the capacity and traffic of their system, increasing availability of system resources to users in the field. There are four variations of preferred site status: 1. Always preferred In all modes, the radio unit remains affiliated, always using this site if it has an acceptable signal quality. 2. Preferred In wide area trunking, the radio unit uses this site if it has an acceptable signal quality rating. 3. No preference site - The radio unit uses the site with the best signal. This is the default setting for radios. 4. Least preferred - The radio unit only uses this site when no other sites with an acceptable signal quality are available for use. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-21

30 C.1.4 C Equipment by Site This section describes the proposed equipment at the different locations for the first phase of the SVRIA project. Carol Drive The Carol Drive location will host the master site for the SVRIA. ASTRO 25 Core: Motorola is providing our highest capacity ASTRO 25 core with the ability to support 1000 channels and 100 sites. The Master site consists of the following: (Qty 1) ASTRO 25 Capable Redundant Master Site configuration: (Qty 2) RF site licenses (Qty 3) Radio licenses (each license supports 500 radios) (Qty 25) MCC 7100 Operator licenses (Qty 1) GAS (Generic Application Server) with ZC, ZDS, and ATR (Qty 1) GAS with redundant ZC and UEM (Qty 1) GAS with ZSS (Qty 1) GAS with UNC and UCS (Qty 2) Virtual Management Servers with Domain Controllers (Qty 2) Core HP 3500 LAN Switches (Qty 2) Gateway Routers (Qty 2) Core Routers (Qty 2) Backhaul Ethernet Switches (Qty 1) Terminal Server VPN Access (Qty 1) Network Management Workstation: (Qty 1) Zone Historical Report license (Qty 1) Unified Network Configuration license (Qty 1) User Configuration Manager license (Qty 1) Unified Event Manager license (Qty 1) Radio Control Manager license (Qty 1) Affiliation User Reports license (Qty 1) ZoneWatch license (Qty 1) Dynamic Reports license (Qty 2) Dynamic Dual Mode Channel license (Qty1) Alarm Notifications (Qty 1) CNI Firewall (Qty 1) DMZ (De-militarized Zone) Switch (Qty 1) Border Gateway 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-22 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

31 C Walsh Site The Walsh location will host the Simulcast Prime site, a local RF site and a Dispatch center for the city of Santa Clara. Simulcast Prime Site: The ASTRO P25 Simulcast Prime Site for the first phase of the SVRIA project will be located at the Walsh site. The Walsh site is already equipped with a backup UPS system and generator to provide power to the system. Motorola will supply and install the following equipment at the Walsh site: (Qty 2) GCP8000 Site Controllers (Qty 5) GCM8000 Comparators for Phase 2 TDMA (Qty 2) Dynamic Dual Mode Channel license (Qty 2) Prime Site Network Routers (Qty 2) Prime Site Access Routers (Qty 2) Prime Site Network Switches (Qty 1) GPS Time Reference High Availability Option Walsh Dispatch: The Walsh site will consist of one dispatch position. Section C-5 provides more detail about the console design. C Santa Clara ECOMM Site The Santa Clara ECOMM location is located in proximity of the Walsh Prime site and will host a Remote simulcast site. Simulcast Remote RF site: Motorola will supply and install the following equipment at the Santa Clara ECOMM site: (Qty 2) Remote Site Network Routers (Qty 6) GTR8000 simulcast stations in an ESS open face rack (Qty 2) Dynamic Dual Mode Channel licenses SDM 3000 AUX I/O (Qty 1) GPS Time Standard Battery Backup Antenna Networks: (Qty 2) Tower Top Amplifiers for Receive (Qty 2) Receiver Multicoupler (Qty 1) Transmitter Combiner (Qty 3) Omni antennas, two for diversity receive and one for transmit Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-23

32 C Sunnyvale DPS The Sunnyvale DPS location will host Remote simulcast site and a Dispatch center for the City of Sunnyvale. Simulcast Remote RF site: The Walsh site is already equipped with a backup UPS system and generator to provide power to the system. Motorola will supply and install the following equipment at the Sunnyvale DPS site: (Qty 2) Remote Site Network Routers (Qty 6) GTR8000 simulcast stations in an ESS open face rack (Qty 2) Dynamic Dual Mode Channel licenses SDM 3000 AUX I/O (Qty 1) GPS Time Standard Antenna Networks: (Qty 2) Tower Top Amplifiers for Receive (Qty 2) Receiver Multicoupler (Qty 1) Transmitter Combiner (Qty 3) Omni antennas, two for diversity receive and one for transmit A network management workstation is also provided at this location to allow maintenance personnel to monitor and manage the system. Sunnyvale Dispatch: The Sunnyvale Dispatch site consists of six dispatch positions. Section C-5 provides more detail for the console design. C C C C.1.5 Santa Clara El Camino The Santa Clara El Camino dispatch site consists of ten dispatch positions. Santa Clara Electric Control The Santa Clara Electric Control location houses two dispatch positions. Santa Clara Technical Services Center The Santa Clara Technical dispatch site houses one dispatch position. This location will also house a Network Management Workstation that allows maintenance personnel to monitor and manage the system. Section C-5 provides more detail for the console design. Backhaul Network Motorola s proposed design for Stage 1 of the SVRCS maximizes reuse of the existing E-COMM digital Microwave network and existing fiber connectivity. Site interconnections will be provided through existing E-COMM digital microwave, existing fiber connectivity within the City of Santa Clara. The section below details the proposed microwave link. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-24 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

33 Fiber C.1.6 Network Connectivity and Bandwidth Requirements Motorola s proposed design will utilize the existing microwave E-COMM links. Existing Fiber connections will connect the Walsh site to the Santa Clara Corp Yard, the Electric Control and the El Camino Dispatch Center. The diagram in Figure 0-4: SVRIA First Phase Backhaul Network (next page) shows the backhaul network. To other sites around the loop To other sites around the loop Existing Loop Link Existing Loop Link Fiber CAT5 Figure 0-4: SVRIA First Phase Backhaul Network The link requirements of each hop are shown in Table 0-2 below. Table 0-2: Link Requirements of each HOP From Link Type Recommended Bandwidth * Link Technology To Location County Admin Master Site (Carol Drive) County Admin Master Site (Carol Drive) Ethernet Site links (Primary) Ethernet Site links (Redundant) 1 Mbps Existing Microwave/ Existing Fiber 1 Mbps Existing Microwave/ Existing Fiber Location Walsh (Prime Site) Walsh (Prime Site) Walsh (Prime Site) Ethernet Site 1 Mbps Local Fiber Santa Clara links ECOMM RF (Primary) site Walsh (Prime Site) Ethernet Site 1 Mbps Local Fiber Santa Clara Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-25

34 Walsh (Prime Site) alsh (Prime Site) From Link Type Recommended Bandwidth * Link Technology To County Admin Master Site (Carol Drive) County Admin Master Site (Carol Drive) County Admin Master Site (Carol Drive) County Admin Master Site (Carol Drive) County Admin Master Site (Carol Drive) County Admin Master Site (Carol Drive) links (Redundant) Ethernet Site links (Primary) Ethernet Site links (Redundant) Ethernet Site links (Primary) Ethernet Site links (Redundant) Ethernet Site links (Primary) Ethernet Site links (Redundant) Ethernet Site links Ethernet Site links 1 Mbps Existing Microwave/ Existing Fiber 1 Mbps Existing Microwave/ Existing Fiber 1.2 Mbps Existing Microwave/ Existing Fiber 1.2 Mbps Existing Microwave/ Existing Fiber 0.7 Mbps Existing Microwave/ Existing Fiber 0.7 Mbps Existing Microwave/ Existing Fiber 600 Kbps Existing Microwave/ Existing Fiber 300 Kbps Existing Microwave/ Existing Fiber ECOMM site RF Sunnyvale DPS Remote RF site Sunnyvale DPS Remote RF site El Camino Dispatch Center El Camino Dispatch Center Walsh Dispatch Walsh Dispatch Technical Services Dispatch Electric Control Dispatch County Admin Master Site (Carol Drive) Ethernet Site links (Primary) 1 Mbps Existing Microwave/ Existing Fiber Sunnyvale Dispatch County Admin Master Site (Carol Drive) Ethernet Site links (Redundant) 1 Mbps Existing Microwave/ Existing Fiber Sunnyvale Dispatch *The total bandwidth recommended is provided as an estimate of the bandwidth needed to ensure good performance of applications. C.1.7 MCC7100 Console Design for Stage 1 C City of Santa Clara The Gold Elite console systems will be replaced by the MCC7100 IP consoles at the Walsh (1 ROPs), El Camino (10 ROPs), Electrical Control (2 ROPs), and Technical Services (1 ROP) locations. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-26 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

35 Redundant Console Site Gateways for the Walsh and El Camino dispatch sites provide IP connectivity to the Master Site backhaul switches thru a local or County WAN network. The Electrical Control Dispatch and Technical Services locations utilize a single link gateway for IP connectivity. One (1) Conventional Site Controller (CSC) and three (3) Conventional Channel Gateways will provide 4-Wire (4W) interfaces for up to 12 conventional stations. The Conventional Site Controller maintains dispatcher control of the conventional resources in the event the connection between the console and the master site is interrupted. One (1) SDM3000 Remote Terminal Unit (RTU) will provide the Auxiliary Input-Output (Aux I/O) Dry Contact Closure (DCC) interface for the El Camino facility. Sixteen (16) talkgroup logging tracks will be provided from two MCC7500 Voice Processor Modules (VPMs) units located in the El Camino equipment room C City of Sunnyvale The City of Sunnyvale console systems will be replaced by the MCC7100 IP consoles at the Department of Public Safety (DPS) (6 ROPs) locations. Redundant Console Site Gateways provide IP connectivity to the Master Site backhaul switches thru the county WAN network. One (1) Conventional Site Controller (CSC) and four (4) Conventional Channel Gateways will provide 4-Wire (4W) interfaces for up to 16 conventional stations located in the DPS equipment room. One (1) SDM3000 RTU will provide the Aux I/O DCC interface for the DPS facility. Eight (8) talkgroup logging tracks will be provided from one MCC7500 VPM unit located in the DPS equipment room C.1.8 MCC 7100 Console Product Information The Motorola MCC 7100 IP dispatch console is a current, state of the art, radio communication operator position. It provides dispatch users with reliable and convenient access to radio resources within the ASTRO 25 infrastructure. The MCC 7100 IP Dispatch Console is a Motorola mission critical wire-line radio dispatch console system. The MCC 7100 is built on the MCC 7500 high tier radio dispatch console platform and reuses the MCC 7500 GUI. When used within the ASTRO 25 network the MCC 7100 offers a choice of 5,10, 15 or 20 simultaneous encrypted voice streams, up to 8 patches and 200 Aux I/O's w/ Comparator Display Function. The MCC 7100 provides seamless integration with ASTRO 25 radio systems. It is designed for use with Conventional and Trunked radio resources and is configurable with the ASTRO 25 Provisioning Manager. Operated inside the RNI, the MCC 7100 manages the console system via the radio system s centralized network manager so you have a single point for managing faults, accounting, performance and security of the radio system. The MCC 7100 Console supports cohabitation with Fire Station Alerting, Text Messaging Client and Microsoft Office. A Software Development Kit for the MCC 7100 Dispatch API is available in the event you elect to use a custom graphical user interface (GUI ) on the dispatch console. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-27

36 The MCC 7100 console delivers true wire-line capability including Console Priority to give dispatchers immediate access to a channel and the MCC 7100 requires no external voice processing hardware (no VPM hardware) to perform dispatch operations. Audio vocoding and encryption are performed under the Windows Operating System. The MCC 7100 supports both hardware and software based end to end encryption. Software based encryption is supported with a Key file import for agencies that use a Key Management Facility (KMF) and with a Key file creation tool for customers who do not Three encryption algorithms: AES, ADP and DES-OFB are supported and all three may be implemented simultaneously. The MCC 7100 console provides centralized and/or distributed logging of conventional and trunked radio audio, associated radio call information and certain radio system events. The MCC 7100 Console provides full participation in the radio system s Agency Partitioning functionality and supports the MKM 7000 console Alias Manager to allow agencies to locally manage their radio unit ID s so different agencies sharing the system can manage their radio Unit ID aliases independently and autonomously. The MCC 7100 Console provides customers full dispatch operation remotely outside of the RNI. The console supports deployment on your Enterprise Network (CEN) and via VPN operation over a public network (internet). When deployed outside the RNI, the MCC 7100 supports up to 10 simultaneous encrypted voice streams The MCC 7100 Console supports installation on a customer owned PC or laptop that meets minimum computer specifications (Figure 0-5: Master Site to MCC7100 Dispatch Site Diagram below.) 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-28 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

37 Figure 0-5: Master Site to MCC7100 Dispatch Site Diagram C.1.9 MCC 7100 Dispatch Graphical User Interface The Motorola MCC 7100 IP dispatch console uses a Graphical User Interface (GUI) for displaying information to and accepting commands from the dispatch console user. The MCC 7100 consoles use the same Elite Dispatch GUI format used on your exiting CENTRA Com Gold Elite consoles. For a dispatcher familiar with the Gold Elite GUI, training on the MCC 7100 will be little more than refresher course. An example of the MCC 7500/7100 Dispatch GUI is shown in Figure 0-6 (next page). Tool Bars Resource Folders Radio Resource Radio Resources Patch & Multi-Select Folders Auxiliary Inputs/Outputs Radio Resource Radio Resources Activity Log Window Status Bar Figure 0-6: MCC 7100 Dispatch GUI The MCC 7100 Dispatch GUI is based on Microsoft Windows GUI programming standards and contains many controls, displays, and features, which are familiar to anyone who has used Windowsbased applications. These features are described in greater detail in the following sections. C Pull Down Menus The Dispatch GUI provides the following pull down menus on a menu bar across the top of the dispatch window: Configuration Provides access to the configuration files used by the MCC 7100 Dispatch GUI. Also allows the dispatch application to be exited. Edit Allows various aspects of how audio, resources and features are presented to the user on the MCC 7100 Dispatch GUI to be edited. Changes made using this menu are not permanent and are lost when the dispatch application is exited. View Allows the dispatch console user to control whether or not the Activity Log and Auxiliary I/O Windows are shown. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-29

38 Folders Allows the dispatch console user to switch between folders, add folders and change the folder tab width. Changes made using this menu are not permanent and are lost when the dispatch application is exited. Help Provides access to detailed on-line help for using the MCC 7100 Dispatch GUI. The user may customize which menus are displayed and what they contain via the MCC 7500 Admin application. C Toolbars Up to two tool bars may be present across the top of the dispatch window and may be used to provide quick access to frequently used features. The following are examples of the items which may be placed in the toolbars: Clock General Transmit Button Monitor Button All Mute Button There are many other items that may be placed in the toolbars. The MCC 7100 Admin application is used to define how many tool bars are displayed and what they contain. C C Status Line A status bar is provided across the bottom of the dispatch window for viewing the status of the dispatch console as well as various error messages. The most current status or error message is displayed in the status line until cleared by the dispatch console user. The dispatch console user may scroll through the last 10 statuses/error messages to view them and may clear them by using the Features menu on the menu bar. Resource Folders The MCC 7100 Dispatch GUI provides up to six resource folders for organizing the various resources (radio resources, auxiliary input/output resources, etc) which are assigned to the dispatch console. These folders may be given descriptive names to simplify the organization of the resources. The resources on a folder are displayed when the dispatch console user clicks on the folder tab. Resources on folders which are hidden behind the one being displayed continue to operate in a normal manner. Radio resource audio on a hidden folder appears in the appropriate speakers/headsets along with a visual call indication on the folder tab. If an emergency alarm or call is received on a radio resource which is located on a hidden folder, a visual emergency indication is displayed on the folder tab. A resource may be placed on more than one folder at the same time. This allows customers to create folders for special situations without having to move resources back and forth between folders. The MCC 7100 Admin application is used to configure how many folders appear on the MCC 7100 Dispatch GUI and which resources appear on each folder. It is also used to put descriptive names on the folder tabs. During dispatch operations the dispatch console user may, if so configured by the MCC 7100 Admin application, be able to add, remove or move resources on the folders. If this is done, these changes are not saved if the user logs out of or changes configuration files for the dispatch application. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-30 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

39 The MCC 7100 Dispatch GUI is designed to run in minimum 800 x 600 resolution. It may not be run in a lower resolution (640 x 480 pixels) because not all of the GUI would be visible on the screen. It may, however, be run in a higher resolution in order to fit even more information on the screen. With higher resolutions, the items on the screen appear smaller, so a larger monitor may be required. Up to 36 compressed radio resources may be viewed on one folder when the program is run in the standard 800 x 600 resolution and there are no patch or multi-select folders. If patch and multi-select folders are used and are set to the minimum height, then 31 compressed resources may be viewed. To figure the number of auxiliary input/output resources that could also be viewed, use the rule of thumb that 2 auxiliary resources can fit in the same space as 1 radio resource. In other words, instead of 10 radio resources, 20 auxiliary resources could fit in the same space. If the program is run in 1024 x 768 resolution, there is room for even more radio and auxiliary resources per folder. C Radio Resources Voice communication paths in the radio system are represented as radio resources on the MCC 7100 Dispatch GUI. Radio resources are also referred to as tiles on the MCC 7100 Dispatch GUI. These radio resources are used by the dispatch console user to communicate on and control the radio system. The following radio resources are supported: Trunked Talkgroups. Trunked Announcement Groups Trunked Private Calls Analog Conventional Channels C Indicators and Controls A radio resource contains indicators and controls which allow the dispatch console user to monitor and control various aspects of the radio channel. Examples of the indicators and controls which may appear on a radio resource include: Instant Transmit Button. Transmit Active/Transmit Busy Indications. Patch Active/Patch Busy Indications. Received Call Indication. Received Call Stack. Individual Volume Control. The types of indicators and controls which appear on the radio resource depend on the type of radio channel it represents and how it has been configured in the MCC 7100 Admin application. The radio resource may be configured to always show the indicators and controls or to allow the dispatch console user to hide them when not in use to save space on the screen. C Compressed, Larger Compressed and Expanded Resources Figure 0-7 (below) shows a radio resource which allows the dispatch console user to hide the indicators and controls. This is also called a compressed resource. Notice the small arrow button which allows the resource to be opened and closed to show the controls and indicators. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-31

40 Flap Closed Flap Open Figure 0-7: Compressed Radio Resource Figure 0-8 (below) shows a radio resource which always shows some of the indicators and controls, but allows the dispatch console to hide some of the others. This is also called a larger compressed resource. Flap Closed Flap Open Figure 0-8: Larger Compressed Radio Resource 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-32 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

41 Figure 0-9 (below) shows a radio resource, which always shows the indicators and controls. This is also called an expanded resource. Notice there is no arrow button on the resource. Figure 0-9: Expanded Radio Resource Full parallel status for radio resources is reflected across all the dispatch consoles, which have these radio resources assigned on them. That is, any activity or change on a radio resource appears on all dispatch consoles, which have that resource assigned on them. C Received Call Stack The received call stack provides the dispatch console user with a visual record of the most recent inbound calls on radio resources. This allows the dispatch console user to keep track of calls during busy traffic periods. Outbound calls on radio resources from dispatch consoles (both the dispatch console containing the received call stack or parallel dispatch consoles) are not shown in the received call stack. The calls are displayed in list format on a radio resource with the most recent calls at the top of the list. The number of calls displayed in the list is configurable as is the type of information displayed. The types of information that can be displayed are unit ID, unit ID alias, site ID, zone ID, type of call, and time of call. If an alias is available for a piece of information, it is displayed; otherwise the raw information is displayed. Figure 0-10 shows a radio resource containing a received call stack. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-33

42 Received Call Stack Figure 0-10: Received Call Stack on a Radio Resource The received call stack provides a quick way for a dispatch console user to respond to calls in the stack. Various types of mouse clicks on calls in the stack provide the dispatch console user with different ways to reply to the call. The received call stack is configurable on a per-resource per-console basis, so a resource on one dispatch console can have it while the same resource on another dispatch console does not have it. The received call stack has a fixed memory of 25 calls, but the number of calls which are displayed is configurable via the MCC 7100 Admin application. The number displayed may be set anywhere from 3 to 24 calls in increments of 3. Regardless of how many calls are actually displayed, the dispatch console user can always scroll through all 25 calls in the stack s memory. Stack display size is configured on a per radio resource per dispatch console basis. That is, each resource on a dispatch console may have different sized stack displays and the same resource on different dispatch consoles may have different sized stack displays. The dispatch console user can delete individual calls from the received call stack. All of the calls listed in a received call stack can also be deleted with a single action. C Auxiliary Input and Output Resources Control relays and input buffers are represented as auxiliary input and output resources on the MCC 7100 Dispatch GUI. These auxiliary input and output resources are used by the dispatch console user to monitor the state of input buffers and monitor/control the state of control relays. The auxiliary input and output resources are represented by various graphical icons which change their appearance based on the state of the resource. The particular icon which is associated with an input or output is configured by the MCC 7100 Admin application. Examples of some of the icons which may be used are in Figure 0-11 (below). 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-34 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

43 Icon for Input Buffer (shown in Active State) Icon for Control Relay (shown in Active State) Icon for Control Relay (shown in Inactive State) Figure 0-11: Auxiliary Input/Output Resource Icons Auxiliary input and output resources may be grouped together so that they can be moved or assigned/de-assigned as a group. This is useful for situations where the auxiliary input output resources are being used to interface to comparators or other devices which require multiple control relays or input buffers. Auxiliary output resources may be protected by a safety switch to help prevent unintended activation or deactivation. In order to activate or deactivate an auxiliary output that is protected by a safety switch, the dispatch console user must first press the safety switch and then press the auxiliary output. Latched auxiliary input resources may also be protected by a safety switch to help prevent unintended clearing of an active input. In order to clear a latched auxiliary input that is protected by a safety switch, the dispatch console user must first press the safety switch and then clear the auxiliary input. Full parallel status for auxiliary inputs and outputs is reflected across all the dispatch consoles which have the auxiliary inputs and output resources assigned on them. That is, if an auxiliary input or output changes state, the change of state is reflected on all the other dispatch consoles which have that auxiliary input or output assigned on them. Auxiliary input and output resources may also be placed on a separate auxiliary input and output window which is capable of being hidden when not needed. A button on one of the tool bars is used to open and hide the window. This allows the dispatch console user to easily and quickly access auxiliary input and output resources which are infrequently used without permanently consuming space on the screen. C Patch and Multi-Select Folders The patch and multi-select features are accessed via a set of dedicated folders on the MCC 7100 Dispatch GUI. These folders are smaller than the resource folders and may be placed on the screen to suit the dispatch console user s preferences. The placement is done in the MCC 7100 Admin application. There can be up to sixteen patch folders and three multi-select folders. C Patch Folders Clicking on one of the patch folder tabs brings it into view. The patch group is then opened by clicking on the left-most button on the folder. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-35

44 Once the patch group is open, the patch group is editable and members may be added or removed from the patch group by clicking on the desired radio resources. Note that patch groups are active whenever there are members assigned to them. This is true even if the patch group isn t open. The members of the patch group are shown on the patch folder along with the status of each member (patched or pending). The resources in the patch also show an indication that they are in a patch group. Some patch groups contain members which were pre-assigned by the MCC 7100 Admin application. These patch groups become active as soon as possible after the dispatch console begins using the configuration file which contains the pre-assigned patch groups. The dispatch console user can add/remove members from the pre-assigned patch group, but these additions/removals are lost when the dispatch console either re-loads the configuration file or changes to a different configuration file. A patch transmit button is provided on the patch folder to allow the dispatch console user to easily transmit on all members of the patch group with a single button press. Figure 0-12 (below) shows an example of a patch folder containing some radio resources. C Multi-Select Folder Figure 0-12: Patch Folder Clicking on one of the multi-select folder tabs brings it into view. The multi-select group is then opened by clicking on the left-most button on the folder. Once the multi-select group is open, the multi-select becomes active and members can be added or removed from the group by clicking on the desired radio resources. Closing the multi-select folder (by clicking on the left-most button a second time) deactivates the multi-select group. Note that this operation is different than that of the patch folders. A dispatch console can only have one multi-select group active at a time, but it can have multiple patch groups simultaneously active. The members of the multi-select group are shown on the multi-select folder. Some multi-select groups contain members which were pre-assigned by the MCC 7100 Admin application. The dispatch console user can add/remove members from the pre-assigned multi-select group, but these additions/removals are lost when the dispatch console either re-loads the configuration file or changes to a different configuration file. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-36 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

45 Figure 0-13 (below) shows an example of a multi-select folder containing some radio resources. C Activity Log Window Figure 0-13: Multi-Select Folder The activity log window can be used by the dispatch console user as a point of reference for all calls coming into the dispatch console. The activity log shows call information associated with all incoming radio calls such as the name of the radio resource and the time of the call. Incoming calls from all radio resources assigned to the dispatch console are displayed in the activity log. Figure 0-14 (next page) is an example of an activity log window. Activity Log Resource Tile List of Calls Figure 0-14: Activity Log Window Up to 1000 calls can be held in the activity log. The most recent call is on the top of the list and the oldest at the bottom. Once the list is filled, the oldest calls are discarded as new calls come in. The dispatch console user may resize the activity log to show various numbers of calls. For example, when there is light activity, the dispatch console user may choose to only show a few calls. During busy hours, the dispatch console user may view more calls by simply dragging the lower right hand corner of the activity log (making it longer) to see additional calls. Dispatch console users may respond to incoming calls simply by clicking on a call in the list. When this is done, the entry appears highlighted and the name of the radio resource appears on the activity log resource tile at the top of the activity log. The dispatch console user can then press the instant transmit button on the activity log resource tile to communicate with that radio resource. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-37

46 C Help The information displayed by the activity log can be customized to suit the dispatch console user's needs. The activity log can be configured to show combinations of Resource Name, Unit ID or Alias, Status Number or Alias, Receiving Site ID, Receiving Zone ID and Time. This configuration is done via the MCC 7100 Admin application and, if so configured, via the dispatch console user interface. There are two levels of control over whether or not the activity log is displayed on a dispatch console. The first level is via the MCC 7100 Admin application which controls whether or not a dispatch console has the capability of displaying the activity log. The second level is via the dispatch console user interface where the dispatch console user can choose to view or not view the activity log. Note that if the dispatch console has not been given the capability of displaying the activity log, then the dispatch console user cannot see the activity log at all. The number of lines that are initially displayed by the activity log is configurable via the MCC 7100 Admin application or the dispatch console user interface. The number of lines that are displayed may also be changed in real time by changing the size of the activity log window using standard Microsoft Windows resizing techniques. The user can scroll through all the entries in the activity log even if they can t all be displayed at once. The information listed in the activity log can be stored in a text file on the dispatch console s hard disk. The size of the text file can be specified to be between 1 MB and 20 MB. When the file fills up, new data overwrites old data beginning with the oldest data. All data associated with a call is logged to the file, regardless of what portion of the data is actually shown in the activity log window. The dispatch console is designed to allow the dispatch console user to quickly access information on how to use its features. This help is available right on the dispatch console graphical user interface. There are three types of help available to the dispatch console user, On Line, Micro and Tool Tips. C On Line Help On Line Help provides detailed information on how to use the dispatch console. The user accesses On Line Help via the Help menu on the menu bar. The user can search for topics or key words to quickly find the desired information or the user can use a table of contents to find the information. The information is displayed in a pop-up window on the dispatch user interface. On Line Help allows new dispatch console users to shorten their learning curve and more experienced dispatch console users to quickly remember how to operate seldom-used features. C Micro Help Micro Help provides information about the state of controls or indicators in a resource tile. When the cursor is placed over a control or indicator on a resource tile, a description of the control or indicator's state is given across the bottom of the resource tile. Figure 0-15 (below) shows micro help text on a radio resource. The text across the bottom of the resource describes the icon the cursor is pointing to. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-38 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

47 Figure 0-15: Micro Help on a Radio Resource The text displayed by the Micro Help feature may be edited via the MCC 7100 Admin application. Micro Help allows a dispatch console user to view the status of a control or indicator textually instead of graphically. C Tool Tips Help Micro Help Text Tool Tips Help provides information about tool bar buttons and menu bar menus to the dispatch console user. When the cursor is placed over a tool bar button, the button's name appears in a small pop-up window next to the cursor and a short explanation of the button appears in the status bar at the bottom of the dispatch user interface window. When the cursor is moved across a menu item in a menu, a description of the menu item appears in the status bar at the bottom of the dispatch user interface window. The text displayed by the Tool Tips feature may be edited via the MCC 7100 Admin application. Tool Tips allow a dispatch console user to quickly see a short explanation of the button or menu item of interest. C.1.10 Conventional Channel Gateway The zone controller manages conventional channels in a manner similar to how it manages trunked talkgroups. The physical interface to the analog conventional stations also changes from previous radio systems. RF site routers are fitted with 4-wire interface cards that are connected to the analog stations. Doing this provides two key benefits: 1. It allows the conventional audio to use the same transport network as the trunked audio. 2. It reduces the number of individual interface devices in the radio system. The portion of the router hardware and software that support the conventional stations is called the Conventional Channel Gateway (CCGW). To interface to analog conventional stations, the routers must be able to vocode and de-vocode the conventional audio, key the station, detect when the station sends audio to the router and detect when a parallel deskset console transmits on the station. This capability has been added to the routers used in Motorola s trunking systems. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-39

48 At this time the Conventional Channel Gateway does not support two-wire control connections or DC remote control. C.1.11 Feature Descriptions High level descriptions for some of the features supported by the Motorola MCC 7100 dispatch console are given in this section. C Centralized System Management The Motorola MCC 7100 console system is configured and managed by the trunking system s configuration manager, fault manager and performance reporting applications. This provides the customer with a single point for configuring and managing the entire radio system, including the console portion. The Motorola MCC 7100 console system is able to control certain conventional resources in addition to the trunking system. The trunking system s configuration manager, fault manager and performance reporting applications also configure and manage the parts of the system interfacing to the conventional resources. C End to End Encryption The addition of secure capability to the dispatch console and the archiving interface server allows true end to end encryption in the radio system. This provides the highest degree of security possible to those customers who wish to take advantage of this feature. The dispatch consoles and archiving interface servers support multiple encryption algorithms and multiple secure keys to allow them to access and control talkgroups from different agencies, if necessary. The dispatch consoles and archiving interface servers also participate in the radio system s OTAR feature (if purchased) via Store and Forward to simplify management of the secure keys. C General Transmit General Transmit is a feature that initiates a voice transmission on the currently selected resources. General Transmit is one of the most convenient methods for transmitting since it can be initiated with either the footswitch, the headset transmit button, the microphone transmit button or the General Transmit API functions. General Transmit is a medium priority transmit. Please refer to the Transmit Priority Levels feature for more information on transmit priorities. It is important to note that a dispatch console can transfer control of an active General Transmit freely between the General Transmit API functions, the headset transmit button, the microphone transmit button and the footswitch while not losing the transmission. This can be used to free up a dispatch console user s hands for other activities such as writing notes. The General Transmit feature provides easy access to transmitting on the selected resources. C Instant Transmit Instant Transmit is a feature that allows a dispatch console user to initiate a transmission on a specific resource regardless of its select state. It is the most direct method of transmitting on a resource. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-40 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

49 Instant Transmit is a high priority transmit. Please refer to the Transmit Priority Levels feature for more information on transmit priorities. It is important to note that the dispatch console user can Instant Transmit even when the dispatch console user is currently performing a General Transmit or APB Transmit. In this case, microphone audio will be sent to both the selected resource(s) and the one that is being instant-transmitted upon. The Instant Transmit feature gives the dispatch console user an additional level of control that is not available with the General Transmit feature. It gives a dispatch console user the ability to transmit quickly on a resource that is not selected. It allows a dispatch console user to monitor the audio from the selected resources in the headset, and simultaneously transmit to another resource. It also allows a dispatch console user to take over a lower-priority transmit from a parallel dispatch console. C Instant Transmit Safety Switch Instant Transmit Safety Switch is a feature that requires a dispatch console user to press a safety switch before initiating an instant transmit on a specific resource (regardless of whether it is selected or not). This helps ensure the dispatcher doesn t accidentally instant transmit on a particular radio channel. C APB Transmit APB (All Points Bulletin) Transmit is a feature that initiates a voice transmission on the resources of a Multi-Select group. An APB Transmit control on a dispatch console must have one and only one Multi-Select group associated with it. APB Transmit is a high priority transmit. Please refer to the Transmit Priority Levels feature for more information on transmit priorities. The APB Transmit feature allows transmission to all resources in its associated Multi-Select group even when the group is closed. The APB Transmit feature provides easy access for transmitting to a preselected group of resources. APB Transmit is commonly used to make an announcement to many radio users. It also allows a dispatch console user to take over a lower priority transmit from a parallel dispatch console. C Transmit Priority Levels The Transmit Priority Levels feature is a hierarchy of transmit privileges for different types of transmissions on the same dispatch console or between dispatch consoles. It provides an orderly and consistent method for allowing higher priority transmissions to take over resources from lower priority transmissions. The priority levels from highest to lowest are: Primary supervisor console instant transmit or APB transmit. Secondary supervisor console instant transmit or APB transmit. Non-supervisor console instant transmit or APB transmit. General transmit on any type of console (single- or multi-select). Patch transmit on any type of console. Console Transmits While Receiving Audio. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-41

50 The Console Transmits While Receiving Audio feature allows a dispatch console to receive audio from other radio resources while transmitting on a particular radio resource. This allows a dispatch console user to hear audio from other resources while transmitting. Note that this is different than full duplex audio on a single radio resource. C Resource Transmit Status - Transmitting The Resource Transmit Status - Transmitting feature is used on a per dispatch console basis to indicate when a dispatch console is transmitting on a resource. A visual indication is provided on the user interface to indicate it is transmitting. Each dispatch console uses the Resource Transmit Status - Transmitting feature to display its own transmit status. It is not used to display the status of parallel dispatch consoles. Refer to the Resource Transmit Status - Parallel MCC 7100 Op Busy feature for more information about parallel dispatch console status. C Resource Transmit Status - Trunking Busy/Callback The Resource Transmit Status - Trunking Busy/Callback feature is used to indicate when a trunking resource is not available for a dispatch console user to use and to alert the user when it becomes available. Audible indications are provided on the dispatch console to indicate a trunking resource is not available and when it becomes available. This feature allows the dispatch console user to know when a trunked resource is available again without having to continuously try to transmit on it. C Trunked Base Station/Repeater Control C Repeat Control The Repeat Control feature (also known as Repeat Enable) allows a dispatch console user to enable and disable the ability of radio users in a talkgroup to hear the transmissions of other radio users in that talkgroup. When the feature is enabled on a talkgroup, transmit audio from a radio is made available to all of the radios monitoring the talkgroup. If the feature is disabled on a talkgroup, transmit audio from a radio is not made available to other radio users monitoring the talkgroup. In either case, the radio s transmit audio is routed to the dispatch consoles. When repeat control is enabled or disabled, all dispatch consoles with this resource assigned are updated with the current status of the feature. This feature can be controlled from any dispatch console. C.1.12 System Access Priority Select (Normal/Tactical) The System Access Priority Select feature allows a dispatch console user to select the relative system access priority of a trunked resource within the resource s Communication system. Currently, there are only two possible priorities, NORMAL priority and TACTICAL priority. Call requests from a trunked resource with TACTICAL priority have priority over call requests from a trunked resource with NORMAL priority in obtaining a repeater for communications. Only emergency calls have a higher priority than TACTICAL. When the System Access Priority status of a resource is changed, it is updated at all dispatch consoles in the systems that are monitoring that trunked resource. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-42 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

51 The System Access Priority Select feature can be used to change the system access priority status of a trunked resource to TACTICAL in order to give the resource a better chance of gaining communication access in a busy system. If, during a repeater busy condition, two call requests are queued with one as NORMAL and the other as TACTICAL priority, then the one with TACTICAL priority gains access to the system when the next repeater becomes available. C Fault Management C Hardware Element Monitoring The radio system's fault manager monitors and reports the status of all the hardware elements in the console subsystem. This allows the console subsystem to be fault managed from the same point at which the rest of the radio system is fault managed. The specific hardware elements which are monitored are the dispatch console, the archiving interface server and any networking equipment which support the console elements. Each of these hardware elements monitors critical internal hardware sub-elements and reports their status. This allows a failure within a hardware element to be detected. The hardware elements in the console subsystem are also periodically polled to request their status. This allows a failure of an entire hardware element to be detected. C Software Process Monitoring The console subsystem monitors and reports the status of all the critical software processes running on the various hardware elements which comprise the subsystem. Changes in the status of software processes on a device are recorded internally. These internal records are primarily intended for use by qualified technical personnel in troubleshooting problems with the console subsystem. Status changes which are useful for understanding the console subsystem's overall status are also reported to the radio system's fault manager. If a failure of a software process is detected, self-healing actions may be initiated to correct the failed process. Refer to the Self-Healing Actions feature for more information. C Network Link Integrity Monitoring The network elements which are used by the console subsystem are monitored in the same manner as the network elements for the rest of the radio system. Any failures in these links are reported to the radio system's fault manager. C Automatic Discovery of Console Elements The console subsystem supports the automatic discovery of console elements by the radio system's fault manager. This saves the user from having to manually gather and enter the necessary data into the radio system fault manager. The radio system fault manager automatically discovers all network elements (both Motorola manufactured elements and Motorola supported third party elements) that are included in the system and adds them to the map of network elements in a topologically descriptive manner. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-43

52 C Outputting of Monitoring Results (SNMP) The console subsystem supports the reporting of fault status to the radio system's network manager via the SNMP protocol. C Self-Healing Actions The console subsystem automatically takes certain actions to try to remedy failures detected by its fault management routines. These actions are intended to provide as much functionality to the user as possible. These actions include restarting failed software processes, resetting internal hardware or reloading software into internal hardware. C.1.13 Facilities and Infrastructure Development Motorola has proposed the Walsh, Santa Clara EComm tower, Sunnyvale, and Carol Drive sites for the radio system infrastructure. There are existing towers and buildings that can be utilized at these sites. C Walsh / City of Santa Clara Corp Yard and EComm Tower Walsh is a City of Santa Clara facility that is currently home to a SmartNET trunking system and the Ambassador Electronics Bank for the Gold Elite Consoles. Walsh is co-located with the Santa Clara Corp Yard. The Walsh campus has City of Santa Clara fiber, and it is on the E-COMM microwave ring. The equipment room at the Walsh site will be the simulcast prime site and the EComm tower will be a simulcast remote site. There are 2 electric control, 1 public safety, and 1 tech services dispatch consoles located within this campus. C Walsh Prime Rack Space: Room is available for LMR equipment after removal/relocation of some existing equipment Room condition: Good Type 1 Surge Suppression for input to main power panel is required A new sub panel to accommodate new circuits is required Generator: One automatic and another manual in case the first does not Kick-in Backup Power: Existing building UPS Prime Site can be powered on 48VDC 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-44 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

53 Connectivity: Both E-COMM Microwave and fiber connection within Santa Clara Corp Yard Complex Site is generator and UPS fed. Adequate R56 ground bus exists. C Walsh EComm Tower Rack Space: Existing racks must be relocated to provide room for new racks and batteries Room Condition: Good Tower height: 115 ft tower Existing service outlets must be relocated to accommodate new rack layout Generator: Yes, existing Connectivity; E-Comm Microwave C Sunnyvale DPS Sunnyvale DPS is an existing City of Sunnyvale facility that is the location of dispatch. The site is on the E-COMM microwave network. Rack Space: Available with consolidation of existing equipment into other racks Room condition: Good Generator: Yes, existing Backup Power: Existing, building UPS Tower or antenna height: 160 ft tower, might be able to mount at 160 ft Microwave: Existing E-COMM Grounding exists below raised computer floor. UPS Fed Panel "2LECR" had adequate capacity and breaker space to add equipments. A properly sized ground bus bar installed under the equipment room floor and bonded to site ground is required. Ground bus at building entrance and grounding for all RF cables is required. Type 1 Surge Suppression for input to main power panel is required. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-45

54 C Carol Drive Carol Drive is an existing facility that is the location of Santa Clara County dispatch operations. The site is on the E-Comm microwave network. Rack Space: Available with consolidation of existing equipment into other racks Room condition: Good Generator: Yes, existing Backup Power: Existing, building UPS Microwave: Existing E-COMM C.1.14 Network Management The Network Management System (NMS) component for ASTRO 25 consists of a suite of software applications and features that allow administrators to control, monitor and manage the ASTRO 25 system, as well as to capture system statistics and data to use in third-party custom reporting applications. Motorola is providing three Network management clients the SVRIA Phase 1 system to be able to access the system from multiple locations. Below are the Network Management licenses provided with this offering (Qty1) Zone Historical Report License (Qty1) Unified Network Configuration License (Qty1) User Configuration Manager License (Qty1) Unified Event Manager License (Qty1) Radio Control Manager (Qty1) Affiliation user Reports (Qty1) ZoneWatch (Qty1) Dynamic Reports (Qty1) Zone Historical Reports (Qty1) Alarm Notifications These Network management clients can be located anywhere on the ASTRO system and can be accessed remotely via VPN. The NMS supports the following services: Monitoring the status of the transport network and the individual infrastructure components; displaying status information; forwarding alert information; and performing diagnostic procedures. Maintaining and updating the operational parameters of the infrastructure components and user devices (i.e., the mobile and portable radios). Tracking radio usage of the system by providing an optional interface to third-party accounting and/or billing applications. Monitoring, reporting, controlling, and optimizing the use of system resources. Setting user privileges and controlling their access to view and modify information contained in the configuration databases. The NMS is comprised of network management servers that provide the centralized processing power needed for the above services: NMS System-level server: User Configuration Server (UCS). 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-46 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

55 NMS Zone-level Servers: Zone Statistics Server, Air Traffic Router, Zone Database Server, and Unified Event Manager. User Configuration Server (UCS) The UCS provides database storage and back-end processes required for most system-wide functions. The UCS makes it possible for management personnel to configure home zone maps, users, radios, talkgroups, critical sites, Adjacent Control Channels (ACC), security information at a system-level, and other system-level parameters. Group and Unit ID home zone assignments are also made at the UCS level. This information is configured using the User Configuration Manager (UCM) application and is saved in the UCS database. Zone Statistics Server (ZSS) The statistics servers are the data repositories for data statistics necessary to drive Historical Reports. Statistics such as the number of calls, push-to-talks, and busies are accumulated over preset time intervals. Air Traffic Router (ATR) The ATR hosts a variety of real-time, data processing applications to support user and system applications. The ATR server receives air traffic information from the zone controller, creates air traffic information access (ATIA) packets, and sends them to the customer server which is located on the customer network. This includes processing real-time call transactions, sourcing air traffic information access (ATIA) data stream to third-party applications, logging all ATIA data to disk, routing Radio Control Manager command and status packets to/from the zone controller, and routing call logging packets from the zone controller to the statistics servers. Zone Database Server (ZDS) The ZDS handles a variety of tasks, including hosting the zone configuration database, administering applications licenses, authenticating network manager users accessing the system, and performing back-end support for user applications. The Zone Database Server (ZDS) performs the following database server functions: Maintains the infrastructure (zone configuration) database for the zone Exports the infrastructure information from its database to the Zone Controller where it is stored as the local infrastructure database Maintains a replica of the current UCS database and home zone map Exports the radio information it receives from the UCS to the Zone Controller The ZDS also performs all network management and fault management polling of system devices to support the network management clients. The fault management information that the ZDS collects is passed on to the Unified Event Manager (UEM) Integrated Network Management (INM) server. The ZDS handles a variety of administrative tasks, including the following: Administering the standard and optional applications licenses Authenticating network manager users accessing the system Performing back-end support services for user applications Unified Event Manager (UEM) The UEM provides a central location for managing all radio, transport, and environmental devices on the system. The application automatically discovers devices on the network to determine their realtime status. Color-coded symbols displayed on a topography map provide a geographical and Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-47

56 hierarchical representation of the entire network. The UEM allows each user to filter out and customize the pertinent information important to their roles and responsibilities. Features and benefits of the UEM are outlined in Table 0-3 (next page). 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-48 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

57 Table 0-3: Features and benefits of the UEM Feature Centralized View of Entire Communications Network Intuitive Graphical User Interface (GUI) Auto Discovery of Devices Active Alarms View and Alarm Summary Secure Device Access Optional Northbound Interface Notifications Network Monitoring Capabilities Benefit Network Managers can view the entire ASTRO 25 system status and quickly isolate problems to the board level. Network Managers can be quickly notified of failures on the system and diagnose device problems, utilizing a display and an intuitive GUI. Components are automatically discovered and map views are created to show the overall health of the network. Persistent single view all failure conditions in the network and a quick reference summary of alarms by severity allows users to quickly pinpoint the highest priority failures SNMPv3 protocol with Triple DES and AES 256 bit encryption to prevent security breach attempts Real time event stream using a standard industry protocol that can be used to forward events to a higher level management application for added flexibility. User specified event notifications sent via which could also be forwarded to a portable mobile device allows System Managers to simultaneously address other tasks Archive and export event history data for analysis Remote Command Operation Remote state change capability helps to avoid unnecessary sites trips The Unified Event Manager (UEM) gives the Network Manager virtually instantaneous notification of any system deficiency or element failure. UEM Event Browser Figure 0-16 (next page) illustrates the UEM Event Browser screen. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-49

58 Figure 0-16: UEM Event Browser Sample Screen The UEM event browser provides a way to look at all the events (or a filtered subset of events) that are received by UEM. By default, when viewing an event, the event browser displays Severity, Date/Time, Managed Resource, Entity, and Message. Additional display properties are available. Up to 10,000 of the most recent events from any managed device within a zone can be displayed. UEM Alarm Browser The UEM alarm browser allows the user to view all alarms, or a filtered subset of alarms. By default, when viewing an alarm, the alarm browser displays Severity, Date/Time, Managed Resource, Entity, Message, and Owner/Assignee information. Additional display properties are available. UEM supports exporting events and alarms for future analysis (Figure 0-17 next page). 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-50 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

59 Figure 0-17: UEM Alarm Browser Sample Screen C Network Management Terminals The NMS Windows-based client/server architecture distributes most of the user application processing to the client PC workstations. The following applications run on or may be accessed from the Network Management terminal: System Profile User Configuration Manager Software Download Historical Reports (System-level) Zone Profile Zone Configuration Manager ZoneWatch Affiliation Display Air Traffic Information Access (ATIA) Log Viewer Dynamic Reports Historical Reports (Zone-level) Radio Control Manager (RCM) Radio Control Manager Reports Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-51

60 The Network Management Terminal is the access point for the following software applications and system features: Basic Radio Control Manager The Radio Control Manager (RCM) application provides the ability to generate radio commands and to display radio events. Users also have the capability to generate RCM reports. Some features of the RCM are: Dynamic Regrouping - Allows a dispatcher or system manager to dynamically program an affiliated radio user to a particular talkgroup. The radio will generate an audible tone indicating to the user that the radio has been regrouped. Storm Plans Provide the system with an automated, predefined procedure for special or emergency situations. Selective Radio Inhibit Denies system access to lost or stolen Motorola radios. When a radio is reported missing, a network management terminal operator can send a Selective Radio Inhibit command to the system controller, rendering the radio unit inoperable. Once found, the radio can be reactivated and restored to normal operations over the air. Zone Watch Our customers say ZoneWatch is the single most important application for real-time monitoring of their network. ZoneWatch provides customizable displays and graphs to monitor real-time communications activity and network health. It is a set of diagnostic tools allowing individuals to make more efficient system management decisions. An administrator defined display of information can be created down to individual unit or talkgroup activity. At a glance, provides a real-time snapshot of the system Color coded display allows for quick network status indications Enables faster identification and resolution of potential issues Affiliation Display The Affiliation Display provides a dynamic view of the sites to which all operating units are currently affiliated, making it easy to track and troubleshoot radios in the system. It provides a dynamic view of sites, talkgroups, and individual radios enabling a manager to understand the loading characteristics of the system in real-time. Graphing capabilities are also included. Security Partitioning This feature allows the creation of security groups in order to limit access to selected database records. It allows system administrators to control access to network management data by department, geography, or individual user. Flexible Air Traffic Information Access (ATIA) (Optional) The Flexible ATIA interface feature provides an access point for air traffic call information. Customers can generate detailed billing reports or management reports with third-party products or services. Channel Partitioning (Optional) The Channel Partitioning feature provides agencies or departments, with exclusive use of specific RF channels. The use of this feature allows the segregation of one set of users from another to ensure dedicated resources for a specific group. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-52 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

61 Dynamic Frequency Blocking (Optional) When frequencies are sparse, Dynamic Frequency Blocking allows you to reuse frequencies within cells in close proximity within the system. This feature automatically allows the system to dynamically block the frequency at site A while transmitting the same frequency at site B. C Network Monitoring Functionality The ASTRO 25 platform s suite of network monitoring applications continuously monitors the health and status of all network devices and applications, providing network managers instant visibility to status changes throughout the network. The applications include: Hardware Element Monitoring The radio system monitors and reports the status of all the hardware elements in the network. Software Process Monitoring The system monitors and reports the status of all the critical software processes running on the various hardware elements. If a change in a software process is detected, self-healing actions may be initiated to correct the process. Refer to the Self-Healing Actions feature for more information. Network Link Integrity Monitoring Any changes in the network links are reported to the radio system s fault manager. Self-Healing Actions The system automatically takes actions to remedy errors detected by its fault management routines to ensure continuation of critical communications. SNMP Trap Forwarding (Optional) Forwards alarms received by the Unified Event Manager (UEM) application to the SNMP management system, allowing your existing network to actively monitor alarm conditions within the radio network. Northbound Interface (Optional) Forwards alarms from the Unified Event Manager (UEM) application allowing the existing network to actively monitor alarm conditions within the radio network. Alerting alerting sends notifications for system alarms in the Unified Event Manager (UEM) to a specified address. Alarms can also be forwarded to a mobile device such as a cell phone or PDA. C Reporting Functionality ASTRO 25 provides users with numerous reports including: Historical Reports Dynamic reports Custom reports Affiliation User Reports Radio Control Manager Reports These reports provide historical and real-time traffic data to aid in system optimization, allow system managers to view real time call activity to be proactive in making resource planning decisions, and monitor system usage by identifying the sites that are used the most and determining where radio users are located throughout the system. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-53

62 Historical Reports ASTRO 25 allows users to manually or automatically generate historical performance reports through the use of standard templates contained. The Historical Reports application generates reports of statistical data that is gathered at specific, predefined time intervals. Users can then create reports from this data to monitor and analyze information about zones, sites, channels, talkgroups, and users. This data is displayed using predefined report templates and parameters. Figure 0-18 (below) shows an example of a Historic Report. Figure 0-18: Historical Reports Example Dynamic Reports User Licenses ASTRO 25 allows users to generate near real-time graphical reports showing system utilization for talk group, private, and interconnect calls. Dynamic Reports provides several predefined report templates that can be used to display statistics for a zone, site, or a console site (but not for a system) in near real time. Some of these include: Templates for Zone-Level Reports Dynamic Reports allows you to create and run reports to capture statistics across a zone. For example, the Zone Call Activity report provides statistics for determining the levels of different call activities within the zone, such as call rejects or call terminations. Templates for Site-Level Reports Dynamic Reports allows you to create and run reports to capture statistics across a site. For example, the Site Busy Count report provides statistics for determining the number of busies caused by lack of resources at this site or the number of busy calls originating at this site. Templates for Console Site-Level Reports Dynamic Reports allows you to create and run reports to capture statistics across a console site. For example, the Console Site Link Bandwidth Usage report provides the percentage of bandwidth to a console site consumed by trunking calls in the time interval. An example of a Dynamic Report for Zone Call Activity is shown in Figure 0-19 (next page). 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-54 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

63 Figure 0-19: Example of Dynamic Report: Zone Call Activity Custom Reports Custom Reports lets you create or modify reports to meet your specific needs using the statistical data elements supported by the Performance Reports application. This can be applied for either Historical or Dynamic Reports. The Custom Report is created using the Crystal Reports application and is an optional feature of the ASTRO 25 platform. Affiliation User Reports Affiliation User Reports allows a user to observe selected real time affiliations in the zone for sites, talkgroups, or individual radio users. Also provides graphing capabilities. Radio Control Manager Reports Radio Control Manager (RCM) Reports enable the creation and viewing of standard reports from the following categories: Emergency Alarms Reports - Provides a historical listing of all Emergency Alarms received by the RCM in a selected period of time. The report can display all Emergency Alarms in the active or historical events queues. These reports include: Emergency Alarms by Radio Report Emergency Alarms by Talkgroup Report Emergency Alarms in the Deleted State Report Emergency Alarms in the Responded State Report Current Login Sessions Reports - Provides information about the RCM users currently logged into the system. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-55

64 Radio Command Reports - Shows the commands that have been sent to radio users, such as Regroup, Inhibit, and Selector Lock. These reports include: Radio Commands by Command Report Radio Commands by User Report Radio Commands by Radio Report C Remote Terminal Units Motorola s Remote Terminal Units have been included in the system design. The Remote Terminal Units (RTU) are part of the fault management subsystem that ports SNMP traps for environmental alarms over to the SNMP alarming system (UEM). It also provides control capabilities through drycontact relays, and limited programming capabilities to non-ip-based site equipment such as channel banks, microwave equipment, GPS receivers, and legacy base stations. The proposed system design includes a RTU at each RF site in the system. Each RTU is capable of 48 discrete inputs. The capacity of each RTU can be expanded by a factor of six by adding additional optional RTU expansion units. C.1.15 Subscriber Equipment C.1.16 Subscriber Equipment Description This Section provides detailed description of Motorola s subscriber equipment proposed as requested in Appendix A: Mandatory Submittals. C.1.17 Response to General RFP Requirements Motorola is proposing the following to meet your subscriber equipment requirements. The APX Platform of portable and mobile radios meets and exceeds the subscriber specifications in the Request for Proposal. This platform includes: The APX 4000 portable and 4500 mobile capable of Project 25 Phase 1 FDMA and Phase 2 TDMA The APX 6000 Li portable and 6500 Li mobile capable of Project 25 Phase 1 FDMA and Phase 2 TDMA The APX 6000 portable and 6500 mobile capable of Project 25 Phase 1 FDMA and Phase 2 TDMA and SmartNet trunking in the same radio The APX 6000 XE with the same capabilities as the APX 6000 is offered for fire and other applications requiring rugged devices and extreme audio The APX 7000 Portable and 7500 mobile are multi-band capable radios capable of Project 25 Phase 1 FDMA and Project 25 Phase 2 TDMA and SmartNet trunking in the same radio The APX 7000 XE with the same capabilities as the APX 7000 designed for extreme environments rugged. APX Radio Platform The APX is Motorola s highest tier platform of subscriber radio equipment offering the most complete line up of mission critical user equipment including Project 25 Phase 2 TDMA capability. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-56 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

65 APX two-way radios redefine safety for mission critical users by providing best-in-class audio quality, industry leading ergonomics and state-of-the-art technology. Every APX model will meet your most demanding performance expectations and. Each model of portable is IP67 immersion certified for added protection and submersion capabilities Every APX model can be delivered with Project 25 Phase 1 or Phase 2 capability from the factory. Alternatively, Project 25 Phase 2 capability can be FLASHED in the future via a software upgrade. No additional Hardware is required. Every APX model is equipped with Advanced Digital Privacy (ADP) encryption, at no additional cost. ADP offers standard encryption voice protection for those users that do not require Federal level encryption security, but still require privacy in their communications. Every APX model includes the hardware for integrated GPS and must only be enabled as an option. No high cost external remote speaker mics are required for GPS operation. The APX has an extensive line of portable and mobile accessories. The accessory catalogs are included Section AA of the proposal. Intrinsically Safe options are offered APX-Enabled P25 Phase 1/Phase 2 Motorola has designed the APX family of radios with the highest level of P25 interoperability. The APX platform supports multiple modes of operation including: P25 Phase 1 FDMA trunking Phase 2 TDMA trunking SMARTNET/SMARTZONE analog/digital systems Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-57

66 P25 conventional systems The APX radio is capable of the most advanced security/encryption features available in the industry such as P25-compliant and FIPS certified AES. Superior Audio Quality The subscriber radio units are designed to deliver the highest audio quality. Motorola APX radios use dual microphones and incorporate Noise Reduction Software (NRS) to improve voice intelligibility by eliminating background noise. In the harshest noise environments, this feature provides user safety by ensuring that transmissions are not only heard, but clearly understood (Figure 0-20 below). Rugged, Robust Design Standard with Every Radio With Noise Reduction Without Noise Reduction Figure 0-20: The APX significantly improves voice intelligibility using Motorola s NRS Motorola radios are tested and exposed to extreme conditions to simulate years of abuse. Typical environmental tests performed on our radios include temperature shock, temperature cycling, drop, display impact, vibration, blowing rain, dust, salt, fog, UV exposure, and Electro-Static discharge (ESD). We also perform functional and parametric testing to verify that the radios still work after they are exposed to the environment. Our testing standards used include: Military Specifications 810 C, D, E, and F IP67 Immersion Certification ships standard with every portable model Motorola Internal 12M Specifications Motorola internal 12M test specifications are more stringent than industry-standard testing. For example, military specifications for a drop test call for the unit to be dropped onto a plywood surface. Motorola s drop tests utilize a steel landing surface, which increases the severity of the test. Glove Friendly Operation Motorola has designed its APX portables to be glove friendly with features that come standard with the radios. The uniquely angled volume knob design increases the separation between the radio knobs for improved gloved radio operation. Innovative T-grip design gives a glove friendly feel for a more secure grip and better control. Larger controls and buttons provide increased handling and ease of use. Advanced Digital Privacy Encryption (ADP) Every APX radio is equipped with ADP, a software-based encryption algorithm, activated through the radio programming software. Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) is available on all units as an option. The APX platform meets and exceeds your specifications (Table 0-4 next page). Table 0-4: RFP General Requirements: APX Platforms MIL-STD 810 C,D, E, and F RFP General Requirements APX Platform Comply 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-58 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

67 Software Programmable RFP General Requirements Capable of the following modes of operation Conventional analog FM network Conventional analog off-network Conventional P25 Phase 1 network Conventional P25 Phase 1 off-network Trunked P25 Phase 1 network Trunked P25 Phase 2 Network Programmed for proposed and existing legacy radio channels within appropriate frequency band. APX Platform Comply Comply Shipping today with Project 25 Phase 2 TDMA Comply the APX 6000 and 7000 series support P25 with backward compatibility with the Santa Clara SmartNet System C.1.18 Portable Radio Models The RFP specified a minimum of three models of Portable radios. Basic Model: typically identified with no keypad but with display, preferably top mounted Mid Model: typically identified with limited keypad and display, preferably top mounted in addition to any front display Advanced Model; typically identified with full keypad and display, preferably top mounted in addition to any front display Motorola offers a wide range of portables that meet your specifications (Table 0-5 below). Table 0-5: Portable Radio Models Portable Radio Specification Motorola Compliant APX 4000 Motorola Compliant APX 6000 & APX 6000 Li Motorola Compliant APX 6000 XE Motorola Optional XTS 1500 P25 Phase 1 Only Basic model Display only APX 6000 & APX 6000 Li Model 1.5 APX 6000XE Model 1.5 XTS 1500 Model 1.5 Mid model Limited Keypad APX 4000 Model 2 APX 6000 & APX 600 Li Model 2.5 APX 6000XE Model 2.5 Advanced Model Full Keypad APX 4000 Model 3 APX 6000 & APX 6000 Li Model 3 APX 6000XE Model 3.5 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-59

68 C Multi-Band Portable Radios Motorola offers the APX 7000 Multi-Band Portable and the APX 7000XE Multi-Band Portable in the model configurations specified in the RFP (Table 0-6 below). Table 0-6: Multi-Band Portable Radios Multi-Band Portable Radio Specification Motorola Compliant APX 7000 Motorola Compliant APX 7000 XE Basic model Display only Model 1.5 Model 1.5 Mid model Limited Keypad Multi-Band Portable Radio Specification Motorola Compliant APX 7000 Motorola Compliant APX 7000 XE Advanced Model Full Keypad Model 3.5 Model 3.5 coming in Q2/2012 Every APX model, the APX 7000, APX 6000, APX 6000 Li and APX 4000 meets your specifications (Table 0-7 below). Table 0-7: Features requirements of the RFP RFP Specified Features APX 4000 APX 6000 & 6000 Li APX 6000 XE APX 7000 APX 7000 XE Optional XTS 1500 Project 25 Compliant Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Phase 1 trunking PTT Button Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Top-mounted on/off knob Talkgroup/channel selector Emergency Button protected from inadvertent activation Alphanumeric display, 8 character minimum Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Multiline Color Display Yes Multiline Color Display Yes Multiline Color Display Yes Multiline Color Display Yes Multiline Color Display Yes - Multiline Transmit Indicator Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes RFP Specified Battery Nickel- Metal Hydride Battery option No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-60 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

69 RFP Specified Features APX 4000 APX 6000 & 6000 Li APX 6000 XE APX 7000 APX 7000 XE Optional XTS 1500 Lithium-ion Battery option (Preferred) 8 Hour duty cycle at Available Extended life batteries for 8 hour duty cycle at Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Remote speaker microphone Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes C.1.19 Equipment Descriptions Following is the equipment descriptions for each APX model. Equipment electrical specifications and dimensions for each radio are provided in the Specification Sheets in Section AA of the proposal. APX 4000 Portable Radios The APX 4000 portable is Motorola s 700 / 800 MHz portable offering. The APX 4000 can operate on Project 25 Phase 1 FDMA trunking systems and Project 25 Phase 2 TDMA systems, as well as support both analog conventional and P25 conventional. The APX 4000 provides users with a feature rich portable radio in an ergonomic and rugged device that delivers exceptional audio performance in a small rugged package. The APX 4000 portable can be ordered in two different models; APX 4000 Model 2 (front display and limited keypad) and a model 3 (front display with full keypad). The portable can support a variety of software capabilities & feature sets to best meet your user s needs. The APX 4000 portable is capable of the most advanced security/encryption feature available in the industry, Project 25 compliant AES. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-61

70 APX 4000 Model 2 Features Three programmable side buttons for easy access features Push-to-talk button designed for easy activation Dual function rotary knob for channel selection & volume control Rugged GCAI accessory connector for improved audio accessories Two-line/12-character/two icons character alphanumeric display 3 x 2 keypad with for navigating through menus Cellular style user interface and color display Easy access emergency button Meets Military Specs 810 (C, D, E, & F) APX 4000 Model 3 The Model 3 has all the features that the model 2 has with the additional features: 3 x 6 keypad with up to 24 programmable soft keys C APX 6000 and APX 6000 Li Portable Radios The APX 6000 and APX 6000 Li are Motorola s feature-rich 700 / 800 MHz portables that can operate on Project 25 Phase 1 and Phase 2 systems. The APX 6000 can operate on Project 25 systems and Motorola SmartNet trunked systems. The APX 6000 Li can operate on either Project 25 or SmartNet. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-62 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

71 The APX 6000 series portables can be ordered in the three models specified in the RFP. The portable can support a variety of software capabilities & feature sets to best meet your user s needs. APX 6000 & APX 6000 Li Model 1.5 Features One - line/eight-character/one row for icons; monochrome LCD Display. Large, angled volume on/off knob and large channel selector knob for easy gloved operation Top-mounted orange display Three programmable side buttons for easy access features Large universal push-to-talk button backlit for easy activation. Rugged GCAI accessory connector for improved audio accessories APX 6000 & APX 6000 Li Model 2 The Model 2 has all the features that the Model 1 has with the addition of the following features: Four-line/14-character/two icons character alphanumeric display 3 x 2 keypad with for navigating through menus Cellular style user interface and color display Easy access emergency button Meets Military Specs 810 (C, D, E, & F) APX 6000 & APX 6000 Li Model 3 The Model 3 the following additional features: 3 x 6 keypad with up to 24 programmable soft keys Regardless of which model is chosen, the radio offers various benefits, feature sets & capabilities. Enhanced Interoperability System Compatibility & Supported Operation Modes: The portable supports the following system, operation modes and capabilities: Clear or encrypted APCO Project 16 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-63

72 APCO Project 25 Phase 1 and Phase and 3600 baud Control Channel capable (APX 6000) 12.5/20/25 khz bandwidth receiver analog capable 12.5 khz bandwidth receiver digital capable 6.25 (e) Project 25 Phase 2 TDMA Feature Rich Operating Modes & Features: The APX 6000 series portables supports a minimum of 512 talkgroups/modes as well as the following feature and functionality: Conventional channels Talk-around channels Supports up to 20 trunking systems, and 100 Personalities Scan and Priority Scan available Dynamic Regrouping capable Call-Alert Paging and Individual Call Transmit or Receive by Unit ID or Alias Features share the Unified Call List Maximum of 1000 aliases stored per radio Encryption Capabilities: The APX 6000 series supports optional encryption algorithms including software based and FIPS approved solutions and options for key management. ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB/DVP-XL. Multi-Algorithm / Multi-Key Support Minimum of 48 Encryption Keys/Radio Hardware and Software Encryption 40kbit RSA Software Encryption (ADP) Type III/IV Hardware UCM Encryption FIPS140 Certification with Encryption Module Data Capabilities: With the Integrated Voice & Data (IV&D) option the APX 6000 Li can support the following data applications: Over- the-air Programming (POP25) capable option Integrated GPS for personnel location available option Text Messaging The APX 6000 adds the capability for Over the-air Rekeying of encryption keys C APX 6000 XE (Extreme) The APX 6000XE delivers a rugged and ergonomic design with innovative features developed specifically to enhance personnel safety in extreme environments such as the fire market. Extreme Ergonomic Design Exaggerated controls provides assurance and ease of use for gloved hands Rugged design to withstand harsh environments Enlarged top display with intelligent lighting provides information at a glance Superior RF and Factory Mutual (FM) specifications 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-64 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

73 Extreme Audio Extreme Audio Profile delivers increased noise suppression in loud Fireground environments 2 microphone design for exceptional noise cancelling Equipped with latest AMBE digital voice vocoder Innovative Technology Project 25 Phase 2 technology provides twice the voice capacity Multiband operation for seamless interoperability* Backwards and forwards compatible with all Motorola mission critical radio systems Future ready capable to support applications such as Mission Critical Wireless and GPS C APX 7000 Portable Radios Multi Band Motorola proposes the APX 7000 portable radio to satisfy the RFP requirement for a multi-band portable radio, which is included in the proposal as an option. The APX 7000 can operate in two different frequency bands. Any combination of 2 of the following bands is supported in a single radio: 7/800 MHz, VHF, UHF R1, or UHF R2. The APX 7000 portable can be ordered in two different models; APX 7000 model 1.5 (top display, no keypad) and APX 7000 model 3.5 (dual-display, full keypad). The portable can support a variety of software capabilities & feature sets to best meet the County s needs. APX 7000 Portable Design Features Motorola has designed the APX 7000 portable radio to provide you with the highest level of Project 25 interoperability. The APX radio can operate on Project 25 Phase 1 trunking systems and Project 25 Phase 2 TDMA systems in two different frequency bands. The radio can also operate on SMARTNET/SMARTZONE analog/digital systems, and ASTRO 25 digital trunking systems, as well as support analog and Project 25 conventional systems in multiple bands The APX 7000 portable is capable of the most advanced security/encryption features available in the industry such as Project 25 compliant AES. The APX 7000 equips first responders with the loudest, clearest audio of any Motorola portable on the market with a full 1 watt of audio output. APX 7000 Portable Design Features The APX 7000 offers the voice and data capabilities with a large color display, top display, keypad, and loud and clear audio in a compact rugged design. Its unique T-Grip form factor provides secure and easy handling. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-65

74 APX 7000 Model 3.5 The model 3.5 has all the features that the model 1.5 has with the addition of the following features: Four-line/14-character/two icons character alphanumeric display 3 x 6 keypad with up to 24 programmable soft keys Cellular style user interface and color display Easy Access Emergency Button. Meets Military Specs 810 (C, D, E, & F) Regardless of which model is chosen both the APX 7000 Model 1.5 & 3.5 offers various benefits, feature sets & capabilities. Outlined below is a list of the various features, and benefits specific to the APX 7000 portable. Highest Level of Interoperability Multi-band: The APX 7000 can operate in a combination 7/800 and either the UHF R1, UHF R2, or VHF MHz Band. System Compatibility & Supported Operation Modes: The portables support the following system and operation modes and capabilities: Clear or encrypted APCO Project 16 APCO Project 25 Phase 1 and Phase 2 TDMA 9600 and 3600 baud Control Channel capable 12.5/20/25 khz bandwidth receiver analog capable 12.5 khz bandwidth receiver digital capable 6.25e TDMA Feature Rich Operating Modes & Features: The APX 7000 portables support a minimum of 2000 talkgroups/modes as well as the following features and functionality: Conventional channels Talk-around channels Can support up to 50 trunking systems, and 100 Personalities Scan and Priority Scan available 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-66 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

75 Dynamic Regrouping capable Call-Alert Paging and Individual Call Transmit or Receive by Unit ID or Alias Features share the Unified Call List Maximum of 2000 aliases stored per radio Unsurpassed Encryption Capabilities: The APX 7000 supports options for multiple encryption algorithms including both software-based and FIPS-approved solutions. ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB/DVP-XL. Multi-Algorithm / Multi-Key Support Type I and Type III Encryption Multiple encryption algorithms per radio Minimum of 48 Encryption Keys/Radio Hardware and Software Encryption 40kbit RSA Software Encryption (ADP) Type III/IV Hardware UCM Encryption FIPS140 Certification with UCM Module Data Capabilities: With the Integrated Voice & Data (IV&D) option the APX 7000 can support the following data applications: Over- the-air Programming (POP25) available option Over the Air Encryption Key Management (OTAR) available option Integrated GPS for personnel location available optional Text Messaging C APX 7000XE Portable Radios This portable was designed with direct input from first responders in the Fire Market. Engineered for the most extreme environments the APX7000XE has unique design elements specific to the needs of the fire market community: A louder radio for clear communications in high-noise situations A larger display that can be viewed looking down or at an angle Glove-friendly controls that are big, recognizable and easy to use A multiband radio that is the smallest and lightest in the industry The APX 7000XE has ergonomic enhancements for improved gloved operation and visibility as well as audio enhancements for superior audio quality while on the fire-ground scene. The APX 7000XE is available in two models; Model 1.5 (top display) and Model 3.5 (top/front display and keypad). These model portables can support a variety of software capabilities & feature sets to best meet the fire user s needs. APX 7000XE Portable Design Features The APX 7000XE offers various benefits, feature sets & capabilities with a large top display, with loud and clear audio in a compact rugged design. Its unique ergonomic form factor provides secure and easy handling. Outlined below is a list of the various features, and benefits specific to the APX 7000XE Portable. Unique Fire-centric Design: Better, Secure Grip: Minimizing distractions and maximizing control is critical in a fire response. So when firefighters asked us for a better, firmer grip of the device, we Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-67

76 added rubber nibs on the back to secure it from slipping. The grip zone on the radio s body improves coordination and control. Enlarged Top Display: The top display is so large, it s double the size of the APX 7000 display allowing for larger fonts for improved visibility. It supports 1 line of text with an additional row for system status icons. Now firefighters can see the radio status and channel/zone information at a glance, without removing the radio from their turnout gear. X-large Emergency Button: The emergency button is designed at the base of the antenna so firefighters could quickly locate it. The APX 7000E is designed with the largest emergency button in the market - making this button safe to use and easy to access. Protective Bumper TOP DISPLAY Emergency Button Large Top Display Greater Dexterity with Gloves: Learning that firefighters often operate their radios by touch alone, mentally counting clicks while changing channels, the APX 7000XE knobs are designed for improved tactility or touch. Not only is the volume knob angled, it now has a continuous highresistance feel that is different than the feel of the channel knob making the radios control intuitive and easy to use with gloves or low visibility environments. Exaggerated knobs X-Large Emergency Button Dual Microphones Shielded PTT + + Accessory + Connector 3 programmable buttons Textured Non-slip Housing + FRONT BACK Superior Audio Quality 50% louder and clearer: Volume is the most frequently-used control on any radio and the APX 7000XE honors this fact. It s 50% louder than traditional two-way radios without distorting or degrading communication. With a powerful one watt speaker, the APX 7000XE won t wash out from background noise, like the high-pitched alarm on an SCBA or the variety of specialty power saws used on the fireground. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-68 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

77 Fire scene profile: Reducing background noise is essential for communications and the APX 7000XE has the latest Noise Reduction software especially for loud environments. With the ability to use dual microphones for noise cancelation and the latest vocoder, our Fire Scene Profile is an additional layer of noise reduction specifically designed for the Fire-market so firefighters can transmit clearly and effectively. C Optional ASTRO XTS 1500 Model 1.5 Portable Motorola understands the need for multiple tiers of radios with the varied users planned for your Radio Network. To meet this need, Motorola offers a Project 25 Phase 1 Basic-Tier ASTRO 25 digital portable subscriber. The XTS 1500 is Motorola s most economically priced digital portable product. The digital ASTRO XTS 1500 is available in two models: Model I has no display or keypad and 48-mode capability with an emergency button Model 1.5 includes a two-line, 12 character display without a keypad and 96 modes with emergency button. ADP software encryption is available. The Model 1.5 is included as an option. C.1.20 Mobile Radios / Control Stations The RFP specified a minimum of three tiers of mobile radios. Motorola is responding with the APX Platform of Mobile Radio. APX 4500: Basic Project 25 Phase 1 and Phase 2 Mobile APX 6500 Li: Feature-Rich Project 25 Phase 1 and Phase 2 Mobile APX 6500: Includes backward compatibility to SmartNet trunking in the same radio APX 7500; Multi-Band Project 25 Phase 1 and Phase 2 Mobile with backward compatibility to SmartNet trunking Each model is available in a dash mount configuration and the APX6500, 6500 Li and APX7500 are available in remote mount and control station configurations with a power supply, desk microphone and speaker (Table 0-8 next page). Motorola has also included our APX 7500 consolettes, self contained control stations. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-69

78 Table 0-8: RFP Specified Features RFP Specified Features APX 4500 APX 6500 & 6500 Li APX 7500 Optional Multi-Band APX 7500 Project 25 Compliant Yes Yes Yes Yes Remote speaker microphones N/A N/A N/A N/A Front-mounted on/off volume knob Yes Yes Yes Yes Talkgroup/channel selector Yes Yes Yes Yes Emergency Button protected from inadvertent activation Yes Yes Yes Yes Alphanumeric display Yes Yes Yes Yes Transmit Indicator Yes Yes Yes Yes Dash or Remote Mount Control Heads Dash Only Yes Yes Yes C APX 4500 The APX control head can be used in dash configurations. The control head offers the following user interface features: One-line/eight-character/one row for icon customizable, monochrome LCD Display. Can be ordered with a 3 x 6 keypad microphone accessory with 3 programmable soft keys. Four programmable soft key buttons and, 5 scroll-through menus with up to 20 programmable soft keys Dual function knob that supports both channel selection & volume control. Recessed orange emergency button Meets Military Specs 810 (C, D, E, & F) Outlined below is a list of the various features, and benefits specific to the APX 4000 portable and APX 4500 mobile. Enhanced Interoperability System Compatibility & Supported Operation Modes: The APX 4000 series support the following system and operational modes and capabilities: Clear or encrypted APCO Project 16 APCO Project 25 Phase 1 and Phase 2 Upgradeable 9600 or 3600 baud control channel capable 12.5/20/25 khz bandwidth receiver analog capable 12.5 khz bandwidth receiver digital capable 6.25e TDMA. Feature Rich Operating Modes & Features: The APX 4000 series supports a minimum of 512 talkgroups/modes as well as the following features and functionality: 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-70 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

79 Conventional channels. Talk-around channels. Can support up to 20 trunking systems, and 100 Personalities. Scan and Priority Scan available. Dynamic Regrouping capable. Call-Alert Paging and Individual Call. Transmit or Receive by Unit ID or Alias. Features share the Unified Call List. Unsurpassed Encryption Capabilities: The APX 4000 supports multiple encryption algorithms including software based and FIPS approved UCM based solutions. ADP/AES. Single-algorithm / multi-key support. Minimum of 48 encryption keys/radio. Hardware and software encryption. 40kbit RSA software encryption (ADP). FIPS certification with AES Encryption Module. Data Capabilities: With the Integrated Voice & Data (IV&D) option the APX 4000 can supports the following data applications: Over- the-air Programming (POP25) available option. Integrated GPS for personnel location available option. Text Messaging. C APX 4500 Control Station The APX 4500 will be available in a control station configuration with the a power supply, desk microphone and speaker C APX 6500 & 6500 Li Mobile Radios The APX 6500 and APX 6500 Li are Motorola s feature-rich 700 / 800 MHz mobiles that can operate on Project 25 Phase 1 and Phase 2 systems. The APX 6500 can operate on Project 25 systems and Motorola SmartNet trunked systems. The APX 6500 Li can operate on either Project 25 or SmartNet. The APX 6500 and 6500 Li mobiles support multiple configurations to best support the City s installation requirements and user needs. The radios have the familiar and reliable design of the XTL 5000 for ease of installation while enhanced with the advanced technology & performance of our APX platform. The APX 6500 or APX Li can be ordered in two different models; mid-power and high-power. APX 6500 & 6500 Li O5 Control Head The O5 control head can be used in dash, remote, and motorcycle mount configurations. The O5 control head offers the following user interface features: Two-line/14-character/one row for icon.customizable, tri-color LCD display. Can be ordered with a 3 x 6 keypad microphone accessory with 3 programmable soft keys. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-71

80 Five programmable soft key buttons and, five scroll-through menus with up to 24 programmable soft keys. Multiple control head configuration to fully control a single radio with up to 4 different wired locations. Motorcycle configuration also available. Recessed orange emergency button. Meets Military Specs 810 (C, D, E, & F). APX 6500 O3 Hand-held Control Head The 03 control head is specific to the APX 6500 radio model (excludes the 6500 Li). The APX 6500 O3 hand-held control head is only available in remote mount configuration and offers the following user interface features: Four-line/14-character/two icons character alphanumeric display. 3 x 6 keypad with up to 24 programmable soft keys. Cellular style user interface and color display. Easy Access Emergency Button. Regardless of which control head is chosen, both the O5 and O3 control head offer various benefits, feature sets & capabilities. Outlined below is a list of the various features, and benefits specific to the APX 6500 mobile. Easy Installation, Maintenance & Serviceability Re-use XTL footprint: The APX 6500 mid-power mobile fits into the existing XTL footprint allowing reuse of the mounting holes and cables. Easy and efficient serviceability: The high-power mobile s new trunion design provides secure engagement, it is also includes a new handle design that allows the radio to be removed without having to remove the cables. The O3 Controlhead can only be used with an APX6500 and APX7500, it is not available with the APX6500 Li. Enhanced Interoperability System Compatibility & Supported Operation Modes: The mobiles support the following system and operation modes and capabilities: Clear or encrypted APCO Project 16. APCO Project 25 Phase 1 and Phase and 3600 baud Control Channel capable (APX 6500) 12.5/20/25 khz bandwidth receiver analog capable khz bandwidth receiver digital capable. 6.25e TDMA. Feature Rich Operating Modes & Features: The APX 6500 series mobile supports a minimum of 512 talkgroups/modes as well as the following features and functionality: Conventional channels. Talk-around channels. Can support up to 50 trunking systems, and 100 Personalities. Scan and Priority Scan available. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-72 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

81 Dynamic Regrouping capable. Call-Alert Paging and Individual Call. Transmit or Receive by Unit ID or Alias. Features share the Unified Call List. Maximum of 2000 aliases stored per radio. Encryption Capabilities: The APX 6500 series mobiles supports options for multiple encryption algorithms including software based and FIPS approved solutions. ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB/DVP-XL. Multi-Algorithm / Multi-Key Support. Multiple encryption algorithms per radio. Minimum of 48 Encryption Keys/Radio. Hardware and Software Encryption. 40kbit RSA Software Encryption (ADP). Type III/IV Hardware UCM Encryption. FIPS140 Certification with UCM Module. The APX6500 mobile can additionally support OTAR functionality. Data Capabilities: With the Integrated Voice & Data (IV&D) option the APX 6500 series mobiles can support the following data applications: Over- the-air Programming (POP25) available option. Automatic Vehicle Location (AVL) capability available option. Text Messaging. C APX 6500 SeriesControl Station The APX 6500 series is available in a control station configuration with the a power supply, desk microphone and speaker C APX 7500 Multi-Band Mobile Radios The APX 7000 can operate in two different frequency bands. Any combination of 2 of the following bands is supported in a single radio: 7/800 MHz, VHF, UHF R1, or UHF R2. The APX 7500 can be ordered in two different models; APX 7500 mid-power and APX 7500 highpower. There are also multiple control head configurations to choose from; the O5 Control Head, the O3 Hand-held Control Head, and the O9 Integrated Control Head. APX 7500 O5 Control Head The APX 7500 O5 Control Head can be used in dash, remote, and motorcycle mount configurations. The O5 control head offers the following user interface features: Two-line/14-character/one row for icon customizable, tri-color LCD display. Can be ordered with a 3 x 6 keypad microphone accessory with three programmable soft keys. Five programmable soft key buttons and, five scroll-through menus with up to 24 programmable soft keys. Multiple control head configuration to fully control a single radio with up to 4 different wired locations. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-73

82 Motorcycle configuration also available. Recessed Orange Emergency Button. Meets Military Specs 810 (C, D, E, & F). C APX 7500 Control Station The APX control head is available in a control station configuration with the a power supply, desk microphone and speaker. APX 7500 O3 Hand-held Control Head The APX 7500 O3 Hand-held Control Head is only available in remote mount configuration and offers the following user interface features: Four-line/14-character/two icons character alphanumeric display. 3 x 6 keypad with up to 24 programmable soft keys. Cellular style user interface and color display. Easy Access Emergency Button. APX 7500 O9 Integrated Control Head The O9 Integrated Control Head is designed to minimize components in increasingly congested vehicles, enhancing user safety and operation. Minimize components in increasingly congested vehicles Provides for a safer cockpit. Easy/Uniform Installation. Integrates vehicle Mission Critical Controls. Radio Siren DEK Lights Improved menus. Large color display. One touch controls. Regardless of which control head is chosen, the O3, O5 and O9 control head offer various benefits, feature sets & capabilities. Outlined below is a list of the various features, and benefits specific to the APX 7500 mobile. Easy Installation, Maintenance & Serviceability Re-use XTL footprint: The APX 7500 Mid-power mobile fits into the existing XTL footprint allowing reuse of the mounting holes and cables. Easy and efficient serviceability: The high-power mobile s new trunion design provides secure engagement. It is also includes a new handle design that allows the radio to be removed without having to remove the cables. Highest Level of Interoperability Multi-band: The APX 7500 can operate in 7/800 & VHF MHz Band operation. System Compatibility & Supported Operation Modes The mobiles support the following system and operation modes and capabilities: 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-74 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

83 Clear or encrypted APCO Project 16. APCO Project 25 Phase 1 and Phase 2 Upgradeable and 3600 baud Control Channel capable. 12.5/20/25 khz bandwidth receiver analog capable khz bandwidth receiver digital capable. 6.25e TDMA. Feature Rich Operating Modes & Features: The APX 7500 mobile supports a minimum of 2000 talkgroups/modes as well as the following feature and functionality: Conventional channels. Talk-around channels. Can support up to 50 trunking systems, and 100 Personalities. Scan and Priority Scan available. Dynamic Regrouping capable. Call-Alert Paging and Individual Call. Transmit or Receive by Unit ID or Alias Features share the Unified Call List Maximum of 2000 aliases stored per radio. Unsurpassed Encryption Capabilities: The APX 7500 supports options for multiple encryption algorithms including both software-based and FIPS-approved UCM based solutions. ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB/DVP-XL. Multi-Algorithm / Multi-Key Support. Type I and Type III Encryption. Multiple encryption algorithms per radio. Minimum of 48 Encryption Keys/Radio. Hardware and Software Encryption. 40kbit RSA Software Encryption (ADP) Type III/IV Hardware UCM Encryption FIPS140 Certification with UCM Module Data Capabilities: With the Integrated Voice & Data (IV&D) option the APX 7500 can support the following data applications: Over- the-air Programming (POP25) available option. Over the Air Encryption Key Management (OTAR) available option. Automatic Vehicle Location (AVL) capability available option. Text Messaging. C Existing ASTRO 25 Digital XTL Series Mobiles The XTL radios are Project 25 Phase 1 compliant allowing standards based interoperability. The XTL is capable of operating in a conventional (analog or digital) mode for talk-around or mutual aid and a trunked digital mode. These radios are designed and manufactured as ruggedized, mission critical radios that meet MIL-STD 810 C, D and E. The ASTRO XTL series is designed with Motorola s patented FLASHport technology that maximizes the City s investment by allowing flash memory chips in the radio to store the units' Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-75

84 personality and features. New features or reconfiguration occurs via laptop computer with a flash of software. C FLASH Upgrade for XTL 5000 Mobiles FLASHport Software is proposed to add Project 25 Phase 1 trunking to your existing ASTRO XTL 5000 Digital radios. FLASHport Upgrade Kit contains upgrade software and upgrade documentation. C Optional ASTRO XTL 1500 Dash Mounted Mobiles For those groups, agencies or individuals who do not need the full featured robustness of our high and mid-tier radios and require Project 25 Phase 1 Trunking operation, Motorola is pleased to offer the XTS 1500, which provides basic functionality and is designed to meet this group of users needs. 48 channel capacity (512 as an orderable option that includes IV&D) Watt variable power configuration. One-line/eight-character alphanumeric LCD display. One row for status icons. Standard palm microphone (no keypad). Dash mount (not available in remote mount). Electronic mode and volume control. Integrated Voice and Data options capability. ADP Software-Based Encryption - option. C APX 7500 Consolettes Motorola s APX 7500 also offers Consolette solution that encompasses the high-tier mobile features but designed in a specialized housing with built-in power supply. To meet your control station requirements, Motorola is proposing APX 7500 Consolettes. Consolette s are ideal for local law enforcement, utility, and transportation users who need a low cost desktop control station or wireless dispatch solution. These consolettes can also be used as an emergency backup station, a low-cost dispatch center for local agencies, and as a fire station alerting system. They are offered in both local and digital remote control configurations. C.1.21 Subscriber Accessories The RFP requested optional subscriber accessories. Motorola offers a wide range of optional accessories, including accessories for special applications, and has included a complete accessory catalog in our proposal. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-76 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

85 C Speaker Microphones Remote Speaker Microphones (RSM) Remote Speaker Microphones are water-resistant and allow talking and listening without removing the radio from the belt or case. They have a 6-foot coiled cord assembly, 3.5mm earjack, swivel clip, and quick disconnect latch. Remote Speaker Microphone with Emergency Button The orange button on the microphone head can be used to signal that the operator needs help. This microphone offers high/low volume control and has a 3.5mm earjack on the microphone head. C Carrying Cases and Accessories Leather and Nylon Carrying Cases A variety of carrying accessories are available for comfort and convenience. The carrying cases are available in sizes designed to fit radios with a battery and permit audio to be heard clearly. Leather cases are constructed of top grain, 8 ounce leather and all stainless steel hardware, Motorola carry cases were developed to meet the demands of public safety and other users who operate in the most rigorous of environments Inch swivel belt loop. High-Activity Swivel Leather Case. 3 Inch swivel belt loop, D-rings and T-strap. High-Activity Nylon Case with Belt Loop and T- strap Leather Carry Case with Belt Loop, D-rings and T-strap High-Activity Swivel Leather Case Belt Clips Standard Removable 2.25 Inch Belt Clip Attachment Public Safety 3 Inch Belt Clip Attachment Carrying Strap Adjustable, Black Nylon Carrying Strap Attaches to D-ring on cases. C Batteries and Battery Charging Systems The APX line of Portable radios Utilize the IMPRES line of batteries. IMPRES batteries are available in Li-Ion and NiMH in varying capacities from 1900 mah up to 4100 mah. Charge times will vary depending upon battery capacity, state of the battery and charger type. A fully depleted standard battery will typically charge to full capacity in under 2 hours. An IMPRES battery comes standard with a 12-month full warranty. When used with IMPRES chargers the warranty is extended to 18-months. An IMPRES battery life and total battery life-cycle is contingent upon battery type and usage. Intrinsically Safe batteries are also available for the APX line of radios. When combined with the top-display only model of APX radios the units are certified as intrinsically safe. IMPRES Smart Energy Systems Through the use of its advanced charging algorithm and automatic reconditioning features, the IMPRES Smart Energy System ensures maximum talk-time and optimized battery cycle life. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-77

86 This smart energy system automatically reconditions IMPRES batteries based on actual usage, keeping them in peak condition. Talk-time and cycle life are optimized and the need for manual maintenance programs is eliminated. Its advanced conditioning features allow batteries to be safely left on the charger for extended periods of time without incurring the damaging heat build-up which can decrease battery cycle life. In addition, batteries left in the charger are kept fully charged so they are always ready when needed. This rapid-rate, tri-chemistry charging system will also charge compatible non-impres batteries. IMPRES Batteries IMPRES batteries, when used with an IMPRES charger, provide automatic, adaptive reconditioning, end-of-life display and other advanced features. Data is stored in the battery and communicated to the charger via a unique IMPRES communication protocol which is designed to maximize talk-time and optimize battery cycle life all automatically. Single-Unit, Rapid-Rate, Universal Charger These tri-chemistry chargers support Nickel Cadmium, Nickel Metal Hydride and Lithium-ion batteries. They will rapid charge most batteries to 90% capacity in one to two hours and employ trickle and maintenance modes that ensure batteries are safely charged to full-capacity. Universal Charger, 110 Volt, US Plug IMPRES Multi-Unit Chargers with Display Modules Charger Display Modules provide powerful, real time analyzing information for IMPRES batteries, including current charge status, battery mah, and percent rated capacity and battery voltage. Readout displays battery kit number, serial number and chemistry and the time remaining to complete the charge for NiCad and NiMH batteries. It also forecasts the number of cycles to next reconditioning and more. Vehicular Charger This vehicular charger is a 12 Volt DC unit that supports NiCd, NiMH and Li-ion batteries. A microprocessor senses the type of battery installed and controls the rate-of- charge accordingly. Batteries are charged at a rapidrate until fully charged at which point the unit reverts to a trickle charge. Batteries can be charged while on the radio or stand alone. At the same time Motorola is not compliant with the vehicular adapter requirement for APX radios. Subscriber Programming (Tech 2.8.5) (Optional) Vehicular Charger The feature Programming Over P25 (POP25) allows a customer to configure a radio remotely from their enterprise network by sending a sequence of commands over-the-air via an ASTRO 25 IV&D system. POP25 can significantly reduce the operational costs of IV&D radios by configuring personalities, talkgroups, channels, sites, etc in a radio without physically touching the radio. POP25 can update a radio that is available anywhere within the coverage area of the radio s home system. Mobility of the radio is supported by POP25. Both the Radio System infrastructure and the subscriber radio must be set up for POP25 to be utilized. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-78 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

87 Over the Air Rekeying (OTAR) (Optional) OTAR is an option that provides encrypted customers with the ability to quickly deliver new encryption keys to secure radios over-the-air (RF channel) from a centralized key management device. The Key Management Facility (KMF) may exist on its own isolated network if OTAR is not in use otherwise resides on a CEN network connected to either ASTRO conventional IV&D or ASTRO 25 IV&D trunking system via an IP interface. Since both the conventional and trunking systems interface via IP to the KMF, OTAR messaging is all carried in the infrastructure by IP datagram s. A KMF connected to both trunking and conventional data systems can perform OTAR over up to 6 of the systems. The KMF can OTAR subscribers which operate on only conventional IV&D, only trunked IV&D, or operate on a mix of trunked IV&D channels and conventional IV&D channels. To accomplish this, each subscriber is assigned to up to 6 conventional or trunked data transport systems that can be used to reach it with OTAR. When a KMF user initiates a manual OTAR for a subscriber, the subscribers last successfully used data transport system automatically selected first, and if that fails to reach the unit, other assigned data systems are automatically sequentially used to route OTAR to the subscriber until the subscriber acknowledges a OTAR command, or all transport systems are exhausted. OTAR is only available with the APX7000/7500 and 6000/6500 radios. It is not available with the APX 6000/6500 Li. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-79

88 C.2 EQUIPMENT LIST SUB SYS QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION MASTER SITE MASTER SITE 1 SQM01SUM0199 MASTER SITE CONFIGURATION MASTER SITE 1 CA01784AA ADD: STORAGE DEVICE MASTER SITE 1 CA01414AD ADD: 7.11 ZC/NM HW SITES MASTER SITE 1 CA01415AB ADD: 7.9 USER CONFIGURATION SERVER(UCS) MASTER SITE ADD: DUAL COMMON PLATFORM HARDWARE MAX 100 SITES 1 CA01771AA MASTER SITE 1 CA01471AA ADD: WINDOWS SUPPLEMENTAL TRANS CONFIG MASTER SITE 2 CA01209AB ENH: ASTRO 25 IV&D SITE MASTER SITE 2 CA01880AA ADD: PH 2 TRUNKING OPERATION SITE LICENSE MASTER SITE 8 CA01882AA ADD: P25 PHASE 2 TDMA SW BASE RADIO LIC MASTER SITE ADD: PH2 TDMA TRUNKING OPERATION ZONE LICENSE 1 CA01877AA MASTER SITE 1 QA01205AA ENH: ASTRO 25 WITH IV&D MASTER SITE 1 CA01720AA ADD: ANTI-VIRUS SERVICE (SERVERS) MASTER SITE 1 CA01723AA ADD: BASELINE BACK UP MASTER SITE 5 CA01225AB ENH: MCC 7500 CONSOLE LICENSES (QTY 5) MASTER SITE 4 CA01208AA ENH: 500 RADIO USER LICENSES MASTER SITE 6 CA01588AA ADD: ANTI-VIRUS SERVICE MASTER SITE 1 Z13AG ENH: UNIFIED NETWORK CONFIGURATOR (UNC) MASTER DDM 1 2 CA01881AA ADD: PH 2 DYNAMIC TALKGROUP ASSIGNMT SITE LICENSE MASTER DDM 2 4 CA01883AA ADD: PHASE 2 DYNAMIC CH BASE RADIO LIC MASTER DDM 1 ADD: PH 2 DYNAMIC TALKGROUP ASSIGNMT 1 CA01878AA ZONE LICENSE MASTER DDM 2 ADD: PH 2 DYNAMIC CHANNEL ASSIGNMT ZONE 1 CA01879AA LICENSE MASTER SITE 1 ZA00921AA PROVISIONING MANAGER MASTER SITE 1 CA01224AB ENH: UNIFIED EVENT MANAGER (UEM) MASTER SITE 1 D999AL ENH: SECURITY PARTITIONING MASTER SITE 1 D52AJ ENH: ZONEWATCH MASTER SITE 1 DA00148AG ENH: ZONE HISTORICAL REPORTS MASTER SITE 1 ZA00149AD ENH: DYNAMIC REPORTS MASTER SITE 1 Z801AM ENH: RADIO CONTROL MANAGER MASTER SITE 1 ZA00151AG ENH: AFFILIATION USER REPORTS MASTER SITE 1 CA01238AA ENH: ALARM NOTIFICATIONS MASTER SITE Z400 HIGH TIER WITH WINDOWS 7 (64-BIT) NON- RETURNABLE 3 TT2311 MASTER SITE 3 T7787 ASTRO 7.13 CLIENT APPLICATION SW MASTER SITE 3 DS019BLK 19" LCD, BLACK, NON-TOUCH MASTER SITE 3 DQ INCH BLACK SHELF MASTER SITE 3 DQ TIE DOWN TOWER MASTER SITE 8 T7449 WINDOWS SUPPLEMENTAL TRANS CONFIG MASTER SITE 1 DDN9590 SSG140 FIREWALL W/ 2 YEARS SUPPORT 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-80 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

89 SUB SYS QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION MASTER SITE CERTIFIED FIREWALL MANAGEMENT SERVER 1 L3540 NON-RETURNABLE MASTER SITE NETSCREEN-SECURITY MGR W/25 DEVICE LIC & 1 TT1933 2YR SUPPORT MASTER SITE 1 T7399 FMS SUPPLEMENTARY DISK MASTER SITE 1 CLN ETHERNET SWITCH MASTER SITE 1 SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY MASTER SITE 1 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER MASTER SITE RSA AUTH. MGMT V. 6.1 WITH 25 CLIENT ACCESS 1 TT1969 LICENSES MASTER SITE ADD: RSA ACE SERVER MAINTENANCE FOR 25 1 TT04523AA CLIENT ACCESS LICENSES MASTER SITE RSA 5 YEAR HARD TOKEN SOLD ONLY IN 1 DDN8653 MULTIPLES OF 5 MASTER SITE SRC7500 SWITCHING ROUTING CENTER (7.5-1 SQM01SUM ) MASTER SITE 1 CA01342AA ADD: HIGH TIER CORE LAN 96 PORTS MASTER SITE 1 CA01345AA ADD: DUAL GATEWAY ROUTERS STANDARD MASTER SITE 1 CA01350AA ADD: QTY 1 PAIR CORE ROUTERS ETH MASTER SITE 1 CA01360AA ADD: CORE BACKHAUL SWITCHES MASTER SITE 1 TRN7343 SEVEN AND A HALF FOOT RACK MASTER SITE PDU, 120V HARDWIRE (8) 20A OUTLET PDU WITH 5 DSOP820B TYPE 3 SAD PROTECTION MASTER SITE RACK MT ADAPTER PLATE, 19 IN FOR DSOP820B, 5 DS DSOP820B2 & DSNSOP820B MASTER SITE SPD, RJ-48 CONNECTED FOR T1/E1, 10/100BT 16 DSTSJ100BT PROTECTS/PASSES ON ALL 8 PIN MASTER SITE RACK MOUNT GROUND BAR, 19 IN FOR TSJ AND 16 DSTSJADP WPH SERIES DATA SPDS MASTER SITE 1 DVN4046 MASTER SYSTEM KEY STARTER KIT MASTER SITE 1 DQKV0161A 16 PORT CAT XULTIPLATFORM MASTER SITE SERVSWITCH WIZARD IP RACKMOUNT KITS, SINGLE UNIT 1 DSRMK2004 MASTER SITE 1 DSKV04REM CX REMOTE UNIT MASTER SITE 1 DSKV04UREM SS REMOTE USB UNIT FOR THE WIZARD CX MASTER SITE 9 DQKV1401A USB SERVER ACCESS MODULE FOR CX SERIES MASTER SITE FRONT ONLY MANAGER, D-RINGS INSTALLED MASTER SITE MASTER SITE MASTER SITE 3 DSCMPHHF1 2 DSWMPV45E 3 DSCMPHHF1 2 DSWMPV45E PRIME SITE ON PANEL FRONT AND REAR VERTICAL MANAGER, 80.4"H X 4.9"W X 11.8"D FRONT ONLY MANAGER, D-RINGS INSTALLED ON PANEL FRONT AND REAR VERTICAL MANAGER, 80.4"H X 4.9"W X 11.8"D PRIME SITE 1 T7321 GCM 8000 COMPARATOR PRIME SITE 2 CA01183AA ADD: GCM 8000 COMPARATOR PRIME SITE 2 CA01185AA ADD: IP BASED MULTISITE OPERATION PRIME SITE 2 CA01901AA ADD: P25 TDMA COMPARATOR SOFTWARE PRIME SITE 1 X153AW ADD: RACK MOUNT HARDWARE Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-81

90 SUB SYS QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION PRIME SITE 1 T7321 GCM 8000 COMPARATOR PRIME SITE 2 CA01183AA ADD: GCM 8000 COMPARATOR PRIME SITE 2 CA01185AA ADD: IP BASED MULTISITE OPERATION PRIME SITE 2 CA01901AA ADD: P25 TDMA COMPARATOR SOFTWARE PRIME SITE 1 X153AW ADD: RACK MOUNT HARDWARE PRIME SITE 1 T7321 GCM 8000 COMPARATOR PRIME SITE 2 CA01183AA ADD: GCM 8000 COMPARATOR PRIME SITE 2 CA01185AA ADD: IP BASED MULTISITE OPERATION PRIME SITE 2 CA01901AA ADD: P25 TDMA COMPARATOR SOFTWARE PRIME SITE 1 X153AW ADD: RACK MOUNT HARDWARE PRIME SITE 1 T7038 GCP 8000 SITE CONTROLLER PRIME SITE 1 CA00303AA ADD: QTY (1) SITE CONTROLLER PRIME SITE ADD: IP BASED MULTISITE SITE CONTROLLER SOFTWARE 1 CA01194AA PRIME SITE 1 X153AW ADD: RACK MOUNT HARDWARE PRIME SITE 1 T7038 GCP 8000 SITE CONTROLLER PRIME SITE 1 CA00303AA ADD: QTY (1) SITE CONTROLLER PRIME SITE 1 CA01194AA ADD: IP BASED MULTISITE SITE CONTROLLER SOFTWARE PRIME SITE 1 X153AW ADD: RACK MOUNT HARDWARE PRIME SITE PRIME/MASTER SITE REDUNDANT MODULAR 1 DSTRAK91008E FREQUENCY TIMING SYSTEM AC PRIME SITE 50 L1700 CABLE: 1/4" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT PRIME SITE 1/4" TYPE N MALE CONNECTOR FOR FSJ1-50A 4 DDN9769 CABLE PRIME SITE 2 SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY PRIME SITE 2 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER PRIME SITE 2 CLN ETHERNET SWITCH PRIME SITE 2 SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY PRIME SITE 2 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER PRIME SITE 4 TT2208 HP PROCURVE SWITCH FOR HIGH AVAILABILITY SIMULCAST PRIME SITE REDUNDANT/EXTERNAL POWER SUPPLY FOR 2 TT2250 HIGH AVAILABILITY SIMULCAST PRIME SITE 2 TRN7343 SEVEN AND A HALF FOOT RACK PRIME SITE PDU, 120V HARDWIRE (8) 20A OUTLET PDU WITH 2 DSOP820B TYPE 3 SAD PROTECTION PRIME SITE RACK MT ADAPTER PLATE, 19 IN FOR DSOP820B, 2 DS DSOP820B2 & DSNSOP820B PRIME SITE SPD, RJ-48 CONNECTED FOR T1/E1, 10/100BT 4 DSTSJ100BT PROTECTS/PASSES ON ALL 8 PIN PRIME SITE RACK MOUNT GROUND BAR, 19 IN FOR TSJ AND 4 DSTSJADP WPH SERIES DATA SPDS WALSH RF SITE WALSH 2 SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY WALSH 2 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER WALSH 1 SQM01SUM7054 GTR 8000 EXPANDABLE SITE SUBSYSTEM WALSH 1 CA00855AA ADD: 700/800 MHZ 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-82 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

91 SUB SYS QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION WALSH 5 CA01842AA ADD: P25 TDMA SOFTWARE WALSH DDM 1 2 CA01902AA ADD: P25 DYNAMIC CHANNEL SOFTWARE WALSH DDM 2 1 X306AC ADD: QTY (6) GTR 8000 BASE RADIOS WALSH ADD: IP BASED MULTISITE BASE RADIO SOFTWARE 6 CA01193AA WALSH 1 CA00861AA ADD: CABINET RMC W/ CAPABILITY OF 6 BRS WALSH 1 CA00879AA ADD: PRIMARY 6 PORT CAVITY COMBINER WALSH 1 CA00882AA ADD: 700 MHZ TX FILTER W/PMU WALSH 2 CA01536AA ADD: GPB 8000 REFERENCE DIST MODULE WALSH 2 CA01537AA ADD: REFERENCE DISTRIBUTION SOFTWARE WALSH 1 X882AH ADD: 7.5 FT OPEN RACK, 48RU WALSH GPS TIMING ANTENNA/RECEIVER W/ ADDTL WALSH WALSH 2 DS DS58534AAUB DSIX2L1M1DC48I 2 G FILTERING MOUNTING KIT FOR , GPS TIMING ANTENNA HPD GPS SURGE PROTECTOR 48VDC WALSH 125' OUTDOOR UV PROTECTED CABLE 6 PR, 2 DS30C87465CO1 22AWG DB15 WALSH 1 F4544 SITE MANAGER ADVANCED WALSH 1 NPI_ SDM3000 MCC7500 AUX IO F/W FOR A7.14 WALSH 1 V266 ADD: 90VAC TO 260VAC PS TO SM WALSH 3 V592 AAD TERM BLCK & CONN WI WALSH 1 TRN7343 SEVEN AND A HALF FOOT RACK WALSH PDU, 120V HARDWIRE (8) 20A OUTLET PDU WITH 1 DSOP820B TYPE 3 SAD PROTECTION WALSH RACK MT ADAPTER PLATE, 19 IN FOR DSOP820B, 1 DS DSOP820B2 & DSNSOP820B WALSH SPD, RJ-48 CONNECTED FOR T1/E1, 10/100BT 2 DSTSJ100BT PROTECTS/PASSES ON ALL 8 PIN WALSH RACK MOUNT GROUND BAR, 19 IN FOR TSJ AND 2 DSTSJADP WPH SERIES DATA SPDS WALSH 1 DS428B83H01C48 CMU, TTA 48 V, MHZ WALSH TTA, COMPACT AUTO QUAD, MHZ, 1 DS428B83H01T TOWER BOX WALSH OMNI, CORPORATE COLLINEAR, 10.5DBD, DSCC MHZ, PIM & 25KW PIP RATED WALSH 15 L1705 CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT WALSH 1 DDN1088 TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE WALSH 1 DDN DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE WALSH 5 TDN9289 CABLE WRAP WEATHERPROOFING WALSH 5 L1705 CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT WALSH 2 DDN1088 TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE WALSH 200 L3323 CABLE: 7/8" AVA HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT WALSH 7/8" TYPE N FEMALE POSITIVE STOP CONNECTOR 2 DDN9498 WALSH 5 DSSG7806B2A GROUNDING KIT FOR 7/8 IN COAXIAL CABLE WALSH 1 DSL5SGRIP 7/8" SUPPORT HOIST GRIP WALSH 200 L1705 CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-83

92 SUB SYS QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION WALSH 1 DDN1088 TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE WALSH 1 DDN1089 TYPE N FEMALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE WALSH 5 DSSG1206B2A 1/2" SURE GROUND GROUNDING KIT WALSH 1 DSL4SGRIP SUPPORT HOIST GRIP 1/2" LDF WALSH 7 MDN6816 1/2" CABLE HANGER KIT STAINLESS WALSH 7 MDN6817 7/8" CABLE HANGER STAINLESS, 10 PK WALSH RF LIGHTNING SUPPRESSOR MHZ 2 DS WA BROADBAND N CONN WALSH RF LIGHTNING SUPPRESSOR MHZ 1 DS WA BROADBAND N CONN WALSH 25 L1700 CABLE: 1/4" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT WALSH 1/4" TYPE N MALE CONNECTOR FOR FSJ1-50A 2 DDN9769 CABLE WALSH 25 L1702 CABLE: 1/2" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT WALSH 2 CDN6579 1/2" TYPE N MALE PLATED CONNECTOR WALSH TORQUE WRENCH KIT FOR 7-16 DIN & TYPE N WALSH 1 DDN9743 COUPLING NUTS OMNI, CORPORATE COLLINEAR, 10.5DBD, MHZ, PIM & 25KW PIP RATED 1 DSCC80711 WALSH 15 L1705 CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT WALSH 1 DDN1088 TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE WALSH 1 DDN DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE WALSH 5 TDN9289 CABLE WRAP WEATHERPROOFING WALSH 5 L1705 CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT WALSH 2 DDN1088 TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE WALSH 200 L3323 CABLE: 7/8" AVA HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT WALSH 7/8" TYPE N FEMALE POSITIVE STOP CONNECTOR 2 DDN9498 WALSH 5 DSSG7806B2A GROUNDING KIT FOR 7/8 IN COAXIAL CABLE WALSH 1 DSL5SGRIP 7/8" SUPPORT HOIST GRIP WALSH 200 L1705 CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT WALSH 1 DDN1088 TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE WALSH 1 DDN1089 TYPE N FEMALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE WALSH 5 DSSG1206B2A 1/2" SURE GROUND GROUNDING KIT WALSH 1 DSL4SGRIP SUPPORT HOIST GRIP 1/2" LDF WALSH 7 MDN6816 1/2" CABLE HANGER KIT STAINLESS WALSH 7 MDN6817 7/8" CABLE HANGER STAINLESS, 10 PK WALSH RF LIGHTNING SUPPRESSOR MHZ 2 DS WA BROADBAND N CONN WALSH RF LIGHTNING SUPPRESSOR MHZ 1 DS WA BROADBAND N CONN WALSH 25 L1700 CABLE: 1/4" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT WALSH 1/4" TYPE N MALE CONNECTOR FOR FSJ1-50A 2 DDN9769 CABLE WALSH 25 L1702 CABLE: 1/2" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT WALSH 2 CDN6579 1/2" TYPE N MALE PLATED CONNECTOR WALSH 1 DDN9743 TORQUE WRENCH KIT FOR 7-16 DIN & TYPE N COUPLING NUTS 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-84 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

93 SUB SYS QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION WALSH DQBCD7509EDIN V-POL, OMNI, 360 DEG HBW, 9 DBD, 3 DEG EDT, % NULL FILL, MHZ WALSH 15 L1705 CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT WALSH 1 DDN1088 TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE WALSH 1 DDN DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE WALSH 5 TDN9289 CABLE WRAP WEATHERPROOFING WALSH 200 L3323 CABLE: 7/8" AVA HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT WALSH 7/8" TYPE N FEMALE POSITIVE STOP CONNECTOR 2 DDN9498 WALSH 5 DSSG7806B2A GROUNDING KIT FOR 7/8 IN COAXIAL CABLE WALSH 1 DSL5SGRIP 7/8" SUPPORT HOIST GRIP WALSH 7 MDN6816 1/2" CABLE HANGER KIT STAINLESS WALSH 7 MDN6817 7/8" CABLE HANGER STAINLESS, 10 PK WALSH RF LIGHTNING SUPPRESSOR MHZ WALSH 2 DS WA BROADBAND N CONN RF LIGHTNING SUPPRESSOR MHZ BROADBAND N CONN 1 DS WA WALSH 25 L1702 CABLE: 1/2" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT WALSH 2 CDN6579 1/2" TYPE N MALE PLATED CONNECTOR WALSH 1 DDN9743 SUNNYVALE DPS RF SITE TORQUE WRENCH KIT FOR 7-16 DIN & TYPE N COUPLING NUTS Sunnyvale DPS 2 SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY Sunnyvale DPS 2 CA01619AA ADD: DC POWER Sunnyvale DPS 1 SQM01SUM7054 GTR 8000 EXPANDABLE SITE SUBSYSTEM Sunnyvale DPS 1 CA00855AA ADD: 700/800 MHZ Sunnyvale DPS 5 CA01842AA ADD: P25 TDMA SOFTWARE Sunnyvale DPS DDM 1 2 CA01902AA ADD: P25 DYNAMIC CHANNEL SOFTWARE Sunnyvale DPS DDM 2 1 X306AC ADD: QTY (6) GTR 8000 BASE RADIOS Sunnyvale DPS ADD: IP BASED MULTISITE BASE RADIO SOFTWARE 6 CA01193AA Sunnyvale DPS 1 CA00861AA ADD: CABINET RMC W/ CAPABILITY OF 6 BRS Sunnyvale DPS 1 CA00879AA ADD: PRIMARY 6 PORT CAVITY COMBINER Sunnyvale DPS 1 CA00882AA ADD: 700 MHZ TX FILTER W/PMU Sunnyvale DPS 2 CA01536AA ADD: GPB 8000 REFERENCE DIST MODULE Sunnyvale DPS 2 CA01537AA ADD: REFERENCE DISTRIBUTION SOFTWARE Sunnyvale DPS 1 X882AH ADD: 7.5 FT OPEN RACK, 48RU Sunnyvale DPS GPS TIMING ANTENNA/RECEIVER W/ ADDTL Sunnyvale DPS Sunnyvale DPS 2 DS DS58534AAUB DSIX2L1M1DC48I 2 G FILTERING MOUNTING KIT FOR , GPS TIMING ANTENNA HPD GPS SURGE PROTECTOR 48VDC Sunnyvale DPS 125' OUTDOOR UV PROTECTED CABLE 6 PR, 2 DS30C87465CO1 22AWG DB15 Sunnyvale DPS 1 TRN7343 SEVEN AND A HALF FOOT RACK Sunnyvale DPS 1 DSOP820B PDU, 120V HARDWIRE (8) 20A OUTLET PDU WITH Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-85

94 SUB SYS QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION TYPE 3 SAD PROTECTION Sunnyvale DPS RACK MT ADAPTER PLATE, 19 IN FOR DSOP820B, 1 DS DSOP820B2 & DSNSOP820B Sunnyvale DPS 2 DSTSJ100BT SPD, RJ-48 CONNECTED FOR T1/E1, 10/100BT PROTECTS/PASSES ON ALL 8 PIN Sunnyvale DPS RACK MOUNT GROUND BAR, 19 IN FOR TSJ AND 2 DSTSJADP WPH SERIES DATA SPDS Sunnyvale DPS 1 DS428B83H01C48 CMU, TTA 48 V, MHZ Sunnyvale DPS TTA, COMPACT AUTO QUAD, MHZ, 1 DS428B83H01T TOWER BOX Sunnyvale DPS OMNI, CORPORATE COLLINEAR, 10.5DBD, DSCC MHZ, PIM & 25KW PIP RATED Sunnyvale DPS 15 L1705 CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT Sunnyvale DPS 1 DDN1088 TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE Sunnyvale DPS 1 DDN DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE Sunnyvale DPS 5 TDN9289 CABLE WRAP WEATHERPROOFING Sunnyvale DPS 5 L1705 CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT Sunnyvale DPS 2 DDN1088 TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE Sunnyvale DPS 200 L3323 CABLE: 7/8" AVA HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT Sunnyvale DPS 7/8" TYPE N FEMALE POSITIVE STOP CONNECTOR 2 DDN9498 Sunnyvale DPS 5 DSSG7806B2A GROUNDING KIT FOR 7/8 IN COAXIAL CABLE Sunnyvale DPS 1 DSL5SGRIP 7/8" SUPPORT HOIST GRIP Sunnyvale DPS 200 L1705 CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT Sunnyvale DPS 1 DDN1088 TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE Sunnyvale DPS 1 DDN1089 TYPE N FEMALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE Sunnyvale DPS 5 DSSG1206B2A 1/2" SURE GROUND GROUNDING KIT Sunnyvale DPS 1 DSL4SGRIP SUPPORT HOIST GRIP 1/2" LDF Sunnyvale DPS 7 MDN6816 1/2" CABLE HANGER KIT STAINLESS Sunnyvale DPS 7 MDN6817 7/8" CABLE HANGER STAINLESS, 10 PK Sunnyvale DPS RF LIGHTNING SUPPRESSOR MHZ 2 DS WA BROADBAND N CONN Sunnyvale DPS RF LIGHTNING SUPPRESSOR MHZ 1 DS WA BROADBAND N CONN Sunnyvale DPS 25 L1700 CABLE: 1/4" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT Sunnyvale DPS 1/4" TYPE N MALE CONNECTOR FOR FSJ1-50A 2 DDN9769 CABLE Sunnyvale DPS 25 L1702 CABLE: 1/2" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT Sunnyvale DPS 2 CDN6579 1/2" TYPE N MALE PLATED CONNECTOR Sunnyvale DPS TORQUE WRENCH KIT FOR 7-16 DIN & TYPE N Sunnyvale DPS 1 DDN9743 COUPLING NUTS OMNI, CORPORATE COLLINEAR, 10.5DBD, MHZ, PIM & 25KW PIP RATED 1 DSCC80711 Sunnyvale DPS 15 L1705 CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT Sunnyvale DPS 1 DDN1088 TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE Sunnyvale DPS 1 DDN DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE Sunnyvale DPS 5 TDN9289 CABLE WRAP WEATHERPROOFING Sunnyvale DPS 5 L1705 CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-86 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

95 SUB SYS QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION Sunnyvale DPS 2 DDN1088 TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE Sunnyvale DPS 200 L3323 CABLE: 7/8" AVA HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT Sunnyvale DPS 7/8" TYPE N FEMALE POSITIVE STOP CONNECTOR 2 DDN9498 Sunnyvale DPS 5 DSSG7806B2A GROUNDING KIT FOR 7/8 IN COAXIAL CABLE Sunnyvale DPS 1 DSL5SGRIP 7/8" SUPPORT HOIST GRIP Sunnyvale DPS 200 L1705 CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT Sunnyvale DPS 1 DDN1088 TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE Sunnyvale DPS 1 DDN1089 TYPE N FEMALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE Sunnyvale DPS 5 DSSG1206B2A 1/2" SURE GROUND GROUNDING KIT Sunnyvale DPS 1 DSL4SGRIP SUPPORT HOIST GRIP 1/2" LDF Sunnyvale DPS 7 MDN6816 1/2" CABLE HANGER KIT STAINLESS Sunnyvale DPS 7 MDN6817 7/8" CABLE HANGER STAINLESS, 10 PK Sunnyvale DPS RF LIGHTNING SUPPRESSOR MHZ 2 DS WA BROADBAND N CONN Sunnyvale DPS RF LIGHTNING SUPPRESSOR MHZ 1 DS WA BROADBAND N CONN Sunnyvale DPS 25 L1700 CABLE: 1/4" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT Sunnyvale DPS 1/4" TYPE N MALE CONNECTOR FOR FSJ1-50A 2 DDN9769 CABLE Sunnyvale DPS 25 L1702 CABLE: 1/2" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT Sunnyvale DPS 2 CDN6579 1/2" TYPE N MALE PLATED CONNECTOR Sunnyvale DPS TORQUE WRENCH KIT FOR 7-16 DIN & TYPE N 1 DDN9743 COUPLING NUTS Sunnyvale DPS DQBCD7509EDIN V-POL, OMNI, 360 DEG HBW, 9 DBD, 3 DEG EDT, % NULL FILL, MHZ Sunnyvale DPS 15 L1705 CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT Sunnyvale DPS 1 DDN1088 TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE Sunnyvale DPS 1 DDN DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE Sunnyvale DPS 5 TDN9289 CABLE WRAP WEATHERPROOFING Sunnyvale DPS 200 L3323 CABLE: 7/8" AVA HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT Sunnyvale DPS 7/8" TYPE N FEMALE POSITIVE STOP CONNECTOR 2 DDN9498 Sunnyvale DPS 5 DSSG7806B2A GROUNDING KIT FOR 7/8 IN COAXIAL CABLE Sunnyvale DPS 1 DSL5SGRIP 7/8" SUPPORT HOIST GRIP Sunnyvale DPS 7 MDN6816 1/2" CABLE HANGER KIT STAINLESS Sunnyvale DPS 7 MDN6817 7/8" CABLE HANGER STAINLESS, 10 PK Sunnyvale DPS RF LIGHTNING SUPPRESSOR MHZ Sunnyvale DPS 2 DS WA BROADBAND N CONN RF LIGHTNING SUPPRESSOR MHZ BROADBAND N CONN 1 DS WA Sunnyvale DPS 25 L1702 CABLE: 1/2" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT Sunnyvale DPS 2 CDN6579 1/2" TYPE N MALE PLATED CONNECTOR Sunnyvale DPS 1 DDN9743 SANTA CLARA DISPATCH EL CAMINO TORQUE WRENCH KIT FOR 7-16 DIN & TYPE N COUPLING NUTS Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-87

96 SUB SYS QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION SC El Camino Logging 1 B1905 MCC 7500 ASTRO 25 SOFTWARE SC El Camino Logging 1 SC El Camino SC El Camino Logging Logging SC El Camino Logging ADD: MCC 7500 BASIC CONSOLE 1 CA01642AA FUNCTIONALITY SOFTWARE LICENSE SC El Camino Logging 1 CA01643AA ADD: MCC 7500 TRUNKING OPERATION LICENSE SC El Camino Logging 1 CA00140AA ADD: AC LINE CORD, NORTH AMERICAN SC El Camino Logging Z400 MID TIER WITH WINDOWS 7 (64-BIT) NON- 1 TT2312 RETURNABLE SC El Camino Logging 1 T7449 WINDOWS SUPPLEMENTAL TRANS CONFIG SC El Camino Logging SPD, TYPE 3, 120VAC, 15A PLUG-IN WITH 15A SC El Camino Logging 1 DSSL120 SIMPLEX OUTLET SYMANTEC ENDPOINT PROTECTION V11.0 CORP ED LIC & MEDIA SINGLE COPY 1 DDN9979 SC El Camino Logging 1 B1905 MCC 7500 ASTRO 25 SOFTWARE SC El Camino Logging 1 B1933 MOTOROLA VOICE PROCESSOR MODULE SC El Camino Logging ADD: MCC 7500 BASIC CONSOLE FUNCTIONALITY SOFTWARE LICENSE 1 CA01642AA SC El Camino Logging 1 CA01643AA ADD: MCC 7500 TRUNKING OPERATION LICENSE SC El Camino Logging 1 CA00140AA ADD: AC LINE CORD, NORTH AMERICAN SC El Camino Logging 1 TT2312 Z400 MID TIER WITH WINDOWS 7 (64-BIT) NON- RETURNABLE SC El Camino 10 POS 1 T7449 WINDOWS SUPPLEMENTAL TRANS CONFIG SC El Camino 10 POS SPD, TYPE 3, 120VAC, 15A PLUG-IN WITH 15A 1 DSSL120 SIMPLEX OUTLET SC El Camino 10 POS SYMANTEC ENDPOINT PROTECTION V11.0 CORP 1 DDN9979 ED LIC & MEDIA SINGLE COPY SC El Camino 10 POS 1 DQ INCH BLACK SHELF SC El Camino 10 POS 1 DQ TIE DOWN TOWER SC El Camino 10 POS 1 DSKV0081A 8 PORT CAT XMULTIPLATFORM SC El Camino 10 POS SERVSWITCH WIZARD IP RACKMOUNT KITS, SINGLE UNIT 1 DSRMK2004 SC El Camino 10 POS 1 DSKV04REM CX REMOTE UNIT SC El Camino 10 POS 3 DSKV1400A PS/2 SERVER ACCESSMODULE FOR CX SERIES SC El Camino 10 POS 2 CLN ETHERNET SWITCH SC El Camino 10 POS 2 SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY SC El Camino 10 POS 2 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER SC El Camino 10 POS 1 F4543 SITE MANAGER BASIC SC El Camino 10 POS 1 NPI_ SDM3000 MCC7500 AUX IO F/W FOR A7.14 SC El Camino 10 POS 1 V266 ADD: 90VAC TO 260VAC PS TO SM SC El Camino 10 POS 3 V592 AAD TERM BLCK & CONN WI SC El Camino 10 POS 1 T7038 GCP 8000 SITE CONTROLLER SC El Camino 10 POS 1 CA00303AA ADD: QTY (1) SITE CONTROLLER SC El Camino 10 POS 1 X153AW ADD: RACK MOUNT HARDWARE SC El Camino 10 POS 1 CA01136AA ADD: MCC 7500 CONVEN SITE OPER SC El Camino 10 POS 3 SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY SC El Camino 10 POS 3 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER SC El Camino 10 POS 3 CA01618AA ADD: CONV CHAN GATEWAY 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-88 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

97 SUB SYS QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION SC El Camino 10 POS 2 TRN7343 SEVEN AND A HALF FOOT RACK SC El Camino 10 POS PDU, 120V HARDWIRE (8) 20A OUTLET PDU WITH 2 DSOP820B TYPE 3 SAD PROTECTION SC El Camino 10 POS SPD, RJ-48 CONNECTED FOR T1/E1, 10/100BT 1 DSTSJ100BT PROTECTS/PASSES ON ALL 8 PIN SC El Camino 10 POS RACK MOUNT GROUND BAR, 19 IN FOR TSJ AND 1 DSTSJADP WPH SERIES DATA SPDS SC El Camino 10 POS 10 NPI_ MCC7100 IP CONSOLE APPLICATION SC El Camino 10 POS 10 NPI_ BASIC CONSOLE OPERATOR LICENSE SC El Camino 10 POS 10 NPI_ CHANNEL SOFTWARE LICENSE SC El Camino 10 POS 10 NPI_ TRUNKING LICENSE SC El Camino 10 POS MCC 7500 DISPATCH API SOFTWARE 1 B1925 DEVELOPMENT KIT SC El Camino 10 POS 10 DS019BLK 19" LCD, BLACK, NON-TOUCH SC El Camino 10 POS Z400 MID TIER WITH WINDOWS 7 (64-BIT) NON- 10 TT2312 RETURNABLE SC El Camino 10 POS 10 T7448 WINDOWS SUPPLEMENTAL FULL CONFIG SC El Camino 10 POS 20 NPI_ MCC7100 MUSIK USB speakers, set of 2 SC El Camino 10 POS 10 NPI_ USB BREAKOUT BOX SC El Camino 10 POS 10 NPI_ DESKTOP MIC FOR USB BREAKOUT BOX SC El Camino 10 POS 10 NPI_ HEADSET BASE w/ptt FOR USB BREAKOUT BOX SC El Camino 10 POS 10 RMN5078 SUPRAPLUS NC SINGLE MUFF HEADSET SC El Camino 10 POS 10 NPI_ KINESIS USB FOOTSWITCH SC El Camino 10 POS SYMANTEC ENDPOINT PROTECTION V11.0 CORP ED LIC & MEDIA SINGLE COPY 10 DDN9979 SC El Camino 10 POS 10 NPI_ MCC7100 Instant Recall Recorder SANTA CLARA WALSH EOC DISPATCH WALSH EOC 1 POS 1 CLN ETHERNET SWITCH 1 SQM01SUM02 05 GGM 8000 GATEWAY 1 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER 1 F4543 SITE MANAGER BASIC 1 NPI_ SDM3000 MCC7500 AUX IO F/W FOR A7.14 WALSH EOC 1 POS 1 V266 ADD: 90VAC TO 260VAC PS TO SM WALSH EOC 1 POS 3 V592 AAD TERM BLCK & CONN WI WALSH EOC 1 POS 1 T7038 GCP 8000 SITE CONTROLLER WALSH EOC 1 POS 1 CA00303AA ADD: QTY (1) SITE CONTROLLER WALSH EOC 1 POS 1 X153AW ADD: RACK MOUNT HARDWARE WALSH EOC 1 POS 1 CA01136AA ADD: MCC 7500 CONVEN SITE OPER WALSH EOC 1 POS SQM01SUM02 05 GGM 8000 GATEWAY 2 WALSH EOC 1 POS 2 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER WALSH EOC 1 POS 2 CA01618AA ADD: CONV CHAN GATEWAY WALSH EOC 1 POS 2 TRN7343 SEVEN AND A HALF FOOT RACK WALSH EOC 1 POS PDU, 120V HARDWIRE (8) 20A OUTLET PDU WITH 2 DSOP820B TYPE 3 SAD PROTECTION WALSH EOC 1 POS 1 DSTSJ100BT SPD, RJ-48 CONNECTED FOR T1/E1, 10/100BT Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-89

98 SUB SYS QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION WALSH EOC 1 POS PROTECTS/PASSES ON ALL 8 PIN RACK MOUNT GROUND BAR, 19 IN FOR TSJ AND WPH SERIES DATA SPDS 1 DSTSJADP WALSH EOC 1 POS 1 NPI_ MCC7100 IP CONSOLE APPLICATION WALSH EOC 1 POS 1 NPI_ BASIC CONSOLE OPERATOR LICENSE WALSH EOC 1 POS 1 NPI_ CHANNEL SOFTWARE LICENSE WALSH EOC 1 POS 1 NPI_ TRUNKING LICENSE WALSH EOC 1 POS 1 DS019BLK 19" LCD, BLACK, NON-TOUCH WALSH EOC 1 POS Z400 MID TIER WITH WINDOWS 7 (64-BIT) NON- RETURNABLE 1 TT2312 WALSH EOC 1 POS 1 T7448 WINDOWS SUPPLEMENTAL FULL CONFIG WALSH EOC 1 POS 2 NPI_ MCC7100 MUSIK USB speakers, set of 2 WALSH EOC 1 POS 1 NPI_ USB BREAKOUT BOX WALSH EOC 1 POS 1 NPI_ DESKTOP MIC FOR USB BREAKOUT BOX WALSH EOC 1 POS 1 NPI_ HEADSET BASE w/ptt FOR USB BREAKOUT BOX WALSH EOC 1 POS 1 RMN5078 SUPRAPLUS NC SINGLE MUFF HEADSET WALSH EOC 1 POS 1 NPI_ KINESIS USB FOOTSWITCH WALSH EOC 1 POS SYMANTEC ENDPOINT PROTECTION V11.0 CORP ED LIC & MEDIA SINGLE COPY 1 DDN9979 WALSH EOC 1 POS 1 NPI_ MCC7100 Instant Recall Recorder SANTA CLARA DISPATCH ELECTRIC CONTROL SC ELECTRIC 2 POS 1 CLN ETHERNET SWITCH SC ELECTRIC 2 POS SQM01SUM02 05 GGM 8000 GATEWAY 1 SC ELECTRIC 2 POS 1 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER SC ELECTRIC 2 POS 1 TRN7343 SEVEN AND A HALF FOOT RACK SC ELECTRIC 2 POS SC ELECTRIC 2 POS SC ELECTRIC 2 POS 1 DSOP820B 1 DSTSJ100BT PDU, 120V HARDWIRE (8) 20A OUTLET PDU WITH TYPE 3 SAD PROTECTION SPD, RJ-48 CONNECTED FOR T1/E1, 10/100BT PROTECTS/PASSES ON ALL 8 PIN RACK MOUNT GROUND BAR, 19 IN FOR TSJ AND WPH SERIES DATA SPDS 1 DSTSJADP SC ELECTRIC 2 POS 2 NPI_ MCC7100 IP CONSOLE APPLICATION SC ELECTRIC 2 POS 2 NPI_ BASIC CONSOLE OPERATOR LICENSE SC ELECTRIC 2 POS 2 NPI_ CHANNEL SOFTWARE LICENSE SC ELECTRIC 2 POS 2 NPI_ TRUNKING LICENSE SC ELECTRIC 2 POS 2 DS019BLK 19" LCD, BLACK, NON-TOUCH SC ELECTRIC 2 POS Z400 MID TIER WITH WINDOWS 7 (64-BIT) NON- RETURNABLE 2 TT2312 SC ELECTRIC 2 POS 2 T7448 WINDOWS SUPPLEMENTAL FULL CONFIG SC ELECTRIC 2 POS 4 NPI_ MCC7100 MUSIK USB speakers, set of 2 SC ELECTRIC 2 POS 2 NPI_ USB BREAKOUT BOX SC ELECTRIC 2 POS 2 NPI_ DESKTOP MIC FOR USB BREAKOUT BOX SC ELECTRIC 2 POS 2 NPI_ HEADSET BASE w/ptt FOR USB BREAKOUT BOX SC ELECTRIC 2 POS 2 RMN5078 SUPRAPLUS NC SINGLE MUFF HEADSET SC ELECTRIC 2 POS 2 NPI_ KINESIS USB FOOTSWITCH SC ELECTRIC 2 POS 2 DDN9979 SYMANTEC ENDPOINT PROTECTION V11.0 CORP ED LIC & MEDIA SINGLE COPY 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-90 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

99 SUB SYS QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION SC ELECTRIC 2 POS 2 NPI_ MCC7100 Instant Recall Recorder SANTA CLARA DISPATCH TECHNICAL SERVICES SC TSC 1 POS 1 CLN ETHERNET SWITCH SC TSC 1 POS SQM01SUM02 05 GGM 8000 GATEWAY 1 SC TSC 1 POS 1 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER SC TSC 1 POS 1 TRN7343 SEVEN AND A HALF FOOT RACK SC TSC 1 POS SC TSC 1 POS SC TSC 1 POS 1 DSOP820B 1 DSTSJ100BT PDU, 120V HARDWIRE (8) 20A OUTLET PDU WITH TYPE 3 SAD PROTECTION SPD, RJ-48 CONNECTED FOR T1/E1, 10/100BT PROTECTS/PASSES ON ALL 8 PIN RACK MOUNT GROUND BAR, 19 IN FOR TSJ AND WPH SERIES DATA SPDS 1 DSTSJADP SC TSC 1 POS 1 NPI_ MCC7100 IP CONSOLE APPLICATION SC TSC 1 POS 1 NPI_ BASIC CONSOLE OPERATOR LICENSE SC TSC 1 POS 1 NPI_ CHANNEL SOFTWARE LICENSE SC TSC 1 POS 1 NPI_ TRUNKING LICENSE SC TSC 1 POS 1 DS019BLK 19" LCD, BLACK, NON-TOUCH SC TSC 1 POS Z400 MID TIER WITH WINDOWS 7 (64-BIT) NON- RETURNABLE 1 TT2312 SC TSC 1 POS 1 T7448 WINDOWS SUPPLEMENTAL FULL CONFIG SC TSC 1 POS 2 NPI_ MCC7100 MUSIK USB speakers, set of 2 SC TSC 1 POS 1 NPI_ USB BREAKOUT BOX SC TSC 1 POS 1 NPI_ DESKTOP MIC FOR USB BREAKOUT BOX SC TSC 1 POS 1 NPI_ HEADSET BASE w/ptt FOR USB BREAKOUT BOX SC TSC 1 POS 1 RMN5078 SUPRAPLUS NC SINGLE MUFF HEADSET SC TSC 1 POS 1 NPI_ KINESIS USB FOOTSWITCH SC TSC 1 POS SYMANTEC ENDPOINT PROTECTION V11.0 CORP ED LIC & MEDIA SINGLE COPY 1 DDN9979 SC TSC 1 POS 1 NPI_ MCC7100 Instant Recall Recorder SUNNYVALE DISPATCH Sunnyvale Logging 1 B1905 MCC 7500 ASTRO 25 SOFTWARE Sunnyvale Logging 1 B1933 MOTOROLA VOICE PROCESSOR MODULE Sunnyvale Logging ADD: MCC 7500 BASIC CONSOLE FUNCTIONALITY SOFTWARE LICENSE 1 CA01642AA Sunnyvale Logging 1 CA01643AA ADD: MCC 7500 TRUNKING OPERATION LICENSE Sunnyvale Logging 1 CA00140AA ADD: AC LINE CORD, NORTH AMERICAN Sunnyvale Logging 1 TT2312 Z400 MID TIER WITH WINDOWS 7 (64-BIT) NON- RETURNABLE Sunnyvale Logging 1 T7449 WINDOWS SUPPLEMENTAL TRANS CONFIG Sunnyvale Logging SPD, TYPE 3, 120VAC, 15A PLUG-IN WITH 15A 1 DSSL120 SIMPLEX OUTLET Sunnyvale Logging SYMANTEC ENDPOINT PROTECTION V11.0 CORP 1 DDN9979 ED LIC & MEDIA SINGLE COPY Sunnyvale Logging 1 DQ INCH BLACK SHELF Sunnyvale Logging 1 DQ TIE DOWN TOWER Sunnyvale Logging 1 DSKV0081A 8 PORT CAT XMULTIPLATFORM Sunnyvale Logging 1 DSRMK2004 SERVSWITCH WIZARD IP RACKMOUNT KITS, Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-91

100 SUB SYS QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION SINGLE UNIT Sunnyvale Logging 1 DSKV04REM CX REMOTE UNIT Sunnyvale Logging 2 DSKV1400A PS/2 SERVER ACCESSMODULE FOR CX SERIES Sunnyvale 6 POS 2 CLN ETHERNET SWITCH Sunnyvale 6 POS SQM01SUM02 05 GGM 8000 GATEWAY 2 Sunnyvale 6 POS 2 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER Sunnyvale 6 POS 1 F4543 SITE MANAGER BASIC Sunnyvale 6 POS 1 NPI_ SDM3000 MCC7500 AUX IO F/W FOR A7.14 Sunnyvale 6 POS 1 V266 ADD: 90VAC TO 260VAC PS TO SM Sunnyvale 6 POS 3 V592 AAD TERM BLCK & CONN WI Sunnyvale 6 POS 1 T7038 GCP 8000 SITE CONTROLLER Sunnyvale 6 POS 1 CA00303AA ADD: QTY (1) SITE CONTROLLER Sunnyvale 6 POS 1 X153AW ADD: RACK MOUNT HARDWARE Sunnyvale 6 POS 1 CA01136AA ADD: MCC 7500 CONVEN SITE OPER Sunnyvale 6 POS SQM01SUM02 05 GGM 8000 GATEWAY 4 Sunnyvale 6 POS 4 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER Sunnyvale 6 POS 4 CA01618AA ADD: CONV CHAN GATEWAY Sunnyvale 6 POS 1 TRN7343 SEVEN AND A HALF FOOT RACK Sunnyvale 6 POS Sunnyvale 6 POS Sunnyvale 6 POS 2 DSOP820B 1 DSTSJ100BT PDU, 120V HARDWIRE (8) 20A OUTLET PDU WITH TYPE 3 SAD PROTECTION SPD, RJ-48 CONNECTED FOR T1/E1, 10/100BT PROTECTS/PASSES ON ALL 8 PIN RACK MOUNT GROUND BAR, 19 IN FOR TSJ AND WPH SERIES DATA SPDS 1 DSTSJADP Sunnyvale 6 POS 6 NPI_ MCC7100 IP CONSOLE APPLICATION Sunnyvale 6 POS 6 NPI_ BASIC CONSOLE OPERATOR LICENSE Sunnyvale 6 POS 6 NPI_ CHANNEL SOFTWARE LICENSE Sunnyvale 6 POS 6 NPI_ TRUNKING LICENSE Sunnyvale 6 POS 1 B1925 MCC 7500 DISPATCH API SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT KIT Sunnyvale 6 POS 6 DS019BLK 19" LCD, BLACK, NON-TOUCH Sunnyvale 6 POS Z400 MID TIER WITH WINDOWS 7 (64-BIT) NON- 6 TT2312 RETURNABLE Sunnyvale 6 POS 6 T7448 WINDOWS SUPPLEMENTAL FULL CONFIG Sunnyvale 6 POS 12 NPI_ MCC7100 MUSIK USB speakers, set of 2 Sunnyvale 6 POS 6 NPI_ USB BREAKOUT BOX Sunnyvale 6 POS 6 NPI_ DESKTOP MIC FOR USB BREAKOUT BOX Sunnyvale 6 POS 6 NPI_ HEADSET BASE w/ptt FOR USB BREAKOUT BOX Sunnyvale 6 POS 6 RMN5078 SUPRAPLUS NC SINGLE MUFF HEADSET Sunnyvale 6 POS 6 NPI_ KINESIS USB FOOTSWITCH Sunnyvale 6 POS SYMANTEC ENDPOINT PROTECTION V11.0 CORP ED LIC & MEDIA SINGLE COPY 6 DDN9979 Sunnyvale 6 POS 6 NPI_ MCC7100 Instant Recall Recorder SPARES MASTER SITE SPARES 1 SQM01SUM02 05 GGM 8000 GATEWAY 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-92 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

101 SUB SYS QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION MASTER SITE 1 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER SPARES MASTER SITE 2 CLN ETHERNET SWITCH SPARES MASTER SITE 1 CLN1837A 620 REDUNDANT/EXTERNAL POWER SUPPLY SPARES MASTER SITE 1 CLN PORT TERMINAL SERVER SPARES MASTER SITE 1 ST6011 S PORT FLEXWAN MODULE SPARES MASTER SITE 1 ST6018 S PORT T1/E1 II MODULE SPARES MASTER SITE 1 CLN8490A FRU: MINI GBIC (J4858B) SPARES MASTER SITE 1 CKN6906A FRU: FIBER CABLE SPARES PRIME SITE SPARES 1 DSTRAK91061 FOUR PORT DDM PRIME SITE SPARES 1 SQM01SUM02 GGM 8000 GATEWAY 05 PRIME SITE SPARES 1 CA01619AA ADD: DC POWER PRIME SITE SPARES 1 CLN ETHERNET SWITCH RF SITE SPARES 1 DLN6566 FRU: 700/800 MHZ XCVR RF SITE SPARES 1 DLN6567 FRU: 700/800 MHZ PA RF SITE SPARES 1 DLN6568B FRU: SUMMIT PS 700/800 MHZ RF SITE SPARES 1 DLN6569 FRU: GCP 8000/GCM 8000 RF SITE SPARES 1 DLN6455 CONFIGURATION/SERVICE SOFTWARE MCC SITE SPARES 1 B1934 MCC 7500 VOICE PROCESSOR MODULE FRU MCC SITE SPARES VPM POWER SUPPLY -ORDER THRU PARTS ONLY- MCC SITE SPARES N08 GR500 AC POWER CORD MCC SITE SPARES 1 B1912 MCC SERIES DESKTOP SPEAKER MCC SITE SPARES 1 B1914 MCC SERIES DESKTOP GOOSENECK MICROPHONE MCC SITE SPARES 1 B1913 MCC SERIES HEADSET JACK MCC SITE SPARES 1 CLN ETHERNET SWITCH SANTA CLARA SUBSCRIBERS SANTA CLARA SUBS 65 M25URS9PW1 N APX6500 7/800 MHZ MID POWER MOBILE SANTA CLARA SUBS 65 QA02756 ENH: 3600 OR 9600 TRUNKING BAUD SIN SANTA CLARA SUBS 65 QA01749 ADD: ADVANCED SYSTEM KEY - SOFTWARE KEY SANTA CLARA SUBS 65 G442 ADD: APX O5 CONTROL HEAD SANTA CLARA SUBS 65 G444 ADD: CONTROL HEAD SOFTWARE SANTA CLARA SUBS 65 G67 ADD: REMOTE MOUNT MID POWER SANTA CLARA SUBS 65 G335 ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE MHZ SANTA CLARA SUBS 65 W22 ADD: PALM MICROPHONE SANTA CLARA SUBS 65 B18 ADD: AUXILARY SPKR 7.5 WATT SANTA CLARA SUBS 65 GA00580 ADD: TDMA OPERATION SANTA CLARA SUBS 65 W947 ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 M25URS9PW1 N APX6500 7/800 MHZ MID POWER MOBILE Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-93

102 SUB SYS QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 G806 ENH: ASTRO DIGITAL CAI OP APX SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 G51 ENH: SMARTZONE OPERATION APX6500 SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 Q361 ADD: P BAUD TRUNKING SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 QA01749 ADD: ADVANCED SYSTEM KEY - SOFTWARE KEY SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 G72 ADD: O3 HANDHELD CONTROL HEAD SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 G444 ADD: CONTROL HEAD SOFTWARE SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 G66 ADD: DASH MOUNT 05 SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 G335 ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE MHZ SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 G90 ADD: NO MICROPHONE NEEDED SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 B18 ADD: AUXILARY SPKR 7.5 WATT SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 GA00580 ADD: TDMA OPERATION SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 W947 ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 M30TSS9PW1 N APX7500 DUAL BAND MID POWER SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 GA00244 ADD: 7/800MHZ PRIMARY BAND SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 GA00308 ADD: VHF MP SECONDARY BAND SANTA CLARA SUBS 0 GA00579 ADD: ENABLE DUAL BAND OPERATION SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 G806 ENH: ASTRO DIGITAL CAI OP APX SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 G51 ENH: SMARTZONE OPERATION APX SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 Q361 ADD: P BAUD TRUNKING SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 QA01749 ADD: ADVANCED SYSTEM KEY - SOFTWARE KEY SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 G442 ADD: APX O5 CONTROL HEAD SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 G444 ADD: CONTROL HEAD SOFTWARE SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 G138 ADD: APX7500 MOTORCYCLE CH SFW SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 G67BA ADD:REMOTE MOUNT MOTORCYCLE SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 W620 ADD: NO MOTORCYCLE ENCLOSURE NEEDED SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 G335 ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE MHZ SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 G299 ADD: 1/4 WAVE ROOF TOP SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 W22 ADD: MOTORCYCLE PALM MIC SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 B18 ADD: AUXILARY SPEAKER MOTORCYCLE SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 GA00580 ADD: TDMA OPERATION SANTA CLARA SUBS 12 W947 ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE SANTA CLARA SUBS 30 H49TGD9PW1 N APX7000XE DIGITAL PORTABLE RADIO SANTA CLARA SUBS 30 QA00569 ADD: 7/800MHZ PRIMARY BAND SANTA CLARA SUBS 30 QA00574 ADD: VHF SECONDARY BAND SANTA CLARA SUBS 30 QA00577 ADD: LARGE COLOR DISPLAY AND FULL KEYPAD SANTA CLARA SUBS 30 QA00579 ADD: ENABLE DUAL BAND OPERATION SANTA CLARA SUBS 30 Q806 ADD: ASTRO DIGITAL CAI OPERATION SANTA CLARA SUBS 30 H38 ADD: SMARTZONE OPERATION SANTA CLARA SUBS 30 Q361 ADD: P BAUD TRUNKING SANTA CLARA SUBS 30 QA01749 ADD: ADVANCED SYSTEM KEY - SOFTWARE KEY SANTA CLARA SUBS 30 QA00580 ADD: TDMA OPERATION SANTA CLARA SUBS 30 Q947 ADD: RADIO PACKET DATA SANTA CLARA SUBS 30 QA00582 ALT: APX7000 LIION 4000MAH IMPRES FM IP67 BATT SANTA CLARA SUBS 30 NNTN7033A BATT IMP FM IP67 LIION 4100M 4300T SPARE 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-94 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

103 SUB SYS QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION BATTERY SANTA CLARA SUBS 30 H64 ALT: APX 7000XE HOUSING YELLOW SANTA CLARA SUBS 30 WPLN7080 APX 7000 IMPRES CG SU APX7000 US/NA/CA/LA SANTA CLARA SUBS 30 NNTN8203A IMPRES XE RSM, FM SANTA CLARA SUBS 195 H98UCF9PW6 N APX /800 MODEL 2.5 PORTABLE SANTA CLARA SUBS 195 QA02756 ADD: 9600 TRUNKING OR 3600 DIGITAL TRUNKING SANTA CLARA SUBS 195 QA01749 ADD: ADVANCED SYSTEM KEY - SOFTWARE KEY SANTA CLARA SUBS 195 QA00580 ADD: TDMA OPERATION SANTA CLARA SUBS 195 Q947 ADD: RADIO PACKET DATA SANTA CLARA SUBS 195 QA00582 ALT: LITHIUM ION 4000MAH IMPRES FM Option SANTA CLARA SUBS 195 NNTN7033A BATT IMP FM IP67 LIION 4100M 4300T SPARE BATTERY SANTA CLARA SUBS 195 PMLN5660A APX6000 Carrying Case 3 FIX BL 4200MAH SANTA CLARA SUBS 195 WPLN7080 APX 7000 IMPRES CG SU APX7000 US/NA/CA/LA SANTA CLARA SUBS 195 PMMN4062A APX7000 IMPRES RSM, NOISE CANC. EMERGENCY BUTTON 3.5MM JACK IP54 SANTA CLARA SUBS 1 L30URS9PW1 N APX7500 SINGLE BAND 7/800 SANTA CLARA SUBS 1 GA00244 ADD: 7/800MHZ PRIMARY BAND SANTA CLARA SUBS 1 GA00308 ADD: VHF MP SECONDARY BAND SANTA CLARA SUBS 1 G806 ENH: ASTRO DIGITAL CAI OP APX SANTA CLARA SUBS 1 G51 ENH: SMARTZONE OPERATION APX SANTA CLARA SUBS 1 QA01749 ADD: ADVANCED SYSTEM KEY - SOFTWARE KEY SANTA CLARA SUBS 1 G361 ADD: P25 TRUNKING SOFTWARE SANTA CLARA SUBS 1 L998 ADD: LIMITED FRONT PANEL W/CLOCK/VU SANTA CLARA SUBS 1 CA01598 ADD: AC LINE CORD US SANTA CLARA SUBS 1 GA00580 ADD: TDMA OPERATION SANTA CLARA SUBS 1 W947 ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE SANTA CLARA SUBS 1 TDF7611 ANTENNA YAGI 10DB 7 ELEMENT SANTA CLARA SUBS 100 L1705 CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT SANTA CLARA SUBS 1 TT05539AA ADD: TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE, ANT END SANTA CLARA SUBS 1 TT05538AA ADD: TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE, STA END SANTA CLARA SUBS 30 L1700 CABLE: 1/4" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT SUNNYVALE SUBSCRIBERS SUNNYVALE SUBS 58 M30TSS9PW1 N APX7500 DUAL BAND MID POWER SUNNYVALE SUBS 58 GA00244 ADD: 7/800MHZ PRIMARY BAND SUNNYVALE SUBS 58 GA00308 ADD: VHF MP SECONDARY BAND SUNNYVALE SUBS 58 GA00579 ADD: ENABLE DUAL BAND OPERATION SUNNYVALE SUBS 58 G806 ENH: ASTRO DIGITAL CAI OP APX SUNNYVALE SUBS 58 G51 ENH: SMARTZONE OPERATION APX SUNNYVALE SUBS 58 Q361 ADD: P BAUD TRUNKING SUNNYVALE SUBS 58 QA01749 ADD: ADVANCED SYSTEM KEY - SOFTWARE KEY SUNNYVALE SUBS 58 G442 ADD: APX O5 CONTROL HEAD SUNNYVALE SUBS 58 G444 ADD: CONTROL HEAD SOFTWARE Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-95

104 SUB SYS QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION SUNNYVALE SUBS 58 G67 ADD: REMOTE MOUNT MID POWER SUNNYVALE SUBS 58 G335 ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE MHZ SUNNYVALE SUBS 58 G299 ADD: 1/4 WAVE ROOF TOP SUNNYVALE SUBS 58 W22 ADD: PALM MICROPHONE SUNNYVALE SUBS 58 B18 ADD: AUXILARY SPKR 7.5 WATT SUNNYVALE SUBS 58 GA00580 ADD: TDMA OPERATION SUNNYVALE SUBS 58 G996 ADD: PROGRAMMING OVER P25 (OTAP) SUNNYVALE SUBS 58 G843 ADD: AES ENCRYPTION APX SUNNYVALE SUBS 58 W947 ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE SUNNYVALE SUBS 58 GA00229 ADD: GPS ACTIVATION SUNNYVALE SUBS 58 GA00226 ADD: GPS ANTENNA SUNNYVALE SUBS 5 M30TSS9PW1 N APX7500 DUAL BAND MID POWER SUNNYVALE SUBS 5 GA00244 ADD: 7/800MHZ PRIMARY BAND SUNNYVALE SUBS 5 GA00308 ADD: VHF MP SECONDARY BAND SUNNYVALE SUBS 5 GA00579 ADD: ENABLE DUAL BAND OPERATION SUNNYVALE SUBS 5 G806 ENH: ASTRO DIGITAL CAI OP APX SUNNYVALE SUBS 5 G51 ENH: SMARTZONE OPERATION APX SUNNYVALE SUBS 5 Q361 ADD: P BAUD TRUNKING SUNNYVALE SUBS 5 QA01749 ADD: ADVANCED SYSTEM KEY - SOFTWARE KEY SUNNYVALE SUBS 5 G442 ADD: APX O5 CONTROL HEAD SUNNYVALE SUBS 5 G444 ADD: CONTROL HEAD SOFTWARE SUNNYVALE SUBS 5 G138 ADD: APX7500 MOTORCYCLE CH SFW SUNNYVALE SUBS 5 G67BA ADD:REMOTE MOUNT MOTORCYCLE SUNNYVALE SUBS 5 W620 ADD: NO MOTORCYCLE ENCLOSURE NEEDED SUNNYVALE SUBS 5 G335 ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE MHZ SUNNYVALE SUBS 5 G299 ADD: 1/4 WAVE ROOF TOP SUNNYVALE SUBS 5 W22 ADD: MOTORCYCLE PALM MIC SUNNYVALE SUBS 5 B18 ADD: AUXILARY SPEAKER MOTORCYCLE SUNNYVALE SUBS 5 GA00580 ADD: TDMA OPERATION SUNNYVALE SUBS 5 G996 ADD: PROGRAMMING OVER P25 (OTAP) SUNNYVALE SUBS 5 G843 ADD: AES ENCRYPTION APX SUNNYVALE SUBS 5 W947 ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE SUNNYVALE SUBS 5 GA00229 ADD: GPS ACTIVATION SUNNYVALE SUBS 5 GA00226 ADD: GPS ANTENNA SUNNYVALE SUBS 25 M30TSS9PW1 N APX7500 DUAL BAND MID POWER SUNNYVALE SUBS 25 GA00244 ADD: 7/800MHZ PRIMARY BAND SUNNYVALE SUBS 25 GA00308 ADD: VHF MP SECONDARY BAND SUNNYVALE SUBS 25 GA00579 ADD: ENABLE DUAL BAND OPERATION SUNNYVALE SUBS 25 G806 ENH: ASTRO DIGITAL CAI OP APX SUNNYVALE SUBS 25 G51 ENH: SMARTZONE OPERATION APX SUNNYVALE SUBS 25 Q361 ADD: P BAUD TRUNKING SUNNYVALE SUBS 25 QA01749 ADD: ADVANCED SYSTEM KEY - SOFTWARE KEY SUNNYVALE SUBS 25 G72 ADD: O3 HANDHELD CONTROL HEAD SUNNYVALE SUBS 25 G444 ADD: CONTROL HEAD SOFTWARE SUNNYVALE SUBS 25 G67 ADD: REMOTE MOUNT MID POWER 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-96 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

105 SUB SYS QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION SUNNYVALE SUBS 25 G335 ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE MHZ SUNNYVALE SUBS 25 G299 ADD: 1/4 WAVE ROOF TOP SUNNYVALE SUBS 25 W22 ADD: PALM MICROPHONE SUNNYVALE SUBS 25 B18 ADD: AUXILARY SPKR 7.5 WATT SUNNYVALE SUBS 25 GA00580 ADD: TDMA OPERATION SUNNYVALE SUBS 25 G996 ADD: PROGRAMMING OVER P25 (OTAP) SUNNYVALE SUBS 25 G843 ADD: AES ENCRYPTION APX SUNNYVALE SUBS 25 W947 ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE SUNNYVALE SUBS 25 GA00229 ADD: GPS ACTIVATION SUNNYVALE SUBS 25 GA00226 ADD: GPS ANTENNA SUNNYVALE SUBS 272 H97TGD9PW1 N APX7000 DIGITAL PORTABLE RADIO SUNNYVALE SUBS 272 QA00569 ADD: 7/800MHZ PRIMARY BAND SUNNYVALE SUBS 272 QA00574 ADD: VHF SECONDARY BAND SUNNYVALE SUBS 272 QA00577 ADD: LARGE COLOR DISPLAY AND FULL KEYPAD SUNNYVALE SUBS 272 QA00579 ADD: ENABLE DUAL BAND OPERATION SUNNYVALE SUBS 272 Q806 ADD: ASTRO DIGITAL CAI OPERATION SUNNYVALE SUBS 272 H38 ADD: SMARTZONE OPERATION SUNNYVALE SUBS 272 Q361 ADD: P BAUD TRUNKING SUNNYVALE SUBS 272 QA01749 ADD: ADVANCED SYSTEM KEY - SOFTWARE KEY SUNNYVALE SUBS 272 QA00580 ADD: TDMA OPERATION SUNNYVALE SUBS 272 Q947 ADD: RADIO PACKET DATA SUNNYVALE SUBS 272 QA00782 ADD: ENABLE INTERNAL GPS OPERATION SUNNYVALE SUBS 272 G996 ADD: PROGRAMMING OVER P25 (OTAP) SUNNYVALE SUBS 272 Q629 ENH: AES ENCRYPTION SUNNYVALE SUBS 272 QA00582 ALT: LIION IMPRES 4100 MAH FM IP67 (NNTN7033A) SUNNYVALE SUBS 272 WPLN7080 APX 7000 IMPRES CG SU APX7000 US/NA/CA/LA SUNNYVALE SUBS 272 PMMN4062A APX7000 IMPRES RSM, NOISE CANC. EMERGENCY BUTTON 3.5MM JACK IP54 SUNNYVALE SUBS 62 H98UCD9PW5 N APX6000 7/800 MHZ MODEL 1.5 PORTABLE SUNNYVALE SUBS 62 QA02756 ADD: 9600 TRUNKING OR 3600 DIGITAL TRUNKING SUNNYVALE SUBS 62 QA01749 ADD: ADVANCED SYSTEM KEY - SOFTWARE KEY SUNNYVALE SUBS 62 QA00580 ADD: TDMA OPERATION SUNNYVALE SUBS 62 Q947 ADD: RADIO PACKET DATA SUNNYVALE SUBS 62 QA00782 ADD: ENABLE INTERNAL GPS OPERATION SUNNYVALE SUBS 62 G996 ADD: PROGRAMMING OVER P25 (OTAP) SUNNYVALE SUBS 62 QA00582 ALT: LITHIUM ION 4000MAH IMPRES FM SUNNYVALE SUBS 62 PMMN4062A APX7000 IMPRES RSM, NOISE CANC. EMERGENCY BUTTON 3.5MM JACK IP54 SUNNYVALE SUBS 26 H98UCD9PW5 N APX6000 7/800 MHZ MODEL 1.5 PORTABLE SUNNYVALE SUBS 26 QA02756 ADD: 9600 TRUNKING OR 3600 DIGITAL TRUNKING SUNNYVALE SUBS 26 QA01749 ADD: ADVANCED SYSTEM KEY - SOFTWARE KEY SUNNYVALE SUBS 26 QA00580 ADD: TDMA OPERATION SUNNYVALE SUBS 26 Q947 ADD: RADIO PACKET DATA Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-97

106 SUB SYS QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION SUNNYVALE SUBS 26 QA00782 ADD: ENABLE INTERNAL GPS OPERATION SUNNYVALE SUBS 26 G996 ADD: PROGRAMMING OVER P25 (OTAP) SUNNYVALE SUBS 26 QA00582 ALT: LITHIUM ION 4000MAH IMPRES FM SUNNYVALE SUBS 26 WPLN7080 APX 7000 IMPRES CG SU APX7000 US/NA/CA/LA SUNNYVALE SUBS 26 PMMN4062A APX7000 IMPRES RSM, NOISE CANC. EMERGENCY BUTTON 3.5MM JACK IP54 SUNNYVALE SUBS 26 NNTN7065B IMPRES CHG MU MACKINAW US/NA/CA/LA SUNNYVALE SUBS 52 NNTN7624B IMPRES VEHICULAR CHARGER (FULL KIT) SUNNYVALE SUBS 360 NNTN7033A BATT IMP FM IP67 LIION 4100M 4300T SUNNYVALE SUBS 38 WPLN7080 APX 7000 IMPRES CG SU APX7000 US/NA/CA/LA SUNNYVALE SUBS 6 L30TSS9PW1 N APX7500 CONSOLETTE DUAL BAND MODEL SUNNYVALE SUBS 6 GA00244 ADD: 7/800MHZ PRIMARY BAND SUNNYVALE SUBS 6 GA00308 ADD: VHF MP SECONDARY BAND SUNNYVALE SUBS 6 QA00579 ADD: ENABLE DUAL BAND OPERATION SUNNYVALE SUBS 6 G806 ENH: ASTRO DIGITAL CAI OP APX SUNNYVALE SUBS 6 G51 ENH: SMARTZONE OPERATION APX SUNNYVALE SUBS 6 QA01749 ADD: ADVANCED SYSTEM KEY - SOFTWARE KEY SUNNYVALE SUBS 6 G361 ADD: P25 TRUNKING SOFTWARE SUNNYVALE SUBS 6 L998 ADD: LIMITED FRONT PANEL W/CLOCK/VU SUNNYVALE SUBS 6 CA01598 ADD: AC LINE CORD US SUNNYVALE SUBS 6 W382 ADD: CONTROL STATION DESK GCAI MIC SUNNYVALE SUBS 6 GA00580 ADD: TDMA OPERATION SUNNYVALE SUBS 6 W947 ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE SUNNYVALE SUBS 6 G996 ADD: PROGRAMMING OVER P25 (OTAP) SUNNYVALE SUBS 6 G843 ADD: AES ENCRYPTION APX SUNNYVALE SUBS 6 TDF7611 ANTENNA YAGI 10DB 7 ELEMENT SUNNYVALE SUBS 600 L1705 CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT SUNNYVALE SUBS 6 TT05539AA ADD: TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE, ANT END SUNNYVALE SUBS 6 TT05538AA ADD: TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE, STA END SUNNYVALE SUBS 180 L1700 CABLE: 1/4" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-98 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

107 C.3 STATEMENT OF WORK AND ACCEPTANCE TEST PLAN The project management plan consists of: The Statement of Work that defines the Work Breakdown Structure (WBS), project scope, and deliverable list. The Quality Assurance and Audit Plan provides an overview of Motorola s Systems Integration Gates process that is the project quality plan and a framework designed to integrate Project Management Institute and ISO quality mechanisms The Risk Management section provides the risk mitigation plan for the project. Equipment List of Deliverables Acceptance Test Plan C.3.1 Statement of Work This Statement of Work (SOW) describes the deliverables to the County of Santa Clara, California and specifically, the Cities of Santa Clara and Sunnyvale who comprise Stage 1 of the Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Communications System. This document defines the tasks performed by Motorola and our subcontractors, and the tasks performed by the Cities to implement the proposed solution, based on the understanding of the work required to provide a successful implementation. Changes to the SOW after contract award will be made through a formal contract change order process as set forth in the contract. Materials and services not specifically outlined in this proposal are excluded. This SOW is based on the premise that Motorola will provide the equipment and services defined by the contract, including Fixed Network Equipment (FNE), dispatch consoles, and subscriber radio equipment. Motorola is eager to partner with Cities of Santa Clara and Sunnyvale to successfully implement Stage 1 of the SVRIA Communications System. The following sections describe the Work Breakdown Structure necessary to complete the project. C.3.2 C.3.3 Contract Contract Award (Milestone) The County of Santa Clara, California (subsequently referred to as SVRIA) and Motorola execute the contract for Stage 1 SVRIA and all parties receive all the necessary documentation. C.3.4 Contract Administration Motorola Responsibilities: Assign a Project Manager, as the single point of contact with authority to make project decisions. Assign resources necessary for project implementation. Set up the project in the Motorola information system. Schedule the project kickoff meeting with SVRIA. SVRIA Responsibilities: Assign a Project Manager, as the single point of contact responsible for Customer-signed approvals. Assign other resources necessary to ensure completion of project tasks for which SVRIA are responsible. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-99

108 Completion Criteria: Motorola internal processes are set up for project management. Motorola and SVRIA assign all required resources. Project kickoff meeting is scheduled. C.3.5 Project Kickoff Motorola Responsibilities: Conduct a project kickoff meeting during the Contract Design Review (CDR) phase of the project. Ensure key project team participants attend the meeting. Introduce all project participants attending the meeting. Review the roles of the project participants to identify communication flows and decision-making authority between project participants. Review the overall project scope and objectives with SVRIA. Review the resource and scheduling requirements with SVRIA Review the Project Schedule with SVRIA to address upcoming milestones and/or events. Review the teams interactions (Motorola and SVRIA), meetings, reports, milestone acceptance, and the participation of SVRIA in particular phases. SVRIA Responsibilities: SVRIA s key project team participants attend the meeting. Review Motorola and SVRIA responsibilities. Completion Criteria: Project kickoff meeting completed. Meeting notes identify the next action items. C.3.6 C.3.7 Contract Design Review Review Contract Design Motorola Responsibilities: Meet with SVRIA project team. Review the System Design, Statement of Work, Project Schedule, and Acceptance Test Plans, incorporating the selected Stage 2 sites and associated tasks and schedule implications, and update the contract documents accordingly. This process and the resulting update to the system documents will constitute the Preliminary Design referenced in Section of the RFP Perform pre-installation site walks and prepare diagrams noting the intended placement of equipment in the equipment rooms and existing racks, as applicable. The documents will be updated or prepared as part of Contract Design Review and include the following: System Description Cutover Plan Floor Plans/Rack Drawings Subscriber Radio Equipment Site Connectivity Plan Project Schedule 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-100 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

109 Submit design documents to SVRIA for approval. These documents form the basis of the system, which Motorola will manufacture, assemble, stage, and install. Motorola will provide technical design data necessary for FCC licensing modifications, coordination, and submittals to SVRIA. SVRIA shall sign and submit all forms following approval. SVRIA shall be responsible for coordination fees as applicable. Restrictions: Motorola assumes no liability or responsibility for frequency licensing issues. Motorola is not responsible for issues outside of its immediate control. Such issues include, but are not restricted to, improper frequency coordination by others Motorola is not responsible for co-channel interference due to errors in frequency coordination by APCO or any other unlisted frequencies, or the improper design, installation, or operation of systems installed or operated by others. If any of the proposed sites cannot be utilized due to reasons beyond Motorola s control, the costs associated with site changes or delays including, frequency re-licensing, site zoning, site permitting, schedule delays, site abnormalities, etc., will be addressed through the change order process. SVRIA Responsibilities: SVRIA s key project team participants attend the meeting. Make timely decisions, according to the Project Schedule. SVRIA will file for APCO coordination and any other required FCC licensing Frequency Licensing and Interference: As mandated by FCC, SVRIA, as the licensee, has the ultimate responsibility for providing all required radio licensing or licensing modifications for the system prior to system staging. This responsibility includes paying for FCC licensing and frequency coordination fees. Provide the FCC call sign station identifier for each site prior to system staging. Completion Criteria: Complete Design Documentation, which may include updated System Description, Equipment List, system drawings, or other documents applicable to the project. Incorporate any deviations from the proposed system into the contract documents accordingly. The system design is frozen in preparation for subsequent project phases such as Order Processing and Manufacturing. A Change Order is executed in accordance with all material changes resulting from the Design Review to the contract. C.3.8 Design Approval SVRIA and Motorola execute a Design Approval milestone document. C.3.9 Order Processing and Staging C.3.10 Process Equipment List Motorola Responsibilities: Validate Equipment List by checking for valid model numbers, versions, compatible options to main equipment, and delivery data. Enter order into Motorola s Customer Order Fulfillment (COF) system. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-101

110 Create Ship Views, to confirm with SVRIA the secure storage location(s) to which the equipment will ship. Ship Views are the mailing labels that carry complete equipment shipping information, which direct the timing, method of shipment, and ship path for ultimate destination receipt. Create equipment orders. Reconcile the equipment list(s) to the Contract. Procure third-party equipment if applicable. Manufacture Equipment SVRIA Responsibilities: Provide shipping location(s). Complete and provide Tax Certificate information verifying tax status of shipping location. Completion Criteria: Verify that the Equipment List contains the correct model numbers, version, options, and delivery data. Trial validation completed. Bridge the equipment order to the manufacturing facility. Ship all equipment needed for staging to Motorola s factory staging facility in Schaumburg, Illinois [Customer Center for Solutions Integration (CCSi)]. C.3.11 Backhaul Motorola has proposed use of the existing E-COMM network. C.3.12 Talkgroup Fleetmap Motorola Responsibilities: Schedule required meeting(s) with the appropriate SVRIA representative(s)/agency(ies). City of Santa Clara is an existing SmartNet Trunk System User. Fleetmap meetings will be conducted to identify any required changes to the existing templates that will be utilized to build the Santa Clara fleetmap, and to incorporate the regionally defined mutual aid zones and talkgroups and conventional mutual aid channels. Meet with Sunnyvale user groups. Provide details on the features and functionality of the Motorola equipment/system. Work with SVRIA to develop and obtain approval of the fleetmap for the system. Program the infrastructure equipment, subscribers, terminals, and any other radio system FNE, based on fleetmap. Any changes requested by SVRIA after approval of fleetmap and template definitions, will require updating the contract documents accordingly. Provide guidelines for development of fleetmap to SVRIA on projects where subscriber units are being purchased/reprogrammed outside the scope of this project. SVRIA Responsibilities: Provide existing City of Santa Clara Codeplugs Designate a representative for the user groups, to make timely decisions on their behalf. Identify SVRIA s System Manager who will set up a steering committee consisting of various members from user groups. The System Manager, with the help of the steering committee, will be responsible for setting standardized system management and operational policies (SOP) that will apply to all users. A sample of SOP committee decisions includes: 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-102 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

111 User Access Management Protocol User Database Management Protocol System Security Protocol Subscriber Radio Standards Configure, Manage, and Control the Fleetmap Database. User group reviews its radio standard operational policies and then determines what modifications will be required, if any. Create a Console Dispatch and Radio Programming Policy to decide how each Subscriber group will operate on the system and what features will be activated. User group representative(s) makes Fleetmap programming decisions. Complete the initial fleetmapping process prior to staging of the system. Completion Criteria: Fleetmap requirements completed and approved by SVRIA C.3.13 Subscriber Templates A template is a spreadsheet detailing the how the subscribers and infrastructure are to be programmed. It is expected there will be multiple subscriber templates for police, fire, and public works entities. Motorola Responsibilities: Up to 10 Templates will be Developed by Motorola for Sunnyvale Existing City of Santa Clara Templates will be translated to the new system, and will incorporate any changes provided by SVRIA on the template spreadsheet(s). Motorola assists SVRIA in defining each radio/console template. Motorola participates in a meeting to finalize any changes among user groups. Program the approved templates into a radio-programming template tool. Program sample radios with approved templates and deliver for SVRIA evaluation. SVRIA Responsibilities: User groups create templates in a spreadsheet format. Forward electronic copies of the spreadsheets to the committee members for their review and comment. Evaluate sample radios and provide feedback. Approve templates. C.3.14 Staging Completion Criteria: Templates completed and approved by SVRIA C.3.15 Stage System Motorola Responsibilities: Rack equipment in accordance with the diagrams developed during the Design Review and test it prior to shipment to SVRIA Customer Witnessed test at Staging Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-103

112 SVRIA Responsibilities: Provide information on existing system interfaces as may be required. Provide information on room layouts or other information necessary for the assembly to meet field conditions. SVRIA is responsible for all costs for participants to travel to Schaumburg, IL to witness the Staging Functional Acceptance Test Witness Functional Acceptance Test Completion Criteria: System staging Functional Acceptance Test completed C.3.16 Ship Equipment to Field Motorola Responsibilities: Pack system for shipment to final destination. Arrange for shipment to the field. SVRIA Responsibilities: Provide Warehouse for equipment Completion Criteria: All equipment shipped to the Customer specified receiving location. C.3.17 Civil Work Motorola is proposing use of the existing City of Santa Clara Walsh site, the Sunnyvale DPS site, and the existing Dispatch Centers. As a result, there is no tower or shelter construction required for this project. Motorola will install the proposed equipment in the existing facilities, and connect to the existing ground and existing UPS-backed up power except as noted in the below table. Motorola will perform tower analysis on the structures prior to installation of the antennas. Motorola shall provide support as needed for obtaining City, County, Electrical and Construction permitting. Motorola will complete the permit applications with the required information related to performance of the work and technical design data and provide them to SVRIA for preparation of permit submittals. Motorola will work with SVRIA to aid them in their permitting, including participating in inspections. SVRIA is responsible for costs associated with permitting and for complying with the submittal and approval processes of the permitting agencies. SVRIA is to verify existing/additional capacity requirements based on Motorola power sheet. SVRIA is to insure necessary circuits are available within the room the equipment is to be installed. Motorola will assist SVRIA in coordinating necessary outages to upgrade AC electrical system if required. No additions or modifications to customers AC electrical system beyond extending "branch" circuits from existing panels to junctions above racks and or multioutlet strips in racks is included in this proposal. Existing towers and shelters are being proposed, as a result, existing alarm sensors for the HVAC, power, tower lights, etc. will be utilized and new sensors are not included. Motorola will connect existing alarm sensors from an existing punchblock to a Motorola SDM contact closure relay device. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-104 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

113 C.3.18 General Notes The work Motorola performs as described herein will conform to R56 specifications latest revisions. Except as otherwise noted in either Motorola or SVRIA responsibilities, existing facilities have adequate space, UPS capacity, generator capacity, and power panel capacity. Except as otherwise noted in either Motorola or SVRIA responsibilities, existing tower structures have necessary space and structural capacity for the installation of the proposed equipment. Existing waveguide/ice-bridge have necessary space and structural capacity of the installation of the proposed transmission lines. Existing tower cable ladders have space and structural capacity for the installation of the proposed equipment. Except as otherwise noted in either Motorola or SVRIA responsibilities, existing tower ground buss bars and equipment room ground buss bars have necessary space for the installation of transmission line grounding at top, middle and bottom of the tower and prior to entering the building. Existing transmission line entry ports have necessary space for the installation of proposed boots. Specifications are assumed to be 3 or 4 transmission line entry port cushions. EXCLUSIONS: * Excluded materials and services can be quoted via a change order. Existing facilities are being proposed and Phase 1 studies and reports as well as NEPA studies for antenna installations at existing tower sites are excluded Materials and services not explicitly outlined herein are excluded and will be handled via a change order. Permitting and utility hookup Tower mapping (Structural Analysis will be performed with existing Customer provided mapping data) Structural remediation design on existing structures Structural Remediation materials and labor on existing structures Towers, cable ladders, waveguide ladders, tower lighting, tower lightning protection, power equipment, generators, UPSs and equipment shelters Tower lighting equipment for existing tower structures and water tanks Safety climbing equipment and harness for existing tower structures Relocation of existing site equipment, asphalt, on-site buildings, communications equipment, etc. SVRIA Responsibilities: Provide space on floor, towers, and desks as required for the proposed equipment to be installed at SVRIA-provided facilities. Each rack shall be provided a minimum of 24-inch x 24-inch footprint with 36-inch clearance in the front and back. Secure site lease/ownership, zoning, permits, regulatory approvals, easements, and power per the implementation schedule. Relocate existing equipment, if needed, to provide required space for the installation of Motorolasupplied equipment. Motorola will utilize the existing ground systems within the facilities. Should additional upgrades be required, it is the responsibility of SVRIA. Provide structural drawings and existing antenna supporting structure studies prior to the installation of the proposed equipment. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-105

114 Additional wall penetrations are not anticipated. Should one be required, it would be the responsibility of SVRIA. Resolve any environmental issues including, but not limited to, asbestos, structural integrity (rooftop, water tank, tower, etc.) of the site, and any other building risks. (Resolve environmental or hazardous material issues). Supply interior building cable trays, raceways, conduits, and wire supports. Supply engineering and drafting as required for modifications to existing building drawings for site construction. Ensure Motorola has site access from 8:00 AM through 5:00 PM Monday through Friday. After hours and weekend access will be arranged accordingly. The site must be easily accessible to perform the job. Pay for usage costs of power and generator fueling, both during the construction and installation effort, and on an ongoing basis. Complete all SVRIA deliverables in accordance with the approved project schedule. Specific responsibilities related to the proposed sites are described below: Site Task List Responsibility Carol Dr. Master Site Re-arrange rack space to accommodate new SVRIA equipment Provide and Install Type 1 Surge Suppression on SVRIA input to main power panel Provide and Install properly sized sub panel to SVRIA accommodate all new circuits Test all site grounds Motorola Walsh Prime Site Remove data cabinet from existing location to Motorola provide rack space Provide and Install Type 1 Surge Suppression on Motorola input to main power panel Install properly sized sub panel to accommodate all new circuits Walsh Local RF Site (EComm) Relocate existing racks to make room for new racks and batteries Ensure AC panel will support 200 amp service Relocate existing service outlets to accommodate new rack layout Ensure generator will support the additional power requirements of the proposed equipment Ensure air conditioning unit will support the addition of the proposed equipment If welding is required to correctly secure existing tower extension, perform such welding Sunnyvale DPS Remote RF Site Install Entry Ground Bus at Bldg entrance, ground all RF cables Provide and install a properly sized bus bar to the building exterior and bond to site ground Provide and install ground kits on all RF Motorola SVRIA SVRIA SVRIA SVRIA SVRIA SVRIA Motorola 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-106 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

115 cables entering the building to the bus bar Bond to site Ground Clean up MGB- Install re-sized ground buss, remount polyphasers Provide and install properly sized Ground Bus bar under the equipment room floor and bond to site ground Remount all coaxial polyphasers to the new bus Provide and Install Type 1 Surge Suppression on input to main power panel Test all site grounds Motorola Motorola Motorola Completion Criteria: All sites are ready for equipment installations in compliance with Motorola s R56 standards. C.3.19 System Installation C.3.20 Fixed Network Equipment Installation FNE consists of the IP core, remote transmitter sites and dispatch equipment. Motorola Responsibilities: Inventory all equipment. Install system equipment as specified by the Equipment List, System Description, and system drawings. Interference: Motorola is not responsible for interference caused or received by the Motorola provided equipment except for interference that is directly caused by the Motorola-provided transmitter(s) to the Motorola-provided receiver(s). Should system experience interference, Motorola can be contracted to investigate the source and recommend solutions to mitigate the issue. Bond the supplied equipment to the existing site ground system in accordance with Motorola s R56 standards. Interface with E-COMM microwave Motorola will not relocate existing equipment for installation purposes SVRIA Responsibilities: Provide storage location for the Motorola-provided equipment. Receive and inventory all equipment. Provide Ethernet circuits from E-COMM Provide access to the sites, as necessary. Completion Criteria: Fixed Network Equipment installation completed and ready for optimization. C.3.21 System Installation Acceptance (Milestone) All equipment installations are completed and accepted by SVRIA. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-107

116 C.3.22 System Optimization C.3.23 Optimize System Fixed Network Equipment Motorola Responsibilities: Verify that all equipment is operating properly and that all electrical and signal levels are set accurately. Verify that all audio and data levels are at factory settings. Check forward and reflected power for all radio equipment, after connection to the antenna systems, to verify that power is within tolerances. Motorola and its subcontractors optimize each subsystem. Check audio and data levels to verify factory settings. Verify communication interfaces between devices for proper operation. Test features and functionality are in accordance with manufacturers specifications and that they comply with the final configuration established during the CDR/system staging. Test and optimize the simulcast system. Integrate the consoles and RF sites into the system to ensure proper operation. Set up the consoles on the SVRIA radio system to perform the dispatching operation. SVRIA Responsibilities: Provide access/escort to the sites. Define the logging recorder tracks by talkgroup. Dispatchers to use the existing resources for dispatching until cutover. Completion Criteria: System FNE optimization is complete. C.3.24 Optimization Complete C.3.25 Training System optimization is completed. Motorola and SVRIA agree that the equipment is ready for acceptance testing. C.3.26 Perform Training Motorola Responsibilities: Finalize training schedules purchased as part of this project with SVRIA Project Manager. Train-the-Trainer Training Technical Training Conduct the training classes outlined in the Training Plan. SVRIA Responsibilities: Attend training classes. Comply with the prerequisites in the Training Plan. End-User Training 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-108 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

117 Completion Criteria: All training classes completed. C.3.27 Training Complete All training classes completed. C.3.28 Quality Audits C.3.29 Perform R56 Audit Motorola Responsibilities: Perform R56 site-installation quality audits, verifying proper physical installation and operational configurations. Create site evaluation report to verify site meets or exceeds requirements, as defined in Motorola s Standards and Guidelines for Communication Sites (R56). SVRIA Responsibilities: Provide access/escort to the sites. Completion Criteria: All R56 audits completed successfully. C.3.30 Acceptance Testing Please see section C.3.58 for a complete description of the Acceptance Test Plan and test procedures. C.3.31 Perform Functional Testing Motorola Responsibilities: Verify the operational functionality and features of the individual subsystems and the system supplied by Motorola, as contracted. If any major task as contractually described fails, repeat that particular task after Motorola determines that corrective action has been taken. Document all issues that arise during the acceptance tests. Document the results of the acceptance tests and present to SVRIA for review. Resolve any minor task failures before Final System Acceptance. SVRIA Responsibilities: Witness the functional testing. Completion Criteria: Successful completion of the functional testing. SVRIA approval of the functional testing. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-109

118 C.3.32 Perform Coverage Testing Motorola Responsibilities: Perform coverage testing according to the Contract Coverage Acceptance Test Plan (CATP). Vehicle Drive Test with Voyager Subjective Delivered Audio Quality (DAQ) Testing Critical Building Walk-In Testing (Portable Testing) Submit test reports within the agreed period. If any area fails, re-test that particular area when Motorola determines that corrective action has been taken. Document all issues that arise during the coverage testing. Submit final test reports, according to the agreed period. SVRIA Responsibilities: Provide the required number of test vehicles, drivers, and resources to witness the coverage testing. Review the test results in a timely manner. Timely approval of the test results, if the reports indicate compliance with the agreed requirements. Completion Criteria: Successful completion of the coverage testing and approval by SVRIA. C.3.33 Perform 30 Day Operational Test Motorola Responsibilities: Review Plan with SVRIA as to how network will be loaded for the test Perform 30 day test according to the Contract Acceptance Test Plan Submit test reports within the agreed period. Document all issues that arise during the testing. Submit final test reports, according to the agreed period. SVRIA Responsibilities: Review the test results in a timely manner. Timely approval of the test results, if the reports indicate compliance with the agreed requirements. Completion Criteria: Successful completion of the testing and approval by SVRIA. C.3.34 Subscriber Installation (If Purchased) C.3.35 Program and Install Mobiles Motorola Responsibilities: Program test mobiles with each template version and activate them on the system. Pass all features and functionality of the mobile template. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-110 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

119 Once all templates and client software is tested and approved by SVRIA, Motorola requests template acceptance sign-off. Program all the mobiles, as identified in the equipment list, in accordance with SVRIA-approved programming templates, client software, and fleetmap. Work with SVRIA to develop and approve prototypes for each type of mobile installation. Install all the mobiles in the vehicles, as identified in the equipment list, and according to the installation schedule. The following guidelines are followed during installation: Initial programming is included in the project. If removal of additional existing radios is required, or a separate trip to remove these radios is necessary, such work will require updating the contract documents accordingly. Installations utilize the standard mobile mounting hardware provided with the type of unit. Obtain main power leads from a voltage source as supplied in the mobiles. Permanently mount the antennas on each vehicle according to the approved prototype, appropriate for the vehicle type. Motorola will determine an alternative location, whenever the antennas cannot be installed on the roof. Remove the existing mobiles from the vehicles at the time of installation of new radios SVRIA Responsibilities: Test and verify each feature selected during the CDR process. Approve successful testing of each feature by initialing each test shown on the test script. Provide adequate number of vehicles for installations, according to the project/installation schedule. If any installations require variations from the approved plan, SVRIA must approve, before proceeding with the variance. Completion Criteria: All mobiles are programmed and installed successfully and approved by SVRIA. C.3.36 Program and Distribute Portables Motorola Responsibilities: Program test portables with each template version and activate them on the system. Once all templates and client software is tested and approved by SVRIA, Motorola requests written approval of template acceptance. Program all the portables, as identified in the equipment list, based upon SVRIA approved programming templates, client software, and fleetmap. A one-time only programming is included in the project pricing. Deliver units to authorized SVRIA personnel and inventory upon receipt. SVRIA Responsibilities: Approve final template(s) and initiate portable programming. Upon receipt of portables, a SVRIA-authorized signatory acknowledges receipt of all portables and accessories and proper operation of a sampling of portables. Distribute the portables to end users. Completion Criteria: All portables are successfully programmed and approved by SVRIA. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-111

120 C.3.37 Control Station Installation Motorola Responsibilities: Properly connectorize and ground the cabling, which will be run to the interior antenna location using the least obtrusive method. Survey the exact mounting locations and develop control station installation plan. Perform the following tasks for the local control stations installations: Create installation plan. Assist SVRIA to determine the locations of control stations and desk sets at each site. Install RF local control stations identified in the equipment list. Install line (not greater than 75 feet in length) and antenna system (connectors, coax grounding kit, antenna, and surge protection). Connect to SVRIA-supplied ground point. Program all control stations once, from the template (approved by SVRIA) prior to delivery. SVRIA Responsibilities: Provide pathway. Provide ground point within 6 cable feet of the control station. Provide necessary space for installation of the local control station. (This also requires a flat surface for placement.) Supply, internal, vertical spaces for installation of the control station antenna with no more than a 75-foot cable run. Provide an elevated antenna mounting location. Supply a dedicated 115 VAC grounded electrical outlet rated at 15 A to power the control station and remote control device. Provide an outlet within 6 feet of the unit. Supply a ground point of 5 ohms or less located in the immediate vicinity (within 6 feet) of the finalized location of the antenna and control station. Provide antenna-mounting facilities at each of the RF control station points specified, while providing an adequate means of feed-line routing and support. C.3.38 Finalize C.3.39 Cutover Completion Criteria: Completion of all the control station installations, and approval by SVRIA. Motorola Responsibilities: Motorola SVRIA will develop a mutually agreed upon cutover plan based upon discussions held during the CDR. During cutover, follow the written plan and implement the defined contingencies, as required. Conduct cutover meeting(s) with user group representatives to address both how to mitigate technical and communication problem impact to the users during cutover and during the general operation of the system. SVRIA Responsibilities: Attend cutover meetings and approve the cutover plan. Notify the user group(s) affected by the cutover (date and time). 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-112 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

121 Conduct a roll call of all users working during the cutover, in an organized and methodical manner. Ensure that all Subscriber users are trained and the Subscribers have been activated on the system. Provide Motorola with the subscriber information for input into the system database, for activation. Completion Criteria: Successful migration from the old system to the new system. C.3.40 Resolve Punchlist Motorola Responsibilities: Work with SVRIA to resolve punchlist items, documented during the Acceptance Testing phase, in order to meet all the criteria for final system acceptance. SVRIA Responsibilities: Assist Motorola with resolution of identified punchlist items by providing support, such as access to the sites, equipment and system, and approval of the resolved punchlist item(s). Completion Criteria: All punchlist items resolved and approved by SVRIA. C.3.41 Transition to Service/Project Transition Certificate Motorola Responsibilities: Review the items necessary for transitioning the project to service. Provide a SVRIA Support Plan detailing the warranty and post-warranty support, if applicable, associated with the Contract equipment. Provide additional information regarding post-warranty support, included in the Warranty/Post- Warranty section of this document. SVRIA Responsibilities: Participate in the Transition Service/Project Transition Certificate (PTC) process. Completion Criteria: All service information has been delivered and approved by SVRIA. C.3.42 Finalize Documentation Motorola Responsibilities: Provide an electronic as-built system manual on a Compact Disk (CD). The documentation will include the following: System-Level Diagram Site Floor Plans Site Equipment Rack Configurations Antenna Network Drawings for RF Sites ATP Test Checklists Functional Acceptance Test Plan Test Sheets and Results Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-113

122 Equipment Inventory List Console Programming Template Drawings are created utilizing AutoCAD design software and will be delivered in Adobe PDF format. All other system manual documents converted from native format to Adobe PDF format to be included on the System Manual CD. SVRIA Responsibilities: Receive and approve all documentation provided by Motorola. Completion Criteria: All required documentation is provided and approved by SVRIA. C.3.43 Final Acceptance All deliverables completed, as contractually required. Final System Acceptance received from SVRIA. C.3.44 Project Administration C.3.45 Project Status Meetings Motorola Responsibilities: Motorola Project Manager, or designee, will attend all project status meetings with SVRIA, as determined during the CDR. Record the meeting minutes and supply the report. The agenda will include the following: Overall project status compared to the Project Schedule. Product or service related issues that may affect the Project Schedule. Status of the action items and the responsibilities associated with them, in accordance with the Project Schedule. Any miscellaneous concerns of either SVRIA or Motorola. SVRIA Responsibilities: Attend meetings. Respond to issues in a timely manner. Completion Criteria: Completion of the meetings and submission of meeting minutes. C.3.46 Progress Milestone Submittal Motorola Responsibilities: Submit progress (non-payment) milestone completion certificate/documentation. SVRIA Responsibilities: Approve milestone, which will signify confirmation of completion of the work associated with the scheduled task. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-114 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

123 Completion Criteria: SVRIA approval of the Milestone Completion document(s). C.3.47 Change Order Process Either Party may request changes within the general scope of this Agreement. If a requested change causes an increase or decrease in the cost or time required to perform this Agreement, the Parties will agree to an equitable adjustment of the Contract Price, Performance Schedule, or both, and will reflect the adjustment in a change order. Neither Party is obligated to perform requested changes unless both Parties execute a written change order. C.3.48 Quality Assurance and Audit Plan Motorola s systems integration has several quality certifications and systems to ensure optimal integration services. We have developed a Systems Integration Gates process with best practices to ensure that as a team we use a standard process to integrate and support our customers solutions. This standard process drives quality assurance, improves cycle time, and increased cost savings to ultimately exceed our Customer s Expectations. SI Gates requires customer review and approval at critical checkpoints in the project to ensure that we are providing Total Customer Satisfaction to each of our customers. Motorola follows the industry standard Program Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK), which was established by the Project Management Institute (PMI). The PMBOK Guide is an internationally recognized standard (IEEE Std ) that provides the fundamentals of project management. This approach is consistent with other management standards such as ISO 9000 and SI Gates. These quality tools and processes provide SVRIA with an implementation approach that lowers risk and cost through effective management of the project. SI Gates consists of multiple phases that include: Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-115

124 Procurement Phase - During the Procurement or Planning Phase of the project Motorola designs and proposes the system to SVRIA. Several checkpoints and quality audits occur through this process. Motorola has walked the sites and performed preliminary R-56 audits to ensure the sites are feasible and the proposed network can be constructed. Motorola utilizes proven coverage prediction tools to ensure the simulcast coverage meets the requirements. The proposed implementation plan and schedule leverages best practices developed from the vast experience with Project 25 simulcast deployments. The output of the procurement phase is an executed contract between Motorola and SVRIA. Implementation Phase System Design The Contract Design Review ensures the system meets the needs and requirements of SVRIA. During the CDR, the design is reviewed and finalized. The output of the Design Review is the CDR document. The CDR document includes analysis and verification of: the detailed design, RF coverage, and materials equipment list. In addition, the Implementation plan and schedule is reviewed. During this review, the shipping, storage, site preparation, training, and installation will be reviewed. Order and Manufacturing After CDR, the equipment is entered into Motorola Customer Order Fulfilment (COF) system. The COF system has tech-edits to ensure the order is entered properly. Ship records provided by SVRIA are entered into the system to ensure delivery is per the agreed upon schedule and to the SVRIA designated locations. The equipment is manufactured with Six Sigma Quality processes. The output of the order phase is equipment shipped to Customer designated location or Motorola CCSI staging facility. Staging - When the equipment stages, there is a Functional Acceptance Test. The output of staging phase is successful completion of the Functional Acceptance Test. Installation and Optimization During the installation and optimization phase, equipment is physically installed and verified to be operational. Site Ready assessments are done prior to installation, and R-56 Quality audits are conducted after installation to ensure the system is installed properly. The output of this phase is R56 audit reports for each site. System Testing- During the system testing phase, SVRIA will witness the Functional, Coverage Acceptance, and 30 Day Operational testing. The output of this phase is successful completion of the Acceptance Tests. Cutover During the CDR, a cutover plan will be developed. Prior to Cutover, Motorola will have a readiness review to ensure the system is ready to cutover, there is a fall-back plan, the users are trained, and the Customers are ready. The output of the cutover is usage of the network by end users. Transition to Warranty Prior to Cutover, Motorola will meet with SVRIA to review the Customer Support Plan with include items such as response requirements during, points of contact, and escalation process. The output of this phase is a mutually agreeable Customer Support Plan. Throughout the SI-Gates process there is a monitor and control phase, which is a comprehensive collection of mutually supporting plans, documentation and activities that occur throughout the project lifecycle. It contains gate outputs, contents & checklists, Standard Operating Procedures, workflows, links, references and instructions. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-116 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

125 C.3.49 Risk Management C.3.50 Overview The success of this project will be measured by the ability to meet the user expectations and deliver a system that meets the operability and interoperability needs of the first responders in Silicon Valley. As required in the RFP, a discussion of the risks and associated risk mitigation steps are included below. Coverage Site Acquisition and Construction Spectrum and FCC 6.25e 700MHz Mandate Interoperability Systems Integration Ability to Expand User Acceptance Life Cycle Support Resources Motorola has completed a risk analysis. By gathering this data, Motorola is able to provide an offer that is accurate in terms of coverage design, project costs, and risk identification and mitigation. This protects SVRIA from delays and cost overruns. C.3.51 Coverage Coverage risk relates to the accuracy of the tool used to predict and guarantee coverage, and the assumptions made in the operation of those tools. Motorola s propagation tool, called Hydra, has been tested and proven in thousands of implemented systems. Dedicated resource development engineers monitor and refine our coverage modeling methodology to continuously improve accuracy and reduce risk. Motorola guarantees our coverage based on the assumptions listed in the coverage section. Regarding the assumptions, Motorola complied with the RFP requirements which reflect realworld parameters that include: Coverage Guarantee with 97% Reliability in 95% of the Cities of Santa Clara and Sunnyvale with a DAQ of 3.4. ¼ wave antenna at hip C.3.52 Site Acquisition and Construction Site acquisition is typically the critical path for any communications project project. Motorola conducted preliminary site inspections of the sites and selected existing communications facilities. The two sites proposed, City of Santa Clara - Walsh and City of Sunnyvale DPS, are existing communications facilities in good condition. The sites are centrally located in the required coverage area to provide excellent coverage. As a result, the design leverages existing sites, which lowers initial and long term costs to SVRIA, and mitigates the site acquisition and construction risk. C.3.53 Spectrum and FCC 6.25e 700 MHz Mandates Fifty-seven (57) 700MHz channel pairs have been allocated for the eventual build-out of the proposed SVRCS. 700 MHz channels are subject to an FCC 6.25e mandate. To comply with the mandate, SVRIA specified Project 25 Phase 2 TDMA capable equipment. Motorola has proposed a Project 25 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-117

126 Phase 2 TDMA system configuration with the initial deployment, and has experience deploying Project 25 TDMA. Motorola has eliminated the risk associated with the FCC 6.25e 700MHz mandate. Motorola s GTR stations can support either 700MHz or 800MHz. Motorola has proposed an alternative system configuration to operate Project 25 Phase 1 FDMA. City of Santa Clara has existing 800MHz channels that are not subject to the FCC 6.25e mandate. The system has been designed to support the required capacity with 1% GOS with 7 talkpaths. Should the City of Santa Clara elect to continue to utilize their existing spectrum allocation, they can operate Project 25 FDMA without risk associated with the 6.25e mandate. If the valuable 800MHz channels do not continue to be utilized, there is a risk of losing the channels. The existing 800 MHz channels are a secure spectrum and the P25 FDMA configuration enables the Cities of Santa Clara and Sunnyvale to continue to utilize Gold Elite consoles and FDMA only subscriber radios. Initial P25 FDMA deployment with 7 voice base stations enables the Cities to double their capacity with a software option to TDMA on the stations. The same GTR stations are installed whether the system has TDMA or FDMA services enabled it is a software option on Motorola s ASTRO 25 network. C.3.54 System Integration Deployment of wireless communications systems is a complex endeavor, made more complex by the size and scope of SVRIA s planned system. Deploying new, unproven technology that has not been repeatedly tested in mission-critical large, regional systems incurs risks to timeline, functionality, and user confidence. Motorola s extensive experience as a prime contractor of large complex systems with multiple subsystems provides SVRIA with the lowest risk associated with system implementation. Proposed our proven ASTRO 25 platform, which has been deployed in mission critical applications worldwide for both Project 25 Phase 1 FDMA and Phase 2 TDMA Utilizing a team experienced with implementation of the Project 25 systems Utilizing local resources familiar with the environment that will remain to support the system, eliminating the risk of using fly teams that depart after implementation. Motorola has proposed a complete package solution for an entire system and includes: Project 25 radio network, radio dispatch consoles, non-fixed user voice radios, interoperability equipment, and alarm/control network. Motorola s systems integration has several quality certifications and systems to ensure optimal integration services. Our team is experienced with Project 25, and has implemented many systems in California and across the world. Our team consists of local residents who are familiar both with the SVRIA s geographical characteristics and the current systems in the Bay Region as well as the State, and who will remain to support the system. This eliminates the risk SVRIA of relying on a vendor who assembles fly teams that depart after implementation. C.3.55 Ability to Expand The initial procurement is for Cities of Santa Clara and Sunnyvale who are the Stage 1 users of the SVRIA planned regional network. The ability to expand is a critical RFP requirement. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-118 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

127 Motorola s solution mitigates risk associated limitations in system design or user impact due to replacement of the routing core/master site in the future because Motorola has proposed a network that is very scalable and supports up to 100 subsystems and 1000 channels. Motorola exceeds the RFP requirement for future expansion. C.3.56 User Acceptance Projects can be successful technically and still fail to satisfy user expectations creating user dissatisfaction, project delays, additional resource commitments and change orders. Risks that impact user acceptance include: Coverage User Options Training Acceptance Testing Transition/Cutover Coverage is critical to user acceptance. Motorola has taken into consideration the critical area buildings, and the 49er s stadium and convention center. Motorola has proposed a compliant solution that provides Project 25 TDMA and FDMA coverage with 97% reliability in 95% of the required service area with a DAQ of 3.4 to a portable at the hip with a ¼ wave antenna. Comprehensive user training is very important to the operation of the network and user acceptance. Education and user training early and often is critical. Motorola has proposed several training options. During training, professional instructors explain the system, its capabilities and how users can maximize benefit and prepare users for operation on new system. Complete system testing prior to deployment of users eliminates false starts in transition, builds user confidence and insures the system is ready for mission-critical operations. Motorola will conduct dry runs of acceptance testing and ensure the network is truly ready to acceptance test to mitigate risk of user acceptance from lack of confidence in its ability to perform. The cutover and transition to the new system is very important. The first experience on the network sets the stage for the user perception going forward. Motorola will develop custom cutover plans for every agency that transitions to the system. Motorola s vast experience in the Bay Area and across the Country can provide the SVRIA with confidence that risk associated with user acceptance is mitigated. Dispatch operators provide the critical link to field units. An effective user interface is required to maximize operator effectiveness. The CENTRACOM graphical user interface, currently utilized in both cities, is the same as the proposed MCC 7100 dispatch console interface, eliminating any risk related to user acceptance. Continued use of the existing CENTRACOM consoles also mitigates user acceptance risk, reduces operational disruption and operational risk. C.3.57 Life Cycle Support Resources Motorola s proposed support plan includes local Motorola employees servicing the system. Additionally, our local staff includes field engineers and system technologists (High level system Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-119

128 technical experts) to support deployed mission critical systems. This combination of local resources provides more support resources than any other service provider. The Statement of Work that defines the Work Breakdown Structure (WBS), project scope, and deliverable list. The Quality Assurance and Audit Plan provides an overview of Motorola s Systems Integration Gates process that is the project quality plan and a framework designed to integrate Project Management Institute and ISO quality mechanisms The Risk Management section provides the risk mitigation plan for the project. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-120 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

129 C.3.58 Acceptance Test Plan C Overview The Acceptance Test Plan consists of a Functional Acceptance Test Plan (FATP), Coverage Acceptance Test Plan (CATP), and 30 Day Operational Test. The FATP will occur in staging and in the field. Subsequent sections of this document contain the CATP, and the 30 Day Test. C Functional Acceptance Test Plan In this subsection, Motorola has provided a table of the Functional Acceptance Tests that will be performed. Detailed test scripts will be provided during the Contract Design Review. The Functional Acceptance Tests will be performed in Staging and in the Field. An authorized representative of the Customer will be present during the testing to witness each of the acceptance tests. During the staging process, the entire system will be installed and cabled according to the rack and floor plan diagrams provided in the Design Review Document. Additionally, the equipment will be configured to operate as specified in the Design Review Document. The overall system and each subsystem will be functionally tested per the list of tests below under the column Staging Testing. Once the system has been implemented in the field, functional tests will be performed as listed under the column Field Testing. Repeater Test Results will be provided for each site and station in the system. Representative tests for up to five devices at a site will be witnessed by a Customer representative. Acceptance Test Staging Testing Field Testing Wide Area Trunking Talkgroup Call X X Recent User Priority X X Call Alert X X Private Call X X Emergency Alarm and Call with Ruthless Preemption X X MCC 7100 Features Multigroup Call X X Call Alert Page X X Console Instant Transmit X X Talkgroup Patch X X Console Priority X X PTT Unit ID/Alias Display for MCC 7100 Consoles X X System Management Tests Current Status and Diagnostics for MCC 7100 Console (UEM) X X ZoneWatch X X Configuration Management - Subscriber Capabilities X X Configuration Management - Console User (MCC 7100 Systems only) X X Configuration Management - Talkgroup Capabilities X X Affiliation Display X X Unified Network Configurator (UNC) Device Management - Channel Parameter X X Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-121

130 Acceptance Test Staging Testing Field Testing Unified Network Configurator (UNC) Device Management - Site Parameter X X UEM - Diagnostics - RF Site X X Radio Control Manager (RCM) Features Emergency Alarm Display X X Selective Radio Inhibit X X Radio Check X X Radio Snapshot X X Radio Status X X Report Generation Tests Historical Reports X X User Configuration Manager (UCM) Reports X X Unified Network Configurator (UNC) Reports - Device Inventory Report X X System Reliability Features Station Failure X X Multiple Control Channels X X Base Station Identification X X Redundant Zone Controller Switching - Manual Switchover X X Redundant Zone Controller Switching/Automatic Switchover X X Fault Management Features Console Site Control Path Failure Monitored by Unified Event Manager X X (MCC 7100 Site Only) UEM Fault Management/Station Power Amp Failure X X UEM Fault Management/Site Path Failure X X UEM Fault Management/Core Router Failure X X SDM3000 Fault Management Physical Inputs/Outputs - Digital Outputs (SDM3000) X X UEM SDM3000 Management X X Repeater Tests Receive Sensitivity X Combiner Insertion Loss X Antenna Sweeps X DC Power Switchover (Site owner will conduct DC power switchover Motorola will observe) X C Coverage Acceptance Test Plan C Overview This Coverage Acceptance Test Plan (CATP) is designed to verify that the voice radio system implemented by Motorola for SVRIA meets or exceeds the required reliability as shown on Motorola s maps. The CATP defines the coverage testing method and procedure, the coverage acceptance criterion, the test documentation, and the responsibilities of both Motorola and SVRIA. Coverage Acceptance Testing is based upon a coverage prediction that accurately represents the implemented infrastructure and parameters that are consistent with the contract agreements. To characterize system performance accurately, the actual user equipment radio series deployed for SVRIA will be used to conduct the coverage test. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-122 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

131 Subsequent sections define the coverage acceptance test configuration(s) and test criteria. C CATP Definitions Several definitions are needed to accurately describe the coverage acceptance test method and criteria. Where cited, these terms or methods are defined in TIA TSB-88.1-C 1 or TSB-88.3-C 2. DEFINED TEST AREA The defined area is within the City of Santa Clara and the City of Sunnyvale boundaries as depicted in the 2010 Santa Clara County Zoning Map as shown by the shaded regions of the coverage map 6 and 20. For coverage testing, the test area will be divided into a grid pattern to produce appropriately 1100 of uniformly sized test tiles, 0.23 miles square. Channel Performance Criterion (CPC) The CPC is the specified minimum design performance level in a faded channel. {TSB-88.1-C, 5.2} For this system, the CPC is the Delivered Audio Quality (DAQ) as stated in Table 0-10 Coverage Acceptance Test Summary. The DAQ definitions are provided in Table 0-9 {TSB-88.1-C, 5.4.2, Table 2}. Table 0-9: DAQ Definitions DAQ Subjective Performance Description 1 Unusable, speech present but unreadable. 2 Understandable with considerable effort. Frequent repetition due to noise/distortion. 3 Speech understandable with slight effort. Occasional repetition required due to noise/distortion. 3.4 Speech understandable with repetition only rarely required. Some noise/distortion. 4 Speech easily understood. Occasional noise/distortion. 4.5 Speech easily understood. Infrequent noise/distortion. 5 Speech easily understood. The CPC pass/fail criterion is the faded performance threshold, plus any adjustments for antenna performance, external noise, and in-building or in-vehicle losses. {TSB-88.1-C, 5.4.2, Figure 5} The faded performance threshold for the specified CPC is determined using the receiver s static reference sensitivity adjusted by the projected CPC parameters for the applicable Modulation Type and DAQ as listed in the current version of TSB-88.1, Annex A, Table 0-9. Reliability The Covered Area reliability is the percentage of locations within the defined test area that are predicted to meet or exceed the specified CPC. 1 Wireless Communications Systems --- Performance in Noise- and Interference-Limited Situations --- Part 1: Recommended Methods for Technology Independent Performance Modeling Technical Service Bulletin TSB-88.1-C, Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA), Arlington VA, Wireless Communications Systems --- Performance in Noise- and Interference-Limited Situations --- Part 3: Performance Verification, Technical Service Bulletin TSB-88.3-C, Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA), Arlington VA, Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-123

132 The Motorola map(s) indicate the Covered Area(s) within which this system is predicted to provide at least the reliability of meeting or exceeding the CPC as stated in Table 0-10 Coverage Acceptance Test Summary. For the defined test area guaranteed for Covered Area reliability, all tiles within the service area will be tested but only the painted covered area on Motorola s maps will be included in the coverage acceptance analysis. Example: Given a 1000 test tiles were tested, up to 50 tiles could be withdrawn from testing as they are not sufficiently painted to meet the 97% reliability threshold. Of the remaining 950 test tiles, 922 would have to pass to successfully pass the CATP test. After all accessible tiles in the defined test area have been tested; the Covered Area reliability will be determined by dividing the number of tiles tested that meet or exceeds the CPC pass/fail criterion by the total number of tiles included in the test. {TSB-88.3-C, 5.1, equation 1} C Equipment Configurations This section defines the equipment configurations and infrastructure design parameters upon which the coverage guarantee and the coverage acceptance test are based. The equipment configurations are defined in Table 0-10 Coverage Acceptance Test Summary, and include user equipment, outdoor/in-building definition, and defined test area, number of test tiles, reliability, CPC, CPC pass/fail, and direction of test. The infrastructure design parameters are defined in Table 0-11 Infrastructure Design Parameters, and include site names, site locations, and antenna system parameters. If the implemented system equipment configuration and/or infrastructure design parameters vary from these configurations and/or parameters, a revised coverage map will be used to define the test configuration and potential areas from which test tiles will be included in the revised coverage acceptance test. Coverage testing will be performed using a portable radio to emulate the portable radio configurations listed in Table 0-10 Coverage Acceptance Test Summary. The subjective testing will be done from inside the test vehicle using a test antenna network to emulate a portable with a ¼ wave antenna speaker microphone, and carried in a swivel holster worn on hip, from within a 12dB loss building. A21dB attenuator will duplicate the stated subscriber body, in-building, and test antenna losses. The test antenna will be a unity gain, ¼ wave whip magnetic mount mobile antenna in unobstructed location on the vehicle roof (not adjacent to other large objects or metallic items which would distort the antenna patterns). The DAQ test portable radios will have separate external antennas with an identical antenna network configuration. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-124 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

133 Table 0-10: SVRIA Coverage Acceptance Test Summary User Configuration In-Building Penetration Loss Area Covered Reliability Number of Tiles CPC CPC Pass/Fail Test Direction Portable on hip, Speaker Mic Swivel Holster, 1/4 Wave Antenna, Standing (emulated) 12dB >95% >97% ~1100 DAQ 3.4 Subjective DAQ with One Re- Test Outbound Portable on hip, Speaker Mic Swivel Holster, 1/4 Wavelength Wire Whip Antenna, Standing (emulated) 12dB >95% >97% ~1100 DAQ 3.4 Subjective DAQ with One Re- Test Inbound Table 0-11: SVRIA Infrastructure Design Parameters Site Latitude Longitude Datum AMSL (m,ft) Site AAT (m,ft) Sunnyval e DPS Santa Clara ECOMM N N W WGS , , W C.3.59 WGS 84 C , C , Sunnyval e DPS Site ERP(dBm, W) EFS(dBm) Transmit 52.2, Receive Antenna (Make, Model) Antenna Gain(dBd) Antenna Height(m,ft) Azimuth (deg) Tilt (deg) Diversit y Gain Antel BCD , NA RFI CC , NA FCC HAAT (m, ft) 42.9, Walsh Site ERP(dBm, W) EFS(dBm) Transmit 52.2, 165 Antenna (Make, Model) Antenna Gain(dBd) Antenna Height(m,ft) Azimuth (deg) Tilt (deg) Diversity Gain Antel BCD , NA FCC HAAT (m, ft) 30.8, Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-125

134 Receive RFI CC , NA C In-Building Coverage In-Building penetration loss is set for 12dB. C Building Testing Motorola s coverage predictions for portable in-building equipment configurations include additional loss to accommodate in-building coverage as stated in Table 0-10 Coverage Acceptance Test Summary. Since building loss varies significantly depending on the construction of buildings, Motorola s coverage maps do not predict coverage within any specific building. Rather, the in-building coverage maps indicate the area within which this system is predicted to provide the required reliability of meeting or exceeding the required CPC within buildings that have up to the in-building loss as stated in Table 0-10 Coverage Acceptance Test Summary. The in-building coverage maps apply only to the above ground portions of buildings. The coverage maps do not apply to in-building locations that are shielded from radio penetration, such as elevators, basements below ground level, tunnels, bank vaults, jails, x-ray rooms, nuclear facilities, and other locations shielded by metal walls or with heavy construction and with no external windows or doors. C CPC Pass/Fail Criterion for a Test Tile For this system, the CPC test method is subjective. The equipment configuration will have only one CPC pass/fail criterion for a test tile. Talk-In and Talk-Out testing will be independent from one another. For each equipment configuration, the CPC pass/fail criterion for a test tile is the Delivered Audio Quality (DAQ) per Table 0-10 Coverage Acceptance Test Summary. Subjective audio quality testing will be performed in the Talk-In and Talk-Out direction using the DAQ definitions from Table 0-9. Coverage for the portable In-Building equipment configurations will be verified for acceptance by attenuation of the test radio for Subjective tests. The attenuation will be the difference between the test radio s antenna system and the additional loss used in Motorola s coverage prediction to account for portable antenna performance In-Building. The attenuator values are provided in Table This provides a method of verifying that the radio system provides the required Subjective for the specified CPC for the defined equipment configuration. Below in Table 0-12 are the attenuator values required to evaluate equipment configuration. The attenuator value includes the proper values for the equipment configuration requirement plus adjustments for the test equipment setup. Should the test equipment setup losses (e.g. cable length) vary, an adjustment to the attenuator value may be required to represent the required equipment configuration accurately. Table 0-12: Attenuator Values To Evaluate Equipment Configuration Test Attenuator Compensation Attenuator Value 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-126 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

135 Test Attenuator Compensation Attenuator Value Portable In 12dB Building, Subscriber Antenna Gain, Test Antenna Gain 21dB C Required Number of Test Tiles in the Defined Test Area The method used to test coverage is a statistical sampling of the defined test area to verify that the CPC is met or exceeded at the required reliability for each of the defined equipment configurations. It is impossible to verify every point within a defined test area, because there are infinite points; therefore, coverage reliability will be verified by sampling a statistically significant number of randomly selected locations, quasi-uniformly distributed throughout the defined test area. There is one test sample per test tile, where a sample consists of multiple sub-samples. The defined test area will be divided into a grid pattern by Motorola to produce at least the number of uniformly sized test locations (or tiles) required by the Estimate of Proportions formula. {TSB C-1, 5.2.1, equation 2} The minimum number of test tiles required varies, from a hundred to many thousands, depending on the size of the defined test area, desired confidence in results, type of coverage test, and the predicted versus required reliability. Per TSB-88.3-C, the stated minimum outdoor tile size is 100 by 100 wavelengths; however, the minimum practical test tile size is typically about 400 by 400 meters (about 0.25 by 0.25 miles). The minimum practical tile size for any system is determined by the distance traveled at the speed of the test vehicle while sampling, GPS error margin, and availability of road access within very small test tiles. A related consideration is the time, resources, and cost involved in testing very large numbers of very small tiles. For a given defined test area, all test tiles must be of equal size. The maximum test tile size is 2 by 2 km (1.24 by 1.24 miles) {TSB-88.3-C, 5.5.1}. In some wide-area systems, this constraint on maximum tile size may dictate a greater number of test tiles than the minimum number required by the Estimate of Proportions formula. Coverage acceptance testing will be performed in the defined test area as indicated on Motorola provided maps. To verify that the reliability requirement is met, the defined test area indicated on Motorola s maps will be divided into equally sized test tiles, with at least the number of test tiles indicated in Table 0-10 Coverage Acceptance Test Summary. Motorola and SVRIA will plan the route for the test vehicle(s) through the defined test area, to ensure that at least the minimum required numbers of tiles are tested. If possible, any tiles not accessible to the test vehicle(s) will be identified while planning the route. No acceptance testing will be performed in locations outside the defined test area as indicated on the Motorola provided maps. Motorola and SVRIA may agree to perform information only tests in locations outside the defined test area; however, these information only test results will not be used for coverage acceptance. Any information only test locations must be defined before starting the test. If the added locations require significant additional time and resources to test, a change order will be required and Motorola may charge SVRIA on a time-and-materials basis. C Accessibility to Test Tiles Prior to testing (if possible) or during the test, Motorola and SVRIA will determine whether any test tiles are inaccessible for the coverage test (due to lack of roads, restricted land, etc.). Inaccessible tiles will be eliminated from the test count. {TSB-88.3-C, 5.5.4} If elimination of inaccessible test tiles results in less than a statistically significant number of test tiles or substantially alters the defined test Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-127

136 area, Motorola reserves the right to adjust the committed reliability based on the reduced number of accessible test tiles within the altered test area and the Estimate of Proportions formula. {TSB C-1, 5.2.1, equation 2} C Random Selection of a Test Location in Each Tile This CATP provides an objective method of randomly selecting and tracking test locations using Motorola s Voyager coverage testing tool. The method follows TIA TSB-88.3-C 5.0, Performance Confirmation, and has direct correlation with Motorola s coverage prediction methodology. Using Voyager, the actual test location within each test tile will be randomly selected by the test vehicle crossing into the tile at an arbitrary point, with an arbitrary speed and direction. If the selected test location is in a shielded area such as a tunnel or underground parking garage, the data from that test location must be eliminated and a replacement test location must be used. C CPC Measurements in Each Tile In each test tile, a voice test exchange will be initiated using predetermined text typical of a common voice exchange between the fixed location and the portable location. The person conducting the test at the portable will be moving at a typical speed for the surrounding conditions. C Responsibilities and Preparation This section identifies the responsibilities of SVRIA and Motorola regarding requirements for equipment, personnel, and time during the coverage test. SVRIA will provide the following for the duration of the coverage test: At least one test vehicle that is representative of the vehicles to be installed with radios will provided for the CATP test. An attenuated portable test radio to verify portable coverage, the ¼ wave whip magnetic mount antenna must be mounted in the center of the vehicle roof and free of obstructions. One team with three or more SVRIA representatives per team to evaluate and record the pass/fail result of each subjective audio transmission. The required quantity of test participants shall be available a minimum of eight hours a day. Facility with 3 SVRIA representatives at the dispatch consoles for the fixed end subjective audio test. Provide 4 portable radios for the test. One radio will be used by the Voyager CATP software to capture BER and RSSI data. Two portables will be used in the DAQ testing with one portable reserved for a spare. Motorola will provide the following for the duration of the coverage test: One team with two representatives to navigate/operate Voyager and the portable radio, while the other evaluates and records the pass/fail result of each subjective audio transmission. One or more Motorola representatives to operate the fixed equipment, and to evaluate and record the pass/fail result of each subjective audio transmission. At least one Motorola Voyager coverage testing tool. Motorola will provide a receiver signal strength calibration file for the test radio used with the Voyager coverage testing tool. Signal strength and BER information will be collected for informational purposes. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-128 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

137 Before starting the test, SVRIA and Motorola will agree upon the time frame for Motorola s submission of a report containing the coverage test results. C CATP Procedures A coverage acceptance test will be performed using Motorola s Voyager tool to randomly select test locations and to manage data collection. Voyager Tool The Voyager Tool consists of the following: A test radio that is connected to an antenna installed on the test vehicle as noted in Section C The test radio will monitor transmissions from the fixed network radio site(s). A console radio operator position will monitor the transmissions from the test subscriber. Prior to commencing the test, Motorola and SVRIA will determine whether SVRIA prefers to use one of the radios delivered within the scope of this project, or whether Motorola will provide a test radio. A Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver, provided by Motorola, which will provide the computer with the location and speed of the test vehicle. A laptop computer, provided by Motorola, with Voyager software and a mapping database, which includes highways and local streets, political boundaries, rivers, and railroads. The Voyager tool will be installed in a test vehicle, provided by the Customer, which will be driven over a route planned to cover the accessible tiles within the defined test area. During the coverage test, the laptop computer screen will display the vehicle s location on a map of the defined test area overlaid with the grid of test tiles. Voyager will automatically initiate measurements when the GPS receiver indicates that a test tile has been entered. The computer will provide a visual indication that a measurement has been completed in a tile. Voyager will manage the coverage test informational data collection, and will store the outbound measurements BER and RSSI for each tested tile for later analysis. Once the sample is taken the subjective test may commence for the given tile. Subjective DAQ Testing Subjective Talk-out and talk-in will be evaluated independently. To perform a statistically valid subjective DAQ test, a large group of people is required to ensure high confidence in the results. However, obtaining a large group of people for a subjective listening test is usually impractical; therefore, several (two to six) people in a car or van must be used for the test. Since a group this small cannot provide statistically significant results, it is very important that the personnel participating in the subjective test be familiar with the sound of radio conversations. Before subjectively testing, all personnel who will evaluate audio quality must be calibrated by listening to examples of audio that pass and fail the subjective DAQ test. A fixed dispatch location will be established. Prior to testing, SVRIA and Motorola will agree upon a procedure to allow each audio transmission to be evaluated for approximately five seconds. The test participants will be divided into teams, each consisting of personnel from both SVRIA and Motorola. Each field team member will have a portable unit with antenna networks described in Section C and members that are stationed at the fixed dispatch location. As the field test team(s) drive through the coverage area, test locations within each re-test tile will be selected randomly by Voyager s GPS location indication. Voyager will be used to log the talkin and talk-out pass/fail result as well as any pertinent notes for the location. At each test tile location, each field test team member will listen to a talk-out audio transmission, and will record his or her subjective pass/fail evaluation of the DAQ for the tile. The audio transmission will include variable elements, i.e. location, timestamp, etc. Team members stationed at the dispatch location will listen to console audio to evaluate talk-in audio quality of Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-129

138 transmissions from the test field unit(s) in that tile and will reply with an acknowledgement. Each team member will maintain a test log to record date, time, and subjective pass/fail evaluation for each re-test tile location. Subjective pass/fail evaluation will be based on the DAQ descriptions in Table 0-9. The determination of whether each re-test tile passes or fails the required DAQ value will be the majority vote of all team members pass/fail subjective evaluations for that tile. An odd number of team members are required to avoid ties for the pass/fail majority vote. Should any subjective DAQ re-test tile fail, a retry of the transmission will occur. Should the retry pass, the re-test tile will be considered a pass. If a retry should occur, it will be noted in the test log notes for that test tile. Talk-out and talk-in will be evaluated independently Critical Building Walk-In testing The test participants will be divided into teams, each consisting of personnel from both SVRIA and Motorola. Each team will have members that operate a portable unit in the field, and members that are stationed at the fixed dispatch location. Three DAQ sample locations will be tested in the critical building. Should any one of these samples fail, twenty or more uniformly distributed sample locations will be tested within the building depending on the size of the building. At each sample location within the building, each field test team member will listen to a talk-out audio transmission, and will record his or her subjective pass/fail evaluation of the DAQ for the building. Team members stationed at the fixed dispatch location will evaluate talk-in audio quality of transmissions from the test field unit(s) in that building. Each team member will maintain a test log to record building address, date, time, location within the building, and subjective pass/fail evaluation for each test sample within the building. Subjective pass/fail evaluation will be based on the DAQ descriptions in Table 0-9. The determination of whether each sample location with the building passes or fails the required DAQ value will be the majority vote of all team members pass/fail subjective evaluations for that sample location. An odd number of team members are required to avoid ties for the pass / fail majority vote. If a building exceeds the required building penetration loss criterion, the critical building and test tile will be noted. Motorola will evaluate the building penetration losses and submit to SVRIA a cost estimate for engineering a mitigation solution. Motorola reserves the right to review any test tiles that fail the subjective DAQ tests to verify the signal strength or BER value of the same test tiles. C CATP Documentation and Coverage Acceptance During the coverage acceptance test, Voyager generates computer files that include the raw test data. A copy of this data will be provided to SVRIA at the conclusion of the coverage test. Motorola will process this data to produce a map detailing the coverage test results, and to determine whether the coverage test was passed for each user equipment configuration. The coverage acceptance criterion for a user equipment configuration will be that the voice radio system implemented by Motorola for SVRIA meets or exceeds the reliability stated in Table 0-10 Coverage Acceptance Test Summary for that user equipment configuration. The system coverage acceptance criterion will be the successful passing of each of the user equipment configurations defined in Table 0-10 Coverage Acceptance Test Summary. Motorola reserves the right to review any test tiles that fail. If a coverage test, or a portion thereof, is suspected by Motorola to have failed due to external interference, those tiles suspected of being affected by an interferer may be re-tested. If the test tiles re-tested are confirmed to have failed due to interference or external noise, those test tiles will be excluded from all acceptance calculations and Motorola will work with SVRIA to identify potential solutions to the interference issues. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-130 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

139 Motorola will conduct this Coverage Acceptance Test only once. If any portion of the test is determined to be affected by proven equipment malfunctions or failures, Motorola will repeat the portion of the test affected by the equipment malfunction or failure. SVRIA will have the option to accept the coverage at any time prior to completion of the coverage test or documentation process. Motorola will submit to SVRIA a report detailing the coverage test results. This report will include a document, which is to be signed by both SVRIA and Motorola, indicating the test was performed in accordance with this CATP and the results of the test indicate the acceptance or non-acceptance of the coverage portion of the system. C Day Operational Test C Operational Period The Operational Period for the Motorola provided equipment shall begin on the first calendar day following the completion of the Staging, Functional, and Coverage Acceptance Test Plans and shall run for a duration of 30 calendar days. This 30-day Operational Burn-In is designed to demonstrate the successful operation of the Project 25 system over a period of time. The 30 Day Operational Burn-In requires that the system must operate, for 30 days without a major operational failure, as defined below. During Design Review, Motorola and SVRIA will develop the cutover and use plan for the 30 Day Operational Test. C Major Operational Failure A major operational failure is defined as failsoft, site trunking, or no communications of any kind from radio tower site. In the event of a major operational failure, the Customer will be notified within twenty four (24) hours; and the thirty (30) day Operational Burn-In Test will temporarily stop. The remainder of days left on the 30 day period will be noted. Upon restoration of the failure, the 30 day operational period resumes. Non-Motorola supplied equipment/software failures, or anything beyond the Motorola defined demarcation points would be the responsibility of the Customer (e.g. site links). Failure of equipment not provided or integrated by Motorola, or events beyond Motorola s control does not constitute a major operational failure in the 30 day test. Except as expressly listed as a major operational failure, any other defect is not a failure for purposes of resuming the 30 day Operational Burn-In Test. Other Motorola supplied components that may fail during the Operational Period will be repaired at no charge to the Customer, but shall not be considered to be major operational failure. C Operational Fault Identification Procedure If the Customer perceives a fault, the Customer is responsible for notifying Motorola within twenty four (24) hours of identification of the fault. The Customer shall track and summarize all problem reports related to the System. Motorola will actively monitor the system during the operational period and maintain alarm logs. If Motorola detects an event that may be a major operational failure, Motorola will notify the Customer. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-131

140 Prior to the start of the operational test, Motorola will review the network management alarms that indicate a major operational failure (e.g. failsoft, site not wide, etc) with SVRIA representatives. C Operational Fault Testing Procedure Motorola will use proven troubleshooting and test equipment procedures to verify the fault. Where applicable, Motorola will use the same type of equipment and procedures that were used to complete the acceptance testing and system optimization to verify the fault. Successful verification of the fault will result in the implementation of the Operational Fault Resolution Procedure. C Operational Fault Resolution Operational faults will follow a Discrepancy Resolution process. This process refers to the procedures the parties will use to resolve Discrepancy items. The Discrepancy will have a cover sheet which will contain signature blocks for Motorola representatives and the Customer. Execution by both parties will evidence final close-out of the Discrepancy. The Discrepancy will contain: 3. Item identifier 4. Date of the Discrepancy 5. Site or location where the Discrepancy Item or failure occurs 6. Specific test plan reference 7. Associated Test Results 8. Description of the Discrepancy Item or failure 9. Specific equipment, feature or facility involved 10. Estimated Completion date 11. Completion Date 12. Description of Resolution and comments C Equipment Failures during Test Any equipment that fails during the Operational Period will be repaired at that time where possible. In the event a repair can t be made immediately, the Customer will be notified of the scheduled repair time. Successful Completion of 30 Day Operational Test The 30 day operational test will be successfully completed when the system has operated for 30 calendar days without a major operational failure. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-132 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

141 C.4 PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE Motorola has provided a performance schedule on the following pages. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-133

142

143 C.5 TRAINING PLAN C.5.1 Overview Motorola Solutions Technical Training organization dedicates itself exclusively to offering the most comprehensive training available for Motorola Solutions advanced equipment to fully realize the equipment's potential. From sophisticated training needs analysis to ongoing training throughout the life cycle of your product or system, we can help ensure that your investment in training today is an investment for your future. Our training methodology includes knowledgeable instructors, well-designed courseware, lab activities, and system hardware and software that closely parallel your operating environment and is integrated with proper system documentation. This methodology is based upon several key criteria: Course design is driven by an analysis of learner needs and focuses on how-to rather than theory. Learning objectives are based upon what learners need to accomplish on the job and focus on specific applications. Hands-on lab opportunities using customer-specific job aids are incorporated into training to maximize the transfer of skills to the job and the retention/reuse of information. Motorola Solutions offers both train-the-trainer and end-user training. Students can attend training at one of our training centers or instructors can come to your site. In conjunction with or in addition to instructor-led training, we can provide self-study/e-learning programs in which students follow a computer-based training module on CD-ROM or other media. C.5.2 Courses Proposed In the process of assessing your training needs, Motorola Solutions has identified the following course(s) that are necessary to achieve your training goals. Below is a list of the courses included in the Agreement. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-135

144 C.5.3 Technical Training Course ASTRO 25 IV&D with M Core System Overview Prerequisite #1 for Core Classes Location: On-line; self-paced Target Audience System Administrators & Technicians No. of Sessions Duration (days) 1 10 hours On-line; Selfpaced Location Date No. of Attendees TBD Up to 25 Course Synopsis: ASTRO25 IV&D Trunking with M Core System Overview self-paced course is the starting point of all ASTRO25 IV&D Trunking with M Core System. In order to take other classes, students are required to complete this course and obtain a passing score in the corresponding test. It presents a high level description of the system s call flow capabilities, components, features and benefits. ASTRO 25 IV&D Introduction to Radio System Management Applications Location: On-line System Administrators 1 5 Santa Clara, CA Course Synopsis: This virtual, interactive course provides a high-level overview of the Motorola Radio System Management applications through recorded demonstrations of common system tasks. ASTRO 25 IV&D Radio System Administrator Workshop Note: Students must attend Online Self Paced Prerequisites #1 & 2 above Master Site Technicians 1 5 Schaumburg, IL Course Synopsis: This workshop covers administrator functions for an ASTRO 25 IV&D System. Learning activities in this course focus on how to use the different ASTRO 25 IV&D System Management applications. Participants will be provided with an opportunity to discuss how to structure their organization and personnel for optimal ASTRO 25 IV&D system use. TBD Up to 25 TBD Up to 2 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-136 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

145 Course ASTRO 25 IV&D M Core Workshop Note: Students must attend Online Self Paced Prerequisites #1 & # 2 above) Location: On-line; self-paced Target Audience System Administrators & Technicians No. of Sessions Duration (days) 1 10 hours Schaumburg, IL Location Date No. of Attendees TBD Up to 2 Course Synopsis: The ASTRO 25 IV&D with M Core course teaches advanced troubleshooting skills and best practices for the Trunked Large Systems. The course also focuses on gathering and analyzing system information to implement appropriate action(s) that return a system to full operational status. ASTRO 25 IV&D GTR 8000 Repeater Site Workshop & ASTRO 25 IV&D IP Based Digital Simulcast Workshop Note: 5 day combined class for GTR8000 and Simulcast class. Note: Students must attend Online Self Paced Prerequisite # 1 above) Location: On-line System Administrators 1 5 Schaumburg, IL TBD Up to 2 Course Synopsis: This workshop describes the components in the ASTRO 25 IV&D System Repeater Site with GTR 8000 expandable site subsystem. This course also presents how the GTR 8000 expandable site subsystem operates and explains the tools and methods available for troubleshooting components within the subsystem. The ASTRO 25 IV&D IP Based Digital Simulcast workshop provides an understanding of the components that comprise the ASTRO 25 IV&D IP Simulcast subsystem, and how they operate in conjunction with each other. The workshop also explains the tools and methods available for troubleshooting components within the IP Based Simulcast subsystem. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-137

146 C.5.4 User Training Course Supervisor Console Training (MCC7500 or Gold Elite) Target Audience System Administrators & Technicians No. of Sessions Duration (days) 1 10 hours TBD in City of Santa Clara/Sunnyvale Area Location Date No. of Attendees TBD Up to 10 Course Synopsis: This course provides participants with an introduction to the dispatch console, its basic operation and tailored job aids which will be available for assistance in operation. Through facilitation and hands-on activities, the user learns how to perform common tasks associated with the console operation. This course provides participants with the knowledge and skills to manage and utilize the Gold Elite or MCC 7500 console administrator functions. Through facilitation and hands-on activities, the participant learns how to customize the console screens Dispatch Operator Course (MCC7500 or Gold Elite) System Administrators 1 5 Schaumburg, IL TBD Up to 10 Operator Course Synopsis: This course provides Dispatch Console Operators with an introduction to the dispatch console, its basic operation and to the tailored job aids available for assistance in operation. The learning experience is a mix of video, instructor led facilitation and hands on activities to help console operators perform common tasks associated with their console s operation. Admin Course Synopsis: The Elite ADMIN End User Training provides participants with the knowledge and skills to manage and utilize the Elite Admin application. Through facilitation and hands on activities the participant learns how to customize the console screens ADM Course Synopsis System Administrators 1 5 TBD in City of Santa Clara/Sunnyvale Area TBD Up to 10 ADM Course Synopsis: This course will provide an introduction to the special operation of the supervisory console. In addition, the operation of the Alias Database Manager (ADM) Applications Program will be discussed and demonstrated with facilitation and hands-on activities. Note: The first half is the actual admin / ADM class. The second half teaches the trainers how to redeliver this class to others. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-138 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

147 Course Target Audience No. of Sessions Duration (days) Location Date No. of Attendee s APX Mobile (1 Model) and Portable (1 Model) Radios 1 day Train-the- Trainer Utilizing the Interactive End User Tool Kits Include 2 Interactive End User Tool Kits TBD in City of Santa Clara/Sunnyval e Area TBD Up to 12 Course Synopsis: This course provides APX mobile and portable radio users with an introduction to their radio, its basic operation and tailored job aids available for assistance in operation. The learning experience is a mix of facilitation and hands-on activities to help users perform common tasks associated with their radio operation. Segmentation between user groups (i.e. Police, Fire/EMS, Public Service) is encouraged to help focus instruction on the specific operational issues of the individual user group. Note: The first half of the day is the actual class. The second half of the class teaches the trainers how to redeliver this training to users. The Interactive End User Tool Kits are also covered in the second half of the day. For technical courses held in Schaumburg, IL, travel to the Chicago area is the responsibility of the Customer. It is recommended that the students bring their lap top computers for all System Manager and Technician classes. Students will receive their manuals in CD-ROM format. Students will also receive hard copy participant guides. C C Detailed Course Outlines Training course outlines are available at the end on this section. Online Instructor Led Course Information Participants must be able to access the internet in order to be able to complete On Line Training courses. From past experience, we have found that some customers were prohibited from using the WebEx tool Motorola Solutions utilizes for instructor-led, on-line courses. The cause was a firewall or security restriction on the participant s network. An alternative solution may be for participants to take courses from a public computer such as your local or military library or from their homes that have access to the internet. Please test your connection, per your confirmation letter, several days prior to class. If you are unable to reach the internet from your normal work station, you will need to make alternative arrangements in order to take the on-line classes. E-Learning Self Paced Course Requirements Requirements for Self Pace (Online) courses IBM Compatible PC Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-139

148 Requirements for Self Pace (Online) courses Windows 2000 (SP2) or Windows XP Professional Current web browser (such as IE 6/7, FireFox 2) Minimum MB Hard Drive or greater Current Java Virtual Machine (installation/version can be confirmed at, also free update available at Disable any/all pop-up blockers, don't block cookies or JavaScript, and otherwise don't set security too high either in the browser or in any add-on security products Optimal - 20 GB Hard Drive with 1.9 GB RAM 56 kb dial-up modem or greater Optimal Soundcard and headset 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-140 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

149 C.6 PRICING SUMMARY SVRIA Stage 1 Pricing Summary DESCRIPTION Radio Infrastructure $1,788,908 Master Site Prime Site (2) RF Remote Sites Dispatch Consoles City of Santa Clara City of Sunnyvale $369,445 $200,684 Subscriber Radios City of Santa Clara City of Sunnyvale $1,200,720 $2,315,820 Grand Total $5,875,577 Pricing includes estimated sales taxes and shipping charges. All taxes are Customer s responsibility. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-141

150 C.6.1 Radio Infrastructure Price Detail Site Name TDMA Master Site TDMA Prime Site Santa Clara (Ecomm) Sunnyvale Description Qty Total Qty Total Qty Total Qty Total Redundant Master Site Controller Equipment Redundant Prime Simulcast Controller Equipment Lot $438,224 Lot $108,880 Networking Equipment Redundant Master Switching Router Center Lot $81,920 Customer Network Interface Network Lot $29,639 Redundant Prime Router Equipment Lot $57,040 Redundant Routers to Prime Site Lot $6,720 Lot $6,720 Network Management Server/Zone Controller Licenses Additional 500 User Licenses Lot $4,000 Networking Management System Network Management Client and PC 1 $20,947 Site Equipment P25 Phase 2 TDMA 7/800 GTR (1) Lot Lot ESS Rack 7 Talkpath Pkg $196,098 $196,098 (1) Transmit and (2) Receive Lot Lot Antenna Systems $30,464 $30,464 Simulcast Transmitter Site Lot Lot Installation Accessories $3,203 $3,203 Miscellaneous P25 TDMA Simulcast Voting Comparators Lot $127,320 Simulcast Prime Site GPS Timing Lot $27,941 Simulcast Racks and Installation Accessories Lot $3,238 Master Racks and Installation Accessories Lot $13,861 Relay Contact Closure Alarms - SDM3000 Lot $2,852 Lot $2,852 Engineering & Services Project Management Lot $130,834 Project Management System Engineering Lot $167,798 System Engineering System staging (prime site cost is for 6th GTR) Lot $133,044 $12,533 Coverage and Acceptance Testing Lot $141,167 Documentation Production Lot $24,958 System Technologists Lot $123,654 Master and Prime Site Installation Lot $58,600 Antenna Installation Lot $17,830 Lot $17,830 Site Equipment Installation and Cabling Lot $16,592 Lot $27,681 Training Dispatch Operational and Admin Training Lot $12,489 Technical Training: ASTRO 25 IV&D System Overview Included ASTRO 25 IV&D Introduction to Radio System Management Included Applications ASTRO 25 IV&D Radio System Administrator Workshop 2 $5,130 ASTRO 25 IV&D M Core Workshop 2 $5, July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-142 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

151 ASTRO 25 IV&D IP Based Digital Simulcast Workshop Warranty 1 year total system warranty after acceptance 2 $3,420 Included Total $1,394,815 $336,952 $273,759 $284,848 Site Improvements $2,008 $12,177 $12,304 $20,250 Second P25 Phase 1 capable repeater per site* $10,982 $10,982 Sixth GTR repeater per site $26,440 $35,680 $35,680 Battery backup rack $5,253 Subtotal Other $0 $26,440 $51,915 $46,662 Infrastructure Total $1,396,823 $375,569 $337,978 $351,760 Incentives 13% Fixed Infrastructure Incentive -$181,157 -$48,824 -$ $ % Combined Package Incentive -$145,828 -$39,209 -$35,285 -$36, % One-Time System & Subscriber Incentive -$115,447 -$31,041 -$27,934 -$29,073 Infrastructure with All Incentives $953,961 $256,495 $230,822 $240,234 Total Infrastructure with All Incentives $1,681,512 Other Costs Estimated Sales Taxes $86,498 Estimated Shipping $8,287 Performance Bond % of postincentive prices $12,611 Subtotal $107,396 Total Infrastructure Costs $1,788,908 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-143

152 C.6.2 Santa Clara Consoles Price Detail Santa Clara Dispatch Consoles Discount Description Price Santa Clara El Camino Santa Clara Walsh Santa Clara Electric Control Santa Clara Tech Services Center Qty Total Qty Total Qty Total Qty Total Dispatch Console System Console Operator $25, $259,328 1 $25,913 2 $51,826 1 $25,913 Position Conventional Controller and $24,520 Lot $24,520 Lot $12,947 Gateways Aux IO Relay $1,936 Lot $1,936 Lot $1,936 Network Equipment and Redundant $10,320 Lot $10,320 Lot $5,160 Lot $5,160 Lot $5,160 Routers Logging recorder $53,682 Lot $53,682 interface Console Site Installation Accessories $2,570 Lot $2,570 Lot $1,382 Lot $1,382 Lot $1,382 Engineering & Services Installation 78,023 1st Year Warranty Included Subtotals 78,023 $352,355 $47,337 $58,367 $32,454 Total Consoles $568,537 Incentives 13% Fixed Infrastructure -$73,910 12% Combined Package -$59, % One-Time System & Subscriber -$46,990 Total Consoles with All Incentives $388,283 Other Costs, Trade-Ins Estimated Sales Taxes $28,056 Estimated Shipping $3,106 Trade Allowance for 10 Gold Elite Dispatch Position -$50,000 Grand Total Consoles $369, July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-144 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

153 C.6.3 Sunnyvale Consoles Price Detail Sunnyvale Dispatch Consoles Description Discount Price Qty Sunnyvale Total Console Operator Position $25,946 6 $155,677 Conventional Controller and Gateways $29,480 Lot $29,480 Aux IO Relay $1,936 Lot $1,936 Network Equipment and Redundant $10,320 Lot $10,320 Routers Logging recorder interface $27,607 Lot $27,607 Console Site Installation Accessories $2,174 Lot $2,174 Engineering & Services Installation $45,446 1st Year Warranty Included Total Consoles $272,640 Incentives 13% Fixed Infrastructure -$35,443 12% Combined Package -$28, % One-Time System & Subscriber -$22,534 Total Consoles with All Incentives $186,199 Other Costs Taxes $12,995 Shipping $1,490 Grand Total Consoles $200,684 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-145

154 C.6.4 Santa Clara Subscribers Pricing Summary Santa Clara Subscribers Description Qty Unit Price 32% Discount Extended Price APX 6500Li Configuration (Remote Mount) 65 $4, $3, $218, APX 6500 Configuration (O3 Control Head) 12 $5, $3, $46, APX 7500 Configuration (Motorcycle) 12 $7, $4, $53, APX 7000XE 3.5 Configuration 30 $8, $5, $174, APX 6000Li 2.5 Configuration 195 $5, $3, $664, APX 7500 Consolette (Single Band) 1 $8, $5, $5, Engineering & Services Install, Program, Fleet Map, Temp Dev $65, Subscribers Total $1,229, Incentives 12% Combined Package -$147, % One-Time System & Subscriber -$116, Total Subs with All Incentives $965, Other Costs 4 Year Service Advantage Plan $59, Estimated Sales Taxes $76, Estimated Shipping $9, Santa Clara Subscriber Total $1,111, Year Field Service $89, Total With Field Service $1,200, July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-146 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

155 C.6.5 Sunnyvale Subscribers Pricing Summary Sunnyvale Subscribers Description Qty Unit Price 32% Discount Extended Price APX 7500 Configuration 58 $7, $5, $308, APX 7500 Configuration (Motorcycle) 5 $7, $5, $26, APX 7500 Configuration (O3 Control Head) 25 $8, $5, $141, APX Configuration 272 $8, $5, $1,495, APX 6000Li 1.5 Configuration Public Works 62 $4, $3, $191, APX 6000Li 1.5 Configuration Public Safety 26 $4, $3, $82, Portable Accessories Lot $108,518 $73, $73, APX 7500 Consolette (Dual Band) 6 $10, $7, $42, Engineering & Services Install, Program, Fleet Map, Temp Dev $87, Subscribers Total $2,450, Incentives 12% Combined Package -$294, % One-Time System & Subscriber -$232, Total Subs with All Incentives $1,923, Other Costs 4 Year Service Advantage Plan $100, Estimated Taxes $155, Estimated Shipping $7, Santa Clara Subscriber Total $2,186, Year Field Service $129, Total With Field Service $2,315, Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-147

156 C.7 WARRANTY SERVICES STATEMENTS OF WORK C.7.1 Technical Support Service Description of Services The Technical Support service provides centralized remote telephone support for technical issues that require a high level of communications systems expertise or troubleshooting on Equipment. The Motorola System Support Center s (SSC) Technical Support Operation is staffed with technologists who specialize in the diagnosis and resolution of system performance issues. Technical Support Service: (i) does not include software upgrades that may be required for issue resolution; (ii) does not include Customer training; (iii) is only available for those system types supported and approved by Technical Support Operations and (iv) limited to Infrastructure currently supported by Motorola, The terms and conditions of this Statement of Work (SOW) are an integral part of Motorola s Service Terms and Conditions or other applicable Agreement to which it is attached and made a part thereof by this reference. Motorola Responsibilities: Respond to requests for Technical Support for the Restoration of failed Systems and diagnosis of operation problems in accordance with the response times set forth in the Remote Technical Support Response Times Table and the Severity Level defined in the Severity Definitions Table. If Infrastructure is no longer supported by Motorola, Technical Support will diagnosis the System but may not be able to resolve the issue without the Customer replacing the Infrastructure. Advise caller of procedure for determining any additional requirements for issue characterization, and Restoration which includes providing a known fix for issue resolution when available. Attempt remote access to System for remote diagnostics, when possible. Maintain communication with the Servicer or Customer in the field until close of the Case, as needed. Coordinate technical resolutions with agreed upon third party Vendor(s), as needed. Escalate and manage support issues, including Systemic issues, to Motorola engineering and product groups, as applicable. Escalate the Case to the appropriate party upon expiration of a Response time. Provide Configuration Change Support and Work Flow changes to Systems that have dial in or remote access capability. Determine, in its sole discretion, when a Case requires more than the Technical Support services described in this SOW and notify Customer of an alternative course of action. Customer Responsibilities: Provide Motorola with pre-defined information prior to Start Date necessary to complete Customer Support Plan. Submit changes in any information supplied in the Customer Support Plan to the Customer Support Manager. Contact the SSC in order to access the Technical Support Operation, provide name of caller, name of Customer, System ID number, Service Agreement number, site(s) in questions, and brief description of the problem. Supply on-site presence when requested by System Support Center. Validate issue resolution prior to close of the Case. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-148 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

157 Allow Motorola remote access to the System by equipping the System with the necessary Connectivity. Acknowledge that Cases will be handled in accordance with the times and priorities as defined in Remote Technical Support Response Times Table and the Severity Level defined in the Severity Definitions Table. Cooperate with Motorola and perform all acts that are reasonable or necessary to enable Motorola to provide the Technical Support service to Customer. Severity Definitions Table Severity Level Problem Types Severity 1 Response is provided continuously Major System failure 33% of System down 33% of Site channels down Site Environment alarms (smoke, access, temp, AC power). This level is meant to represent a major issue that results in an unusable system, sub-system, Product, or critical features from the Customer s perspective. No Work-around or immediate solution is available. Severity 2 Response during Standard Business Day Significant System Impairment not to exceed 33% of system down System problems presently being monitored This level is meant to represent a moderate issue that limits a Customer s normal use of the system, sub-system, product, or major non-critical features from a Customer s perspective Severity 3 Response during Standard Business Day Intermittent system issues Information questions Upgrades/preventative maintenance This level is meant to represent a minor issue that does not preclude use of the system, sub-system, product, or critical features from a Customer s perspective. It may also represent a cosmetic issue, including documentation errors, general usage questions, recommendations for product enhancements or modifications, and scheduled events such as preventative maintenance or product/system upgrades. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-149

158 Remote Technical Support Response Times Table SEVERITY LEVEL Severity 1 Severity 2 Severity 3 RESPONSE Within 1 Hour from receipt of Notification, Continuously Within 4 Hours from receipt of Notification, Standard Business Day Within next Business Day, Standard Business Day C.7.2 OnSite Infrastructure Response and Dispatch Service Description of Services The Motorola System Support Center (SSC) will receive Customer request for service and dispatch a Servicer. The Servicer will respond to the Customer location based on pre-defined Severity Levels set forth in the Severity Definitions Table and Response Times set forth in the Response Time Table below in order to Restore the System. Motorola will provide Case management as set forth herein. The SSC will maintain contact with the on-site Servicer until System Restoral and Case is closed. The SSC will continuously track and manage Cases from creation to close through an automated Case tracking process. This Case management allows for Motorola to provide Case activity reports. The terms and conditions of this Statement of Work (SOW) are an integral part of Motorola s Service Terms and Conditions or other applicable Agreement to which it is attached and made a part thereof by this reference. Motorola Responsibilities Continuously receive service requests. Create a Case as necessary when service requests are received. Gather information to perform the following: Characterize the issue. Determine a plan of action. Assign and track the Case to resolution. Dispatch a Servicer as required by Motorola standard procedures and provide necessary Case information collected in the preceding task. Ensure the required personnel have access to Customer information as needed. Servicer will perform the following on-site: Run diagnostics on the Infrastructure or FRU. Replace defective Infrastructure or FRU, as applicable. Customer, Servicer or Motorola may provide Infrastructure or FRU. Provide materials, tools, documentation, physical planning manuals, diagnostic/test equipment and any other requirements necessary to perform the Maintenance service. If a third party Vendor is needed to Restore the System, the Servicer may accompany that Vendor onto the Customer s premises. Verify with Customer that Restoration is complete or System is functional, if required by Customer s repair Verification in the Customer Support Plan required by section C.7.2. If Verification by Customer cannot be completed within 20 minutes of Restoration, the Case will be closed and the Servicer will be released. Escalate the Case to the appropriate party upon expiration of a Response time. Close the Case upon receiving notification from Customer or Servicer, indicating the Case is resolved. Notify Customer of Case Status as defined required by the Customer Support Plan: 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-150 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

159 Open and closed; or Open, assigned to the Servicer, arrival of the Servicer on-site, deferred or delayed, closed. Provide Case activity reports to Customer. Customer Responsibilities Contact Motorola, as necessary, to request service. Provide Motorola with pre-defined Customer information and preferences prior to Start Date necessary to complete Customer Support Plan. Case notification preferences and procedure. Repair Verification preference and procedure. Database and escalation procedure forms. Submit changes in any information supplied in the Customer Support Plan to the Customer Support Manager. Provide the following information when initiating a service request: Assigned System ID number. Problem description and site location. Other pertinent information requested by Motorola to open a Case. Allow Servicers access to Equipment. Supply Infrastructure or FRU, as applicable, in order for Motorola to restore the System as set forth in bullet 5 under Motorola s responsibilities. Maintain and store in an easily accessible location any and all Software needed to Restore the System. Maintain and store in an easily accessible location proper System backups. For E911 systems, test the secondary/backup PSAP connection to be prepared in the event of a catastrophic failure of a system. Train appropriate personnel on the procedures to perform the function of switching to the backup PSAP. Verify with the SSC that Restoration is complete or System is functional, if required by Repair Verification preference provided by Customer in accordance with section C.7.2. Cooperate with Motorola and perform all acts that are reasonable or necessary to enable Motorola to provide these services. Severity Level Severity 1 Severity Definitions Table Problem Types Response is provided continuously Major System failure 33% of System down 33% of Site channels down Site Environment alarms (smoke, access, temp, AC power. This level is meant to represent a major issue that results in an unusable system, sub-system, Product, or critical features from the Customer s perspective. No Work-around or immediate solution is available. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-151

160 Severity 2 Response during Standard Business Day Significant System Impairment not to exceed 33% of system down System problems presently being monitored This level is meant to represent a moderate issue that limits a Customer s normal use of the system, sub-system, product, or major non-critical features from a Customer s perspective Severity 3 Response during Standard Business Day Intermittent system issues Information questions Upgrades/Preventative maintenance This level is meant to represent a minor issue that does not preclude use of the system, sub-system, product, or critical features from a Customer s perspective. It may also represent a cosmetic issue, including documentation errors, general usage questions, recommendations for product enhancements or modifications, and scheduled events such as preventative maintenance or product/system upgrades. Severity Level Severity 1 Severity 2 Severity 3 Response Times Table Premier Response Time Within 2 hours from receipt of Notification Continuously Within 4 hours from receipt of Notification Standard Business Day Within 24 hours from receipt of Notification Standard Business Day Restoral 8 hours 8 hours 48 hours C.7.3 Infrastructure Repair Description of Services Infrastructure Repair is a repair service for Motorola and select third party Infrastructure as set forth in the below table ASTRO 25 Infrastructure. Infrastructure may be repaired down to the Component level, as applicable, at the Motorola Infrastructure Depot Operations (IDO). At Motorola s discretion, select third party Infrastructure may be sent to the original equipment manufacturer or third party vendor for repair. If Infrastructure is no longer supported by the original equipment manufacturer or third party vendor, Motorola may replace Infrastructure with similar Infrastructure, when possible. The terms and conditions of this Statement of Work (SOW) are an integral part of Motorola s Service Terms and Conditions or other applicable agreement to which it is attached and made a part thereof by this reference. Motorola Responsibilities Provide repair return authorization numbers when requested by Customer. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-152 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

161 Receive malfunctioning Infrastructure from Customer and document its arrival, repair and return. Perform the following service on Motorola Infrastructure: Perform an operational check on the Infrastructure to determine the nature of the problem. Replace malfunctioning FRU or Components. Verify that Motorola Infrastructure is returned to Motorola manufactured specifications, as applicable Perform a Box Unit Test on all serviced Infrastructure. Perform a System Test on select Infrastructure. Provide the following service on select third party Infrastructure: Perform pre-diagnostic and repair services to confirm Infrastructure malfunction and eliminate sending Infrastructure with no trouble found (NTF) to third party vendor for repair, when applicable. Ship malfunctioning Infrastructure to the original equipment manufacturer or third party vendor for repair service, when applicable. Track Infrastructure sent to the original equipment manufacturer or third party vendor for service. Perform a post-test after repair by Motorola, original equipment manufacturer, or third party vendor to confirm malfunctioning Infrastructure has been repaired and functions properly in a Motorola System configuration, when applicable. Re-program repaired Infrastructure to original operating parameters based on templates provided by Customer as required by Section C.7.3. If Customer template is not provided or is not reasonably usable, a standard default template will be used. If IDO determines that the malfunctioning Infrastructure is due to a Software defect, IDO reserves the right to reload Infrastructure with a similar Software version. Enhancement Release(s), if needed, are subject to additional charges to be paid by Customer unless the Customer has a Motorola Software Subscription agreement. Properly package repaired Infrastructure. Ship repaired Infrastructure to the Customer specified address during normal operating hours of Monday through Friday 7:00am to 7:00pm CST, excluding holidays. FRU will be sent two-day air unless otherwise requested. Select third party FRU. Motorola will pay for such shipping, unless Customer requests shipments outside of the above mentioned standard business hours and/or carrier programs, such as NFO (next flight out). In such cases, Customer will be subject to shipping and handling charges Customer Responsibilities Contact or instruct Servicer to contact the Motorola System Support Center (SSC) and request a return authorization number prior to shipping malfunctioning Infrastructure or third party Infrastructure named in the applicable attached Exhibit. Provide model description, model number, serial number, type of System and Firmware version, symptom of problem and address of site location for FRU or Infrastructure. Indicate if Infrastructure or third party Infrastructure being sent in for service was subjected to physical damage or lightning damage. Follow Motorola instructions regarding inclusion or removal of Firmware and Software applications from Infrastructure being sent in for service. Provide Customer purchase order number to secure payment for any costs described herein. Properly package Infrastructure and ship the malfunctioning FRU, at Customer s expense and risk of loss to Motorola. Customer is responsible for properly packaging the Customer malfunctioning Infrastructure FRU to ensure that the shipped Infrastructure arrives un-damaged and in repairable condition. Clearly print the return authorization number on the outside of the packaging. Maintain templates of Software/applications and Firmware for re-loading of Infrastructure as set forth in paragraph 2.5. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-153

162 Cooperate with Motorola and perform all acts that are reasonable or necessary to enable Motorola to provide the Infrastructure Repair services to Customer. The following items are excluded from Infrastructure Repair: All Infrastructure over seven (7) years from product cancellation date. All Broadband/WiNS Infrastructure three (3) years from product cancellation date. Physically damaged Infrastructure. Third party Equipment not shipped by Motorola. Consumable items including, but not limited to, batteries, connectors, cables, tone/ink cartridges. Test equipment. Racks, furniture and cabinets. Firmware and/or Software upgrades. Covered Infrastructure Antenna Systems Backhaul Base Station(s) and Repeater(s) Central Electronics Bank(s) Channel Bank(s) Comparator(s) Computer(s)/Workstations/Mode ms Console(s) Controller trunking Dictaphones and Recording Equipment Digital Interface Unit(s) Digital Signaling Modem(s) Digital Voice Modem(s) Embassy Switch Firewalls Intrusion Detector ISSI Gateway Links Logging Recorder Management Terminals MBEX(s) or NOVA Interconnect Microwave Equipment. ASTRO 25 Infrastructure Inclusions, Exclusions, Exceptions and Notes Excludes all Equipment such as bi-directional amplifiers, multicouplers, combiners, tower top preamplifiers, antennas, cables, towers, tower lighting, and transmission lines Includes PTP (Point-to-Point Wireless) PTP and PTP 800 licensed series Excludes all other PTP technologies Includes Quantar, MTR3000, STR3000, GTR8000, GTR8000 HPD, IntelliRepeater, Network Management (Please refer to the SOW for details) is not available on all stations. Quantar high power booster power amplifier, power supply and control board Excludes Fan Modules, Dual Circulator Tray, Site RMC Tray Includes Logging Recorder Interface and Network Hub Excludes all other technologies see SOW specifically for NICE logging recorders Includes Premisys, Telco, IMACS models 600, 800. Excludes Siemens Includes Spectratac, Digitac, and ASTRO-tac 9600, ASTRO-tac 3000, GMC8000, Comparators. Includes computers (Pentium I, II, III, IV) directly interface with or control the communications System, including Systemwatch II, PT800 tablet HP x1100, HPx2100, HP xw , HPz400, HP VL600, HP VL800, HPz400, ML850 laptop, MW810, ML900 laptop, ML910 laptop, Compaq XW4000. Includes keyboards, mice, trackballs. Excludes all other laptop and desktop computer technologies and all 286, 386, 486 computers; defective or phosphor-burned cathode ray tubes CRT(s) and burned-in flat panel display image retention, Includes Centracom Gold Elite, MCC7500, MCC5500, MIP5000, VPM, as part of complete communication System including headset jacks, dual footswitches, and gooseneck microphones. Excludes cables Includes SmartNet II prime and remote controllers, MTC3600, GCP8000, Site Controller PSC9600, CSC7000, MTC9600, MZC3600, MZC5000 (Includes Netra240 & T5220). Excludes SSMT and SCMS controllers. CD ROM Drive, Fan Tray Excludes all types and models. Included Included upon modem model availability Included upon modem model availability Includes AEB, AIMI, ZAMBI, AMB Includes Nortel Alteon ASF5105, 5106, Juniper SS520, ISSG140, SSG5, ISG1000C, ISG2000 Includes Proventia 201 Linux IDSS, Proventia CX4002C Includes T5220 Sun server Solaris 10 OS Includes PTP and 800 licensed series Excludes all technologies see SOW specifically for NICE logging recorders Includes computers (Pentium I, II, III, IV) that directly interface with or control the communications System, including Systemwatch II. Excludes laptop computers and all 286, 386, 486 computers. Included Excluded from service agreement but may be repaired on an above contract, time and material basis. All Equipment must be shipped to IDO. Excludes any on-site services. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-154 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

163 Monitor(s) Motobridge Moscad Network Fault Management Includes all Motorola certified monitors connected to computers that directly interface with or control the communications System. Excludes defective or phosphor-burned cathode ray tubes CRT(s) and burned-in flat panel displays image retention, as well as monitors that were not shipped by Motorola and/or cannot be confirmed by a Motorola factory order number. Included Includes NFM (Network Fault Management), as part of communication System only, RTU, SDM Site Manager RTU. Standalone MOSCAD and System Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) must be quoted separately. Includes FSA4000. Excludes all other fire alarming systems. Includes Full Vision, Unified Event Manager Excludes NMC Includes PDG:CPX8216, IVD & HPD PDG on HP DL360, MOTOBRIDGE Includes printers that directly interface with the communications system. Gateway Printer(s) RAS(s) Excludes RAS 1100, 1101 and 1102 Receiver(s) Includes Quantar, MTR2000 and ASTRO-TAC, GPW8000, GTR8000, GTR8000 HPD Receivers. Excludes Fan Modules, Dual Circulator Tray, Site RMC Tray Routers Includes GGM8000, ST5500, ST5598, S2500-S6000 Servers Includes Netra 240, Netra T5220, cpci, HP DL360, HP ML370, HP ML110, HP ML530, HP TC2110, 2120 HP InfoVista Server. IR8000 series, LX4000 series, Intel Server TSRL-T2, TIGPR2U, Proventia 201 Linux IDSS, Proventia GX4002C,Trak9100. Network Management Server includes cpci Chassis, Power Supply, Fan Tray, Controller Hard Drive, CD ROM Drive, Tape Drive, CPU, Client PC s, Core Security Management Server, Firewall Servers, Intrusion Detection Sensor Server. Excludes Dell Servers, Monitors, Memory Module Y02, Rear Fan RLN5352, Central Process Card Y01 Simulcast Distribution Amplifier(s) Site Frequency Standard(s) Secure SMARTX Switch Telco PBX Terminal Servers Universal Simulcast Controller Interface(s) UPS Systems Workstation Included Includes Rubidium, GPS and Netclocks systems sold with the Motorola System. Includes KMF crypto card, end to end Cryptor for IVD PDEG Cryptr Includes VPM Includes Nortel Passport PBX,Cisco Catalyst 6509, HP 5308 LAN switch, HP ProCurve Switch 2524, 2650, 2626, HP3500, HP2610, 3Com PS40, SS1100 Includes Avaya Difinity PBX, S8300, S8500, Intel Server (ACSS), TSRLT2, TIGPR2U Includes IR8000, LX4000S, LX4000T, Paradyne Included Excluded from service agreements but may be repaired on an above contract, time and material basis. All UPS Systems must be shipped to IDO for repair. Excludes batteries and any on-site services. Included C.7.4 Network Preventative Maintenance Description of Services Network Preventative Maintenance will provide an operational test and alignment on the Customer s Infrastructure Equipment (infrastructure or fixed network equipment only) as set forth in the below table ASTRO 25 ARC4000, 6.x, & 7.x Network Preventative Maintenance Checklist, to ensure the Infrastructure meets original manufacturer s specifications. Network Preventative Maintenance will be performed during Standard Business Days. If the System or Customer requirements dictate this service must occur outside of Standard Business Days, Motorola will provide an additional quotation. Customer is responsible for any charges associated with helicopter or other unusual access requirements or expenses. The terms and conditions of this SOW are an integral part of Motorola s Service Terms and Conditions or other applicable agreement to which it is attached and made a part thereof by this reference. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-155

164 Motorola Responsibilities Notify the Customer of any possible System downtime needed to perform this service. Physically inspect the Infrastructure Equipment in the system (equipment cabinets, general circuitry, fault indicators, cables, and connections). Remove any dust, and/or foreign substances from the Infrastructure. Clean filters, if applicable. Measure, record, align, adjust the Infrastructure Equipment parameters in accordance with the manufacturer s service manuals and the Rules and Regulations of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), where applicable. Customer Responsibilities Provide preferred schedule for Network Preventative Maintenance to Motorola. Authorize and acknowledge any scheduled System downtime. Maintain periodic backup of databases, Software applications and Firmware. Establish and maintain a suitable environment (heat, light, and power) for the Equipment location and provide the Servicer full, free, and safe access to the Equipment so that the Servicer may provide services. All sites shall be accessible by standard service vehicles. Cooperate with Motorola and perform all acts that are reasonable or necessary to enable Motorola to provide the Network Preventative Maintenance services to Customer. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-156 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

165 ASTRO 25 ARC4000, 6.x, & 7.x Network Preventative Maintenance Checklist ASTRO 25 ARC4000, 6.x, & 7x CO-LOCATED/REMOTE SITE Repeater(s), Control Station(s) Operational Check (where applicable) Reference existing site PM documents for exact measurements TX Frequency in Hz TX Power Output of Station (Forward/Reflected) TX Power Output out of Combiner (Forward/Reflected) TX Low Speed Deviation TX Test Pattern Deviation TX BER RX Tower/Rack Mounted Amplifier RX RF Level at 5% BER at Receiver and Through Multi-Coupler Receiver Desense/ Degradation do to Site Noise and TX Desense Wireline Audio Input & Output Levels Site Controllers Router/Switches All Equipment MASTER/PRIME SITE (RF Equipment) Master/Prime Site Controllers Router/Switches ASTRO-TAC Comparators Channel Bank MASTER/PRIME SITE (Servers) Misc Equipment GPS POWER UPS Generator AC to DC Power Unit (RF equipment) Check Lights/Fan Operation Check/Align Frequency Standard Roll to Redundant Controller (pre-approved by customer) Test Site Trunking/Failsoft Modes (pre-approved by customer) Multiple Control Channel Switching (pre-approved by customer) Check Lights/Fan Operation Check Diagnostics/Alarms Power Supply Voltages Check Lights/Fan Operation Roll to Redundant Controller (pre-approved by customer) Check Lights/Fan Operation Check for receiver to Comparator audio path ACTAC 9600 Comparator All sites on line? V.24 link health- link delays Channel Bank/ transport health for all sites (diagnostics/alarms) Roll to Redundant Power Supply (pre-approved by customer) Master Site Servers health (diagnostics/alarms) Complete backup of databases Roll to Redundant Zone Controller (pre-approved by customer) Remote Access Test Check all modems for proper levels & synchronization MBX/Other telco interface common equipment Roll to Redundant Receive Reference Module (pre-approved by customer) Frequency Standards (check 1 PPS, 5 MPPS, composite) Check Power Supply Voltages Check Diagnostics/Alarms AC/DC Voltages/Batteries Switch-Over Operations Switch to Generator Power (pre-approved by customer) Switch to Battery Power (pre-approved by customer) All Equipment Check Diagnostics/Alarms Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents C-157

166 CONSOLES POSITIONS/REMOTES TRUNKING TEST (Completed at all sites) Audio Input & Output Level Ethernet Operation CEB/MCC Power Supply Voltage, and AC Ripple Switches, Lights, CRT CEB/MCC Signal Levels Wiring and Grounding for each Position Check and Clean keyboards, CPU. CRT s CEB/AEB/MCC diagnostics Talkgroup Test Multigroup Call Private Call Secure Call 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System C-158 Stage 1 Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

167 SECTION DEXHIBIT D COUNTY CONSOLES TECHNICAL AND IMPLEMENTATION DOCUMENTS D.1 COUNTY CONSOLES SYSTEM DESCRIPTION D.1.1 System Overview Motorola is pleased to present Santa Clara County with the system design for a MCC 7500 dispatch console system to aid the public safety officers and users within the County in improving their safety and providing effective voice communications. Requirements for the system are described herein and are delineated throughout this system description. This MCC 7500 IP-based console design interfaces with the existing conventional resources used by the County. This design ensures that the current and future migration strategies of the County are tied into one gradual transition while upholding the safety of the County s public safety officers. Also, the dispatch solution design includes a NICE audio logging solution that includes the capability to record all conventional radio system traffic as well as existing telephony. Integrated playback is provided from all logged audio sources using the NICE Inform playback and management application. Long term archiving using Nice Storage Center is provided as well. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-1

168 D.1.2 MCC 7500 Dispatch Console Description MASTER SITE CCGWs (qty 8) Dispatch Site Router 1 Dispatch Site Router 2 Primary Dispatch Site LAN 1 Secondary Dispatch Site LAN 2 ` Dispatch Ops (Qty 30) SDM3000 Aux I/O AIS MCC7500 IP Logger 120 channel capacity CCGWs (qty 6) Border Router/ Firewall Customer Network ` Replay Clients (Qty 6) (Santa Clara County supplied) NICELog Logger (telephony) 120 channel capacity NICE Storage Center Server (5.8TB) NICE Inform Server NICE SNMP Client Santa Clara County Logging and Dispatch Design Figure 21: System Overview The MCC 7500 Dispatch Console is a mission critical IP command and control solution designed to ensure optimal quality audio and reliable communication. Console positions are connected directly to the IP network which supports communication with both trunked and conventional radios. Each console is centrally configured and managed from the network manager. The dispatch system includes an MCC 7500 Dispatch Console, a voice processor module (VPM) and associated peripheral hardware. Motorola Solutions has designed the radio console system for the Carol Drive dispatch center that serves Santa Clara County. The MCC 7500 Dispatch Console system consists of the following equipment: Master site licenses for the MCC July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-2 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

169 Technical support for the MCC 7500 API to support the integration to the County s CAD system. Thirty (30) MCC 7500 dispatch consoles. Conventional interfaces that can support conventional resources divided into two subnets. Redundant site routers for each subnet. One (1) Conventional site controller per subnet. One (1) Footswitch per operator position. Four (4) speakers per operator position. Dual IRR per operator position. Two (2) APX 6500 Control stations with their antenna systems. One (1) SDM3000 Basic. Two (2) SDM3000 Expansion. 19-inch LCD TS monitors. Workstations. D Architecture and Components Figure 22: MCC 7500 Typical Operator Position The MCC 7500 s flexible IP architecture enables interfaces and components to be distributed where they are needed. CCGW s can be located at conventional-only Radio sites or they can be located at Trunking Radio sites, the master site, or at console sites if that is where the conventional stations will reside. Aux I/O Servers are placed anywhere in the zone, closest to where they are needed. The VPM connects to the console site LAN switch and communicates with the dispatch console PC via Ethernet. Each dispatch position has its own PC and its own VPM. The VPM is designed to be located at the Dispatch position. The VPM provides all the audio processing services and encryption/decryption services for the VPM-based radio console. It is capable of supporting audio level adjustments, summing and filtering. It is also capable of supporting multiple simultaneous streams of audio. The VPM can support multiple simultaneous encryption/decryption sessions using multiple algorithms and multiple secure keys. The VPM has connectors for the following devices: One (1) desktop microphone Two (2) headset jacks Eight (8) desktop speakers One (1) logging recorder One (1) radio instant recall recorder One (1) telephone instant recall recorder One (1) external telephone set One (1) external paging encoder One (1) footswitch One (1) generic transmit audio input Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-3

170 Figure 23: MCC 7500 Hardware and Architecture with VPM D D Telephone/Headset Port The Telephone/Headset Port allows an external telephone set to be connected to the dispatch console. The dispatch console s headsets can then be used to communicate on both the radio system and the telephone set. Instant Recall Recorder (IRR) Short-term, console-specific audio recording is a mechanism used to record a portion of the inbound audio present on a specific dispatch console and make it readily available to the dispatcher. This recorded audio is retained by the recording system for a short period of time (typically about 60 minutes) and is easily played back by the dispatcher. This allows the dispatcher to replay received audio which the user may have missed. IRR port for Radio The Instant Recall Recorder Port (for Radio) allows an instant recall recorder to be connected to a dispatch console. The port provides an RJ45 connector with a balanced, 600 Ohm analog audio output containing the receive radio audio from the selected channels. Transmit audio of any type (either from this dispatch console or a parallel dispatch console) as well as tones generated by the dispatch console (emergency tones, callback tones, busy tones) are not included in the audio output. IRR port for Telephone The Instant Recall Recorder Port (for Telephone) allows an instant recall recorder to be connected to a dispatch console. The port provides an RJ45 connector with a balanced, 600 Ohm analog audio output containing the receive telephone audio from the chosen telephone resource. Transmit audio as well as ringing tones are not included in the audio output. If the phone system provides sidetone of the dispatcher s transmit audio, then the sidetone will appear in the audio output. D Long Term Logging Port Long term, console-specific audio recording is a mechanism used to record a portion of the inbound and outbound audio present on a specific dispatch console. This is historically done by providing a 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-4 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

171 logging port at the dispatch console, and wiring that port to a track of an audio recording device. These recordings are typically archived for long term storage, and provide a historical record of the radio communications made at a given dispatch console. The Long Term Logging Port allows an external logging recorder to be connected to a dispatch console. The port provides an RJ45 connector with a 600 Ohm balanced analog output. The audio which appears on this output is configurable, but typically is the radio audio that was transmitted and/or received at that dispatch console. Dispatcher initiated events recorded include: Call Alert Emergency Alarm Emergency Acknowledge and Knockdown Radio Status Resource Status D Conventional Channel Gateway (CCGW) Conventional channels are much more integrated into the trunking systems than in previous radio console configurations. The zone controller manages conventional channels in a manner similar to how it manages trunked talk groups. The physical interface to the analog conventional stations also changes from previous radio systems. Doing this provides two key benefits: It allows the conventional audio to use the same transport network as the trunked audio. It reduces the number of individual interface devices in the radio system. The portion of the router hardware and software that support the conventional stations is called the Conventional Channel Gateway (CCGW). Conventional Channel Gateways (CCGWs) are used to interface analog and ASTRO25 conventional channels to the ASTRO 25 radio system infrastructure. CCGWs provide 4-wire analog interfaces for analog channels and V.24 and IP digital interfaces for ASTRO 25 conventional channels. The high density version of the CCGW contains eight analog ports and eight V.24 ports plus an Ethernet port. Up to sixteen conventional channels can be connected to the analog and V.24 ports. The sixteen channels can be mixtures of analog, MDC 1200, ACIM Link, digital or mixed mode. In addition to the sixteen channels connected to ports, up to sixteen IP based channels can be supported. This brings the total number of channels supported on the high density version to thirty two. D Conventional Site Controller (CSC) The CSC allows dispatch console users to continue to access and control local conventional channels if connectivity to the radio system s controller is lost. This mode of operation is often called fallback operation or site conventional operation. All dispatch consoles, archiving interface servers and CCGWs continuously monitor their connections to the radio system s controller. If they detect that the connections have failed, they check their configuration data to see if a CSC is present in their console site. If a CSC does exist, they will automatically switch over to it. Any archiving interface servers located at the console site with the CSC will also continue to record calls on local conventional channels. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-5

172 D Auxiliary Inputs/Outputs The SDM3000 RTU is used to support most dispatch console Aux I/O needs. The SDM3000 RTU is rack mountable in a standard 19 inch rack and is one rack unit high. SDM3000 RTUs can be physically located at console sites, trunking RF sites or analog conventional RF sites. The dispatch consoles and RTUs communicate with each other across the radio system s IP transport network. This allows much greater flexibility in putting Aux I/Os where they are needed. The SDM3000 RTU is capable of supporting up to 16 outputs and 48 inputs. Expansion chassis (each being the same physical size as the SDM3000 RTU) can be added to increase the number of inputs and outputs as follows: Table 13: Auxiliary Inputs/Outputs Number of Output Relays Number of Input Buffers Single SDM3000 RTU Single SDM3000 RTU with expansion chassis Single SDM3000 TRU with 2 expansion chassis D D Additional MCC 7500 Console Dispatch System Features The MCC 7500 is a feature-rich, modular platform that has been configured to maximize the utility of the system to your unique needs. The following sections provide discussion of the key MCC 7500 IP Dispatch Console features. Integrated with the ASTRO 25 Network The MCC 7500 IP Dispatch Console is seamlessly integrated into the ASTRO 25 Mission Critical Trunking Network. The console connects directly to the Master Site via an IP backbone. This IP approach eliminates the need for space-consuming backroom electronics. All dispatch activity is performed over IP. The physical space needed to accommodate the MCC 7500 console position is no more than required for a personal computer. Both trunked talk groups and conventional radio channels can be accessed and controlled from one MCC 7500 IP Dispatch Console over the same network, thus reducing overall transport costs. All conventional resources become shared resources within the ASTRO 25 network, reducing the need for duplicate fixed network equipment. Inherent integration with the ASTRO 25 network means: Voice quality is optimized, eliminating the potential for audio degradation. Quality of service is maintained, regardless of the size of the system. IP network redundancy ensures call traffic delivery. Rapid call set up times that remain constant, regardless of the size of the system. Improved bandwidth efficiencies reduce transport costs. Flexibility in usage of the operator configuration any operator can do their job from any position in the network. Inherent access to all system resources within the network by eliminating equipment and coverage constraints, providing dispatch priority to reach any user when needed. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-6 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

173 D Proven Graphical User Interface The MCC 7500 s intuitive graphical user interface (GUI) optimizes user efficiency. The MCC 7500 user interface is an enhanced version of Motorola s proven radio dispatch GUI. For new users, the graphical icons and unsurpassed flexibility make the MCC 7500 console GUI easy to learn and operate. The MCC 7500 GUI is highly configurable and customizable by agency or user to meet dynamic needs and requirements. The MCC 7500 GUI makes the most use of monitor space, maximizing the number of resources a supervisor is able to easily view and control. Features include: Six (6) screen configurations (folders) for added resource capacity, for shift changes, or for differing radio dispatch scenarios and/or responsibilities. Sixteen different radio patch configurations per MCC 7500 IP Dispatch Console. Call history log for up to1000 calls. Tool Bars Resource Folders Radio Resource Radio Resources Patch & Multi-Select Folders Auxiliary Inputs/Outputs Radio Resource Radio Resources Activity Log Window Status Bar Figure 24: Radio Dispatch GUI The radio console computer and software are the user interface to the ASTRO 25 IP network. Error! Reference source not found. is a screenshot of the MCC 7500 IP Dispatch Console s Graphical User Interface (GUI). D Centralized Network Configuration and Fault Management Centralized configuration is a unique MCC 7500 IP Dispatch Console feature that speeds console set up, enhancement, or expansion efforts and makes the most efficient use of resources. Configuration of the MCC 7500 IP Dispatch Console positions is accomplished via the User Configuration Manager (UCM). There is no need to separately maintain or manage configuration databases solely for the radio dispatch equipment. Redundancy and potential errors from entering radio IDs and other data at multiple locations are eliminated. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-7

174 Console configuration changes are immediately and automatically distributed to radio dispatch positions. Call traffic and performance reports for each console can be generated from the Network Manager. Historical reports can assist in making informed decisions regarding radio console changes for optimal effectiveness and efficiency. Centralized fault management allows reduced service times, and quicker resolution of issues. The MCC 7500 IP Dispatch Console is designed to continuously monitor its application software and important hardware elements (PC, voice card, and secure card, VPM) to make sure it is operating efficiently at all times. Network connections and control paths between the consoles and various elements are also monitored to make sure they are operating efficiently. D Mission Critical Audio and Tones The MCC 7500 IP Dispatch Console is designed: To minimize the impact of any momentary glitches in IP audio packet delivery. With Robust error mitigation methods in place so call audio is not degraded even when the system is heavily loaded in a crisis. This improves dispatcher accuracy to minimize communication errors and repeated transmissions. To optimize the quality of tones sent to the radio users to improve the accuracy of their interpretation and response. Special protocols are used in the MCC 7500 IP software to enhance the quality of Alert Tones and Channel Marker tones used in trunking, which can be subject to distortion from the Project 25 IMBE vocoder. D Reliability and Availability The MCC 7500 IP Dispatch Console and services are optimized for real-time audio, essential for mission critical operations. The MCC 7500 is designed to prioritize emergency calls over other traffic. Queuing of voice is kept to a minimum and calls are transmitted in 450 milliseconds or less. For added assurance of reliable communications, MCC 7500 IP Dispatch Console sites support: Redundant WAN links to the master site. A Conventional Site Controller is used to ensure conventional channels remain operational. D.1.3 Logging Recorder Subsystem NICE have developed an audio & event recording solution defined for the Motorola MCC7500 Environment. The solution is designed to interface with Motorola s new generation of private radio systems which utilize the new IP MCC7500 Consoles. Motorola have also developed a product called Archiving Interface Server, or AIS for short, which provides the interface between the radio system and NICE s recording system. The interaction between the AIS and the recorder system is based on an API designed by Motorola. The recorder system uses the API to specify which talkgroups and conventional channels it shall record. The AIS uses the API to pass call control information and vocoded audio packets associated with radio calls to the recorder system via the LAN for storage and retrieval. The solution provided by NICE has been through the same level of testing and quality assurance as Motorola s own products, ensuring that the customer experience will be a seamless solution. The level of integration is an order of magnitude above that of usual 3 rd party product certification. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-8 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

175 The Logging Recorder Subsystem includes the following equipment, which is described in the below sections: One (1) MCC 7500 Archiving Interface Server (AIS) One (1) MCC 7500 IP Logging Recorder (120 channel capacity) One (1) NiceLog logger (120 channel capacity) One (1) NICE Inform Bundle that includes: One (1) Inform Server Module License Six (6) Reconstruction concurrent user licenses One (1) Inform Organizer module software license Six (6) Inform Organizer concurrent user licenses One (1) Inform Media Player license One (1) CastleRock SNMP Management Application and client One (1) NICE Storage Center 5.8TB A 16 Port KVM Switch with Monitor and Keyboard One (1) Customer Network Interface (CNI) to interface the NICE CEN to the Dispatch LAN D MCC 7500 Archiving Interface Server (AIS) The AIS provides an interface between the Motorola s radio system and the Logging Recorder. This archiving interface server consists of a Motorola-certified tower PC with built-in LAN connection, a monitor, and the appropriate AIS software. The AIS acts as an intermediary between the third-party audio logging solution and the trunking system, hiding the proprietary interfaces from the third-party audio logging solution. The AIS requires a monitor, mouse, and keyboard for software installation purposes only. After the software installation is complete, the AIS processes traffic between the radio system and the Logging Recorder. D Nice Processor Module (VPM) The VPM connects to the console site LAN switch and communicates with the Archiving Interface Server (AIS) through Ethernet. While there is no direct physical connection between the VPM and the PC, there is a one-to-one relationship. Each AIS has its own PC and its own VPM. The VPM provides all the audio processing services and encryption/decryption services for the VPM-based AIS. The user can configure the IP logging recorder to monitor and record a set of radio system resources (trunked or conventional). The AIS monitors configured radio resources, passes call-control information to the logging subsystem via an API, and redirects audio for those monitored channels to the logging sub-system via the LAN. The logging recorder then records this information to its storage media. The logging sub-system provides a user interface capable of allowing a user to identify events/calls that occurred on the radio system, choose the desired call they wish to review, and play back the audio for that call through a logging replay station. The logging sub-system reconstructs the replay audio from the vocoded samples that had been sent to the logging sub-system when the call occurred. The recording and replay of calls and events is restricted to users who have been granted rights to access the information. The radio system s network manager product defines the agencies in a given communication system (e.g. Police, Fire, Public Works, etc.), and the logging sub-system follows the agency partitioning rules that are set up by the network manager. Each logging sub- Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-9

176 system placed on the radio system infrastructure is granted access to some subset of the resources in the radio system. This is done in the radio system s network manager by specifying the rights of the login account used by the recorder. This restricts the logging recorders in one agency from recording information that pertains to another agency s traffic (if so configured). Each resource (trunked or conventional) in the radio system is mapped to one or more agencies which are allowed to monitor that resource. The AIS passes to the logging sub-system the call control information and audio that is pertinent for each radio system resource that the user wants to record. The call control information passed to the logging sub-system includes identification of the talkgroup or channel having activity, identification of the user making the call (unit ID, unit alias), the type of call (talkgroup call, emergency call, etc.), and other information. All this information is logged by the logging sub-system and is available for display back to the user upon replay. These pieces of information can also be used as search criteria on the logging sub-system s user interface, allowing a user to search the recorded information for the desired call(s). D MCC 7500 IP Logging Recorder The MCC 7500 IP logging recorder is used with the AIS. It is not capable of supporting other types of recording interfaces (PBX interfaces, T1/E1 interfaces, analog line interfaces, etc.). A separate recorder is used for anything that isn t coming through the AIS (e.g., recording telephony audio from a PBX or recording analog audio directly from its source). The MCC 7500 IP logging recorder allows 120 simultaneous calls to be recorded. The simultaneous transmissions capacity of a recorder includes all the trunked talkgroups and conventional channels being recorded via the AIS. It can be integration with NICE Inform playback and management system. D NICELog Logging Recorder NiceLog is a state-of-the art High Density Capture Platform built on proven NICE technology used worldwide. NiceLog provides a complete, reliable and robust solution for customer audio recording requirements. It is an innovative recording solution that allows public safety organizations to record conventional telephony and radio communications. NiceLog provides a digital, multimedia recording platform with a wide range of scalable recording solutions. NiceLog provides high performance, simultaneous record and play with archiving to local or remote media. User interface control and configuration is via LAN or WAN. The recording uses a unique frame based recording process offering very high performance and minimal data loss in the event of power outage or failure. Recordings are stored locally to HDD prior to being archived to removable media. The NiceLog Logging Recorder can be integrated with NICE Inform playback and management system. D NICE Inform Playback and Management System NICE Inform is a full-spectrum incident information management solution that captures, consolidates, manages, and analyzes incident information from multimedia sources for faster incident reconstruction, greater insight and improved response. NICE Inform is a browser-based application suite for Public Safety organizations that pieces together incidents in a highly visual and intuitive way; all laid out in a time sequence on a graphical display. NICE Inform is a modular suite of applications comprised of: Reconstruction module - for quick multimedia and multi-source search 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-10 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

177 and incident recreation for investigation purposes; Organizer module - for further incident information management in automated and secure manner; Monitor module - for Supervisor visibility to real-time communications in the call center; and administrator applications which include system administrator, user administration, and audit applications. NICE Inform provides for: Streamlining of investigations Improving interoperability within and between agencies by facilitating secure on-line information sharing Automation and simplicity of incident management process Secure and tamper-proof infrastructure for sensitive evidence Improved services to the public D D D D Reconstruction Application NICE Inform Reconstruction application is the main search and playback tool in NICE Inform. The Reconstruction application enables searches for recordings stored on various NICE logging recorders, and then plays them back as a complete scenario or as a single recording channel. When a search is completed, the results are presented in both a table format and a graphical timeline format. NICE Inform is 'layered on top' of the NICE recording capture devices and views them as one logical system. Organizer Application Organizer is an incident management application that provides the ability to manage incident information. It works independently from the recording platform, providing the ability to collect and organize materials related to an incident. Distribution can be done in a variety of ways, such as by saving the calls into one or more ".wav" files, to an audio cassette recorder, DVD, , etc. as well as by sharing specific incident folder on-line with users that have access to the NICE Inform server. All actions in the incident preparation, modification, or distribution are tagged with unique file numbers, incident numbers, and other reference information for historical tracking and quick lookup. Monitor Application A multi-channel audio live monitor application used by Supervisors allowing visibility in real-time of the communications managed by the call takers, dispatchers, or both. The Monitor application also allows for recent call replay so supervisors can verify the details of specific interaction. System Administration The Inform system administration application enables administrators to install and set up the physical NICE Inform servers and to add labels to the various system entities. The principal activities involved with system administration include: Privileges: Creation, editing, and deletion of recording systems Importing and exporting resources from or to a file Importing and exporting resources from or to a system User Administration: Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-11

178 Set up system-wide and user-by-user security for Inform Creation, editing, and deletion of user and group accounts D NICE Inform Server As a.net application, Inform delivers applications to users via a server. Users log into a server via Internet Explorer at the desktop. The Inform server requires appropriate MMS SQL licensing. D.1.4 Power Requirements D.1.5 Santa Clara County Dispatch Site QTY Description AC AC Volts AC Amps AMPS Total AC VA Power Factor AC Watts Total 4 Site Router AC HP 2610 Ethernet LAN Switch AC SDM3000 I/O AC CCGW AC Conventional Site Controller AC TOTALS % (accounting for 25% growth and NICE logging equipment) BTU/hr Dispatch ROP QTY Description AC AC Volts AC Amps AMPS Total AC VA Power Factor AC Watts Total 30 VPM AC PC AC Monitor AC Speakers AC BTU/hr TOTALS % Control Stations QTY Description AC AC Volts AC Amps AMPS Total AC VA Power Factor AC Watts Total BTU/hr 2 APX 6500 AC TOTALS % July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-12 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

179 Rack Face Drawing Carol Dr Dispatch Site CEB Room Rx Room (By Tower) 7.5 ft rack 7.5 ft rack 7.5 ft rack AC PWR STRIP 01 AC PWR STRIP 02 AC PWR STRIP 01 AC PWR STRIP SITE ROUTER 1 SITE ROUTER 2 5- PB 01 PB 02 PB 03 4 PB PNL SITE ROUTER 1 SITE ROUTER SITE LAN SWITCH 1 SITE LAN SWITCH 2 SITE LAN SWITCH SITE LAN SWITCH 1 SITE LAN SWITCH CCGW 1 CCGW 2 CCGW 3 CCGW 4 CCGW 5 CCGW 6 CCGW 7 CCGW CCGW 1 CCGW 2 CCGW 3 CCGW 4 CCGW 5 CCGW CONVENTIONAL SITE CONTROLLER CONVENTIONAL SITE CONTROLLER Control Station Combiner 1 Control Station 1 and 2 SDM BASIC SDM 3000 EXPANSION 1 SDM 3000 EXPANSION unnamed RACK 1 unnamed Santa Clara DISP Wall Mount Control Stations Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-13

180 D.1.6 Assumptions Motorola has made several assumptions in order to provide this design for the County. All assumptions are detailed below: Motorola is making the assumptions that the MCC 7500 dispatch center will connect to the new SVRIA Master site (not included in this proposal) and that they will both be at the 7.13 system release. It is understood that the new SVRIA Master site will be co-located at the Carol drive facility. AC power and battery backup for all sites is provided by the County. Backhaul connectivity is provided by the County for the Carol Drive dispatch site. No subscriber costs, including reprogramming, flash-kit upgrades, or board replacement, are included. The Conventional Channel Gateways used in this design would not be capable of DC signaling; hence the base radios that require DC signaling cannot be interfaced in this design. Santa Clara County will be responsible for providing the client workstations required to access the NICE logging information. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-14 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

181 D.2 COUNTY CONSOLES SYSTEM EQUIPMENT LIST Motorola intends to provide the latest models available at the time of system shipment. Therefore, model numbers provided are for reference only and are subject to change. QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION Master Site License 6 CA02105AA MCC7500/MCC7100 CONSOLE LIC 3 CA00968AA ADD: 4 HOURS TECHNICAL SUPPORT Dispatch Subsystem B1905 MCC 7500 ASTRO 25 SOFTWARE 30 B1933 MOTOROLA VOICE PROCESSOR MODULE 30 CA01642AA ADD: MCC 7500 BASIC CONSOLE FUNCTIONALITY SOFTWARE LICENSE 30 CA01643AA ADD: MCC 7500 / MCC 7100 TRUNKING OPERATION 30 CA00140AA ADD: AC LINE CORD, NORTH AMERICAN 30 DSE " LCD, BLACK WITH TOUCH 1928L 30 TT2312 Z400 MID TIER WITH WINDOWS 7 (64-BIT) NON-RETURNABLE 30 T7449 WINDOWS SUPPLEMENTAL TRANS CONFIG 120 B1912 MCC SERIES DESKTOP SPEAKER 60 B1913 MCC SERIES HEADSET JACK 30 DSTWIN6328A PROVIDES ONE DUAL PEDAL FOOTSWITCH FOR USE WITH MOTOROLA MCC 7500 DISP 30 DDN9979 SYMANTEC ENDPOINT PROTECTION V11.0 CORP ED LIC & MEDIA SINGLE COPY 30 DDN1245 DUAL IRR SW USB HASP WITH LICENSE (VERSION 45) 30 DDN6493 SOUND CARD AUDIGY SE 30 CDN6673 CREATIVE LABS INSPIRE A60 30 DDN9649 INSTANT RECALL RECORDER CABLE FOR MCC CLN ETHERNET SWITCH 2 SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY 2 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER 1 F4543 SITE MANAGER BASIC 1 NPI_ SDM3000 MCC7500 AUX IO F/W FOR A V266 ADD: 90VAC TO 260VAC PS TO SM 3 V592 AAD TERM BLCK & CONN WI 2 F4547 SM IO EXPANSION BASIC 2 NPI_ SDM3000 MCC7500 AUX IO F/W FOR A V266 ADD: 90VAC TO 260VAC PS TO SM 6 V592 AAD TERM BLCK & CONN WI 1 T7038 GCP 8000 SITE CONTROLLER 1 CA00303AA ADD: QTY (1) SITE CONTROLLER 1 X153AW ADD: RACK MOUNT HARDWARE 1 CA01136AA ADD: MCC 7500 CONVEN SITE OPER 8 SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-15

182 QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION 8 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER 8 CA01618AA ADD: CONV CHAN GATEWAY 8 CA02086AA ADD: HIGH DENSITY ENH CONV GATEWAY 2 TRN7343 SEVEN AND A HALF FOOT RACK 2 DSTSJ100BT SPD, RJ-48 CONNECTED FOR T1/E1, 10/100BT PROTECTS/PASSES ON ALL 8 PIN 1 DSTSJADP RACK MOUNT GROUND BAR, 19 IN FOR TSJ AND WPH SERIES DATA SPDS 30 DS1400 SPD, TYPE 3, 120V RACK MOUNT, 20A TWIST LOCK DUAL FEED INPUT W/4 PER Spares 2 B1912 MCC SERIES DESKTOP SPEAKER 2 B1913 MCC SERIES HEADSET JACK 1 TT2312 Z400 MID TIER WITH WINDOWS 7 (64-BIT) NON-RETURNABLE 2 B1934 MCC 7500 VOICE PROCESSOR MODULE FRU 2 CLN ETHERNET SWITCH 3 SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY 3 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER 3 CA01618AA ADD: CONV CHAN GATEWAY 3 CA02086AA ADD: HIGH DENSITY ENH CONV GATEWAY 2 CDN6281 BASE WITH PTT SWITCH 2 RMN5077A SUPRAPLUS SINGLE MUFF HEADSET 1 SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY 1 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER Dispatch Subsystem SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY 6 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER 6 CA01618AA ADD: CONV CHAN GATEWAY 6 CA02086AA ADD: HIGH DENSITY ENH CONV GATEWAY 2 SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY 2 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER 2 CLN ETHERNET SWITCH 1 T7038 GCP 8000 SITE CONTROLLER 1 CA00303AA ADD: QTY (1) SITE CONTROLLER 1 X153AW ADD: RACK MOUNT HARDWARE Control Stations 2 M25URS9PW1 N APX6500 7/800 MHZ MID POWER MOBILE 2 G806 ENH: ASTRO DIGITAL CAI OP APX 2 G48 ENH: CONVENTIONAL OPERATION APX G442 ADD: APX O5 CONTROL HEAD 2 G444 ADD: CONTROL HEAD SOFTWARE 2 G66 ADD: DASH MOUNT July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-16 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

183 QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION 2 G89 ADD: NO RF ANTENNA NEEDED 2 G90 ADD: NO MICROPHONE NEEDED 2 G142 ADD: NO SPEAKER NEEDED 2 W665 ADD: CONTROL STATION OPERATION 2 G91 ADD: CONTROL STATION POWER SUPPLY 1 DSCS SN STANDARD CONTROL STATION COMBINER, MHZ 8 CH. 2 DSMFBW7463 WIDEBAND FIBERGLASS OMNI ANTENNA NFM BULKHEAD 2 DSMMK12 ANTENNA MOUNTING BRACKET 150 L1705 CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT 2 DDN DIN FEMALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE 4 DSSG1206B2A 1/2" SURE GROUND GROUNDING KIT 1 DSL4SGRIP SUPPORT HOIST GRIP 1/2" LDF 5 MDN6816 1/2" CABLE HANGER KIT STAINLESS 1 DSTSXDFMBF DC BLOCK, HIGH POW, 698 TO 2700MHZ, DIN FEMALE/MALE CONN W/ FLANGE MT 1 DSGSAKITD GROUND STRAP KIT - DIN 30 L1705 CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT 1 DDN1088 TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE 1 DDN DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE 1 DDN9743 TORQUE WRENCH KIT FOR 7-16 DIN & TYPE N COUPLING NUTS 150 L1705 CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT 2 DDN DIN FEMALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE 4 DSSG1206B2A 1/2" SURE GROUND GROUNDING KIT 1 DSL4SGRIP SUPPORT HOIST GRIP 1/2" LDF 5 MDN6816 1/2" CABLE HANGER KIT STAINLESS 1 DSTSXDFMBF DC BLOCK, HIGH POW, 698 TO 2700MHZ, DIN FEMALE/MALE CONN W/ FLANGE MT 1 DSGSAKITD GROUND STRAP KIT - DIN 30 L1705 CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT 1 DDN1088 TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE 1 DDN DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN LDF4-50A CABLE 1 DDN9743 TORQUE WRENCH KIT FOR 7-16 DIN & TYPE N COUPLING NUTS CEN 1 CLN8874 SSG5 FIREWALL WITH HA DATA LICENSE KEY 1 CLN ETHERNET SWITCH 1 SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY 1 CA01619AA ADD: DC POWER 1 SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY 1 CA01619AA ADD: DC POWER Logging Recorder Equipment Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-17

184 QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION 1 CA02105AA MCC7500/MCC7100 CONSOLE LIC 1 TT2312 Z400 MID TIER WITH WINDOWS 7 (64-BIT) NON-RETURNABLE 1 B1933 MOTOROLA VOICE PROCESSOR MODULE 1 DS019BLK 19" LCD, BLACK, NON-TOUCH 1 CA00288AB ADD: MCC 7500 ARCHIVING INTERFACE SERVER SOFTWARE LICENSE 1 CA00140AA ADD: AC LINE CORD, NORTH AMERICAN 1 B1934 MCC 7500 VOICE PROCESSOR MODULE FRU 1 DDN9979 SYMANTEC ENDPOINT PROTECTION V11.0 CORP ED LIC & MEDIA SINGLE COPY 1 TDN1114 ETHERNET CABLE 100' 1 DDN INCH BLACK SHELF 1 DDN " LCD DRAWER W/ KEYBOARD & MOUSE, KVM 16 PORTS, CABLES 3 DS1400 SPD, TYPE 3, 120V RACK MOUNT, 20A TWIST LOCK DUAL FEED INPUT W/4 PER 3 TRN7343 SEVEN AND A HALF FOOT RACK 1 GMDN2573A HP CABINET W/ACCESSORIES 1 TT2312 Z400 MID TIER WITH WINDOWS 7 (64-BIT) NON-RETURNABLE 1 DS019BLK 19" LCD, BLACK, NON-TOUCH NICE LOGGING EQUIPMENT 1 TT1094 MCC SIMULTANEOUS CALL IP RECORDER 1 TT05599AA ADD: IP LOGGING RECORDER FOR USE ON 7.11 SYSTEMS 1 TT05651AA DEL: REPLACE INFORM LITE WITH SCENARIO REPLAY 1 TT CHANNEL LOGGING RECORDER 2 DQEXTSQCH CONTACT CLOSURE CHANNEL START/STOP 1 TT04559AA ADD: RAID 5 RESILIENCY 1 DDN7532 SNMP MANAGEMENT APPLICATION 1 DQNICELOGDATOPTION NICELOG DAT72 OPTION (REPLACES DVD RAM DRIVES) 1 DQNCLS89SWSRV NICE CLS BASIC SERVER (SW ONLY) 3 DQNCLS89REC NICE CLS SERVER LICENSE 1 DQNCLS89TOTAL TOTAL RECORDING LICENSE (PER CLS SERVER) 1 DQCD89CVOX LOGGER ACTIVITY DRIVER 1 TT2152 INFORM BUNDLE UP TO 250 CHANNELS 4 DDN9694 ADDL INFORM RECON CONCUR USER LIC 0 DDN9695 ADDL INFORM MONITOR CONCUR USER LIC 0 DDN1117 INFORM VERIFY CONCUR USER LIC 1 DDN9696 INFORM ORGANIZER MODULE SW LIC 5 DDN9697 INFORM ORGANIZER CONCUR USER LIC 1 DDN9958 INFORM MEDIA PLAYER LIC PER SERVER 1 TT05483AA INFORM SERVER DB BACK UP HARDWARE BUNDLE 1 DDN9698 PM UPGRADE: 3 DAYS ON SITE 2 TRIPS 1 DDN9669 INFORM USER TRAINING 1 TT1988 NICESTORAGE CENTER 250 CHANNEL 1 DQSTORAGECTRUPG REPLACE EXISTING DRIVES WITH 4X 2TB DRIVES 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-18 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

185 QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION 1 DDN POST SLIDE RAIL KIT FOR NICELOG AND NICECALL FOCUS III 1 DQPSRACKHW1 42U CABINET 3 DQPS1D NICE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES APX Configuration 731 H97TGD9PW1 N APX7000 DIGITAL PORTABLE RADIO 731 QA00569 ADD: 7/800MHZ PRIMARY BAND 731 QA00574 ADD: VHF SECONDARY BAND 731 QA00577 ADD: LARGE COLOR DISPLAY AND FULL KEYPAD 731 QA00579 ADD: ENABLE DUAL BAND OPERATION, When this option is chosen, an internal dual band antenna will be generated and there is no need to ADD an antenna 731 Q806 ADD: ASTRO DIGITAL CAI OPERATION 731 H38 ADD: SMARTZONE OPERATION 731 Q361 ADD: P BAUD TRUNKING 731 QA01749 ADD: ADVANCED SYSTEM KEY - SOFTWARE KEY 731 QA00580 ADD: TDMA OPERATION 731 Q947 ADD: RADIO PACKET DATA 731 QA00782 ADD: ENABLE INTERNAL GPS OPERATION 731 G996 ADD: PROGRAMMING OVER P25 (OTAP) 731 Q629 ENH: AES ENCRYPTION 731 QA00582 ALT: LIION IMPRES 4100 MAH FM IP67 (NNTN7033A) 731 WPLN7080 APX 7000 IMPRES CG SU APX7000 US/NA/CA/LA 731 NNTN7033A ASSEMBLY,BATTERY,BATT IMP FM RUGGEDIZED LIION 4100M 4300T BLK - SPARE BATTERY 30 PMLN5653A BONE CONDUCTION EAR MIC 100 RLN6424A RX ONLY EARPIECE W/TRANSLUCENT TUBE, use with HMN4103 Sp/Mic 701 HMN4103A IMPRES RSM DSPLY W HIROSE JACK, NO CHNL 2 T7537B KVL 4000 PDA SNAP-ON 2 U239AD ADD: ASTRO 25 MODE, ASTRO 25 Mode is required for P25 compliant systems. This option is required to perform CKR key management and is required for Conventional ASTRO 25 OTAR operation and the MGEG. NOTE: ASTRO 25 Mode includes KMF feature 2 QA01767AA ADD: KVL RADIO AUTHENTICATION, Requires U239AD- ASTRO 25 Mode. 2 X795AJ ADD: ASN MODE 2 CA01598AA ADD: AC LINE CORD US 2 CA00182AP ADD: AES ENCRYPTION SOFTWARE 2 C725AA ADD: KEYLOAD CABLE FOR APX PORTABLE 2 C543 ADD: CABLE FOR RNC, DIU, MGEG, Keyloading cable for KMF, MCC 7500 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-19

186 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-20 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

187 D.3 COUNTY CONSOLES STATEMENT OF WORK AND ACCEPTANCE TEST PLAN D.3.1 D D Contract Contract Award (Milestone) The County of Santa Clara ( County ) and Motorola execute the contract and both parties receive all the necessary documentation. Contract Administration Motorola Responsibilities: Assign a Project Manager as the single point of contact with authority to make project decisions. Assign resources necessary for project implementation. Set up the project in the Motorola information system. Schedule the project kickoff meeting with the County. County Responsibilities: Assign a Project Manager, as the single point of contact responsible for County-signed approvals. Assign other resources necessary to ensure completion of project tasks for which the County is responsible. Completion Criteria: Motorola internal processes are set up for project management. Both Motorola and the County assign all required resources. Project kickoff meeting is scheduled. D Project Kickoff Motorola Responsibilities: Conduct a project kickoff meeting during the Contract Design Review (CDR) phase of the project. Ensure key project team participants attend the meeting. Introduce all project participants attending the meeting. Review the roles of the project participants to identify communication flows and decision-making authority between project participants. Review the overall project scope and objectives with the County. Review the resource and scheduling requirements with the County. Review the Project Schedule with the County to address upcoming milestones and/or events. Review the teams interactions (Motorola and the County), meetings, reports, milestone acceptance, and the County s participation in particular phases. County Responsibilities: The County s key project team participants attend the meeting. Review Motorola and County responsibilities. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-21

188 Completion Criteria: Project kickoff meeting completed. Meeting notes identify the next action items. D.3.2 D Contract Design Review Review Contract Design Motorola Responsibilities: Meet with the County project team. Review the operational requirements and the impact of those requirements on various equipment configurations. Establish a defined baseline for the system design and identify any special product requirements and their impact on system implementation. Review the System Design, Statement of Work, Project Schedule, and Acceptance Test Plans, and update the contract documents accordingly. Discuss the proposed Cutover Plan and methods to document a detailed procedure. Submit design documents to the County for approval. These documents form the basis of the system, which Motorola will manufacture, assemble, stage, and install. Prepare equipment layout plans for staging. Provide minimum acceptable performance specifications for microwave, fiber, or copper links. Establish demarcation point (supplied by the Motorola system engineer) to define the connection point between the Motorola-supplied equipment and the County-supplied link(s) and external interfaces. Finalize site acquisition and development plan. Determine each site s ability to accommodate proposed equipment based upon physical capacity. If applicable, test existing equipment with which Motorola equipment will interface. Restrictions: Motorola assumes no liability or responsibility for inadequate frequency availability or frequency licensing issues. Motorola is not responsible for issues outside of its immediate control. Such issues include, but are not restricted to, improper frequency coordination by others and non-compliant operation of other radios. Motorola is not responsible for co-channel interference due to errors in frequency coordination by APCO or any other unlisted frequencies, or the improper design, installation, or operation of systems installed or operated by others. If, for any reason, any of the proposed sites cannot be utilized due to reasons beyond Motorola s control, the costs associated with site changes or delays including, but not limited to, re-engineering, frequency re-licensing, site zoning, site permitting, schedule delays, site abnormalities, re-mobilization, etc., will be paid for by the County and documented through the change order process. County Responsibilities: The County s key project team participants attend the meeting. Make timely decisions, according to the Project Schedule. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-22 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

189 Frequency Licensing and Interference: As mandated by FCC, the County, as the licensee, has the ultimate responsibility for providing all required radio licensing or licensing modifications for the system prior to system staging. This responsibility includes paying for FCC licensing and frequency coordination fees. Provide the FCC call sign station identifier for each site prior to system staging. Completion Criteria: Complete Design Documentation, which may include updated System Description, Equipment List, system drawings, or other documents applicable to the project. Incorporate any deviations from the proposed system into the contract documents accordingly. The system design is frozen in preparation for subsequent project phases such as Order Processing and Manufacturing. A Change Order is executed in accordance with all material changes resulting from the Design Review to the contract. D D.3.3 D Design Approval (Milestone) The County executes a Design Approval milestone document. Order Processing Process Equipment List Motorola Responsibilities: Validate Equipment List by checking for valid model numbers, versions, compatible options to main equipment, and delivery data. Enter order into Motorola s County Order Fulfillment (COF) system. Create Ship Views, to confirm with the County the secure storage location(s) to which the equipment will ship. Ship Views are the mailing labels that carry complete equipment shipping information, which direct the timing, method of shipment, and ship path for ultimate destination receipt. Create equipment orders. Reconcile the equipment list(s) to the Contract. Procure third-party equipment if applicable. County Responsibilities: Approve shipping location(s). Complete and provide Tax Certificate information verifying tax status of shipping location. Completion Criteria: Verify that the Equipment List contains the correct model numbers, version, options, and delivery data. Trial validation completed. Bridge the equipment order to the manufacturing facility. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-23

190 D.3.4 D Manufacturing and Staging Manufacture Motorola Fixed Network Equipment Motorola Responsibilities: Manufacture the Fixed Network Equipment (FNE) necessary for the system based on equipment order. County Responsibilities: None. Completion Criteria: FNE shipped to the staging facility. D Manufacture Non-Motorola Equipment Motorola Responsibilities: Manufacture non-motorola equipment, (third-party equipment suppliers including NICE) necessary for the system based on equipment order. County Responsibilities: None. Completion Criteria: Ship non-motorola manufactured equipment to staging facility. D Manufacture Console and Subscriber Equipment Motorola Responsibilities: Manufacture console and subscriber equipment. County Responsibilities: None. Completion Criteria: Ship console equipment to staging facility subscribers to the County. D Talkgroup Fleetmap Motorola Responsibilities: Schedule required meeting(s) with the appropriate County representative(s). Provide details on the features and functionality of the Motorola equipment/system. Work with the County to develop and obtain approval of the fleetmap for the system. Program the infrastructure equipment, subscribers, terminals, and any other radio system FNE, based on fleetmap. Any changes requested by the County after approval of fleetmap and template definitions will require updating the contract documents accordingly. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-24 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

191 SVRIA Responsibilities: Designate a representative for the user groups, to make timely decisions on their behalf. Identify the County s System Manager who will set up a steering committee consisting of various members from user groups. The System Manager, with the help of the steering committee, will be responsible for setting standardized system management and operational policies (SOP) that will apply to all users. A sample of SOP committee decisions includes: User Access Management Protocol User Database Management Protocol System Security Protocol Subscriber Radio Standards Configure, manage, and control the Fleetmap Database. User group reviews its radio standard operational policies and then determines what modifications will be required, if any. Create a Console Dispatch and Radio Programming Policy to decide how each Subscriber group will operate on the system and what features will be activated. User group representative(s) makes Fleetmap programming decisions. Complete the initial fleetmapping process prior to staging of the system. Completion Criteria: Fleetmap requirements completed and approved by the County D Stage System Motorola Responsibilities: Rack equipment as it will be configured in the field. Power up, program, and test all staged equipment. Confirm system configuration and software compatibility to the existing system. Load application parameters on all equipment according to input from Systems Engineering. Complete programming of sample Subscriber units. Provide the Factory Acceptance Test Plan to the County. SVRIA Responsibilities: Provide information on existing system interfaces as may be required. Provide information on room layouts or other information necessary for the assembly to meet field conditions. Assume responsibility for all costs associated with travel, lodging, meals, and all incidental expenses to witness the Factory Acceptance Testing. Witness Functional Acceptance Test (if participating in staging). Completion Criteria: System staging Functional Acceptance Test completed D Ship Equipment to Field Motorola Responsibilities: Pack system for shipment to final destination. Arrange for shipment to the field. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-25

192 County Responsibilities: None. Completion Criteria: Equipment ready for shipment to the field. D D.3.5 Ship Acceptance (Milestone) All equipment shipped to the field. Civil Work for the County-Provided Facilities Motorola Responsibilities: Provide electrical requirements for each equipment rack to be installed in the County-provided facilities. Provide heat load for each equipment rack to be installed in the County-provided facilities. County Responsibilities: Secure site lease/ownership, zoning, permits, regulatory approvals, easements, power, and Telco connections. Provide clear and stable access to the sites for transporting electronics and other materials. Sufficient site access must be available for trucks to deliver materials under their own power and for personnel to move materials to the facility without assistance from special equipment. Supply adequately sized electrical service, backup power (UPS, generator, batteries, etc.) including the installation of conduit, circuit breakers, outlets, etc., at each equipment location. Provide AC power (dedicated 20A, AC outlets - simplex with ground) for each major piece of equipment within 6 feet of the location of the Motorola-supplied equipment, including the associated electrical service and wiring (conduit, circuit breakers, etc.). Provide adequate HVAC, grounding, lighting, cable routing, and surge protection (also, among existing and Motorola-provided equipment) based upon Motorola s Standards and Guidelines for Communication Sites (R56). Ceiling (minimum 9 feet) and cable tray heights (minimum 8 feet) in the equipment rooms in order to accommodate 7-foot, 6-inch equipment racks. Provide floor space and desk space for the System equipment at the County-provided facilities. Each rack shall be provided a minimum of 24-inch x 24-inch footprint with 36-inch clearance in the front and back. Provide Type 1 and Type 2 surge suppression on the AC power to protect the dispatch center. Relocate existing equipment, if needed, to provide required space for the installation of Motorolasupplied equipment. Bring grounding system up to Motorola s R56 standards and supply a single point system ground, of 5 ohms or less, to be used on all FNE supplied under the Contract. Supply grounding tie point within 10 feet from the Motorola-supplied equipment. Provide all necessary wall or roof penetrations on existing buildings for antenna coax and microwave waveguide (if applicable) for main transmitter antennas, microwave radios, and control station Yagi antennas. Provide obstruction-free area for the cable run between the demarcation point and the communications equipment. Resolve any environmental issues including, but not limited to, asbestos, structural integrity (rooftop, water tank, tower, etc.) of the site, and any other building risks. (Resolve environmental or hazardous material issues.) Supply all permits as contractually required. Supply interior building cable trays, raceways, conduits, and wire supports. Complete all customer deliverables in accordance within the approved project schedule. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-26 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

193 Completion Criteria: All sites are ready for equipment installations in compliance with Motorola s R56 standards. D.3.6 D System Installation Install Fixed Network Equipment Motorola Responsibilities: Provide storage location for the Motorola-provided equipment. Receive and inventory all equipment. Interference: Motorola is not responsible for interference caused or received by the Motorola provided equipment except for interference that is directly caused by the Motorola-provided transmitter(s) to the Motorola-provided receiver(s). Should the County system experience interference, Motorola can be contracted to investigate the source and recommend solutions to mitigate the issue. Bond the supplied equipment to the site ground system in accordance with Motorola s R56 standards. Remove existing equipment. Dispose of existing equipment. County Responsibilities: Provide access to the sites, as necessary. Completion Criteria: Fixed Network Equipment installation completed and ready for optimization. D D Fixed Network Equipment Installation Complete All fixed network equipment installed and accepted by the County. Console Installation Motorola Responsibilities: Install the console in the space provided by the County. Remove existing equipment. Dispose of existing equipment. Connect the County-supplied, previously-identified circuits into the console, to a demarcation point located within 25 feet of the console interface. Terminate the audio outputs for the logged talkgroups onto a punchblock. Install a dedicated Local Area Network (LAN) at each dispatch center to connect the proposed console positions. Connect the appropriate equipment to the County-supplied ground system in accordance with Motorola s R56 Site Installation standards. Perform the console programming based on the County s existing Gold Elite console template. Install system equipment as specified by the Equipment List, System Description, and system drawings. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-27

194 Thirty (30) MCC 7500 Functionality Software licenses (workstations and monitors have been optionally proposed and will be provided if that option is included). One (1) footswitch, four (4) speakers and two (2) headset jacks per operator (workstations). One (1) SDM 3000 Aux I/O server and one (1) expansion Aux I/O server. One (1) conventional site controller. Two (2) routers and three (3) LAN switches for redundant links to the master site. One (1) Archiving Interface Server (AIS) and Firewall. VPM replacement hardware for operators is provided. VPM upgrade services are not provided in this quote. Provide programmable relays, DC power supply, punch blocks and cabling to interface the existing panic button and building door intercom system to the console. One (1) lot of spares as detailed in the equipment list. Two (2) APX 6500 Single band (7/800) Consolettes with antenna systems. County Responsibilities: Provide demarcation point located within 25 feet of the console interface. Completion Criteria: Console installation is complete. Console Installation Complete Console installation completed and accepted by the County. D Control Station Installation Motorola Responsibilities: Survey the exact mounting locations and develop control station installation plan. Perform the following tasks for the local control stations installations: Create installation plan. Install RF local control stations identified in the equipment list in County-supplied racks. Connect to the County-supplied ground point. Program all control stations once, from the template (approved by the County) prior to delivery. County Responsibilities: Provide cable entry into the building through wall feed-through and seal with silicone, or provide an entry plate and boot. Provide ground point within 6 cable feet of the control station. Provide necessary space for installation of the local control station. (This also requires a flat surface for placement.) Supply a dedicated 115 VAC grounded electrical outlet rated at 15 A to power the control station and remote control device. Provide an outlet within 6 feet of the unit. Supply a ground point of 5 ohms or less located in the immediate vicinity (within 6 feet) of the finalized location of the antenna and control station. Provide antenna-mounting facilities at each of the RF control station points specified, while providing an adequate means of feed-line routing and support. Completion Criteria: Completion of all the control station installations, and approval by the County. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-28 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

195 Control Station Complete Control Station installation completed and accepted by the County. D Subscriber Installation Motorola Responsibilities: None County Responsibilities: Perform all programming and installation of subscriber equipment. Completion Criteria: Completion of all the subscriber installations. Control Station Complete Subscriber installation completed by the County. D System Installation Acceptance (Milestone) All equipment installations are completed and accepted by the County. D.3.7 D System Optimization Optimize System FNE Motorola Responsibilities: Verify that all equipment is operating properly and that all electrical and signal levels are set accurately. Verify that all audio and data levels are at factory settings. Motorola and its subcontractors optimize console subsystem. Check audio and data levels to verify factory settings. Verify communication interfaces between devices for proper operation. Test features and functionality are in accordance with manufacturers specifications and that they comply with the final configuration established during the CDR/system staging. Set up the consoles on the existing radio system to perform the dispatching operation. County Responsibilities: Provide access/escort to the sites. Provide required radio ID and alias information to enable alias database setup for interface to console. Dispatchers to use the existing trunking and conventional system icons for dispatching until cutover. Completion Criteria: System FNE optimization is complete. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-29

196 D Link Verification Motorola Responsibilities: Perform test to verify site link performance, prior to the interconnection of the Motorola-supplied equipment to the link equipment. County Responsibilities: Make available the required links which meet the specifications supplied by Motorola at the CDR. Completion Criteria: Link verification successfully completed. D D.3.8 D Optimization Complete System optimization is completed. Motorola and the County agree that the equipment is ready for acceptance testing. Training Perform Training Motorola Responsibilities: Perform training class described in the training plan. County Responsibilities: Assign personnel to attend training class. Provide a facility suitable for training, with workstations available to the training participants. D.3.9 D Acceptance Testing Perform Equipment Testing Motorola Responsibilities: Test individual components of the system to verify compliance to the equipment specifications. Repeat any failed test(s) once Motorola (or the County) has completed the corrective action(s). Prepare documentation of component tests to be delivered as part of the final documentation package. County Responsibilities: Witness tests if desired. Completion Criteria: Successful completion of equipment testing. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-30 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

197 D Perform Functional Testing Motorola Responsibilities: Verify the operational functionality and features of the individual subsystems and the system supplied by Motorola, as contracted. If any major task as contractually described fails, repeat that particular task after Motorola determines that corrective action has been taken. Document all issues that arise during the acceptance tests. Document the results of the acceptance tests and present to the County for review. Resolve any minor task failures before Final System Acceptance. County Responsibilities: Witness the functional testing. Completion Criteria: Successful completion of the functional testing. County approval of the functional testing. D System Acceptance Test Procedures (Milestone) County approves the completion of all the required tests. D.3.10 Finalize D Cutover Motorola Responsibilities: Motorola and the County develop a mutually agreed upon cutover plan based upon discussions held during the CDR. During cutover, follow the written plan and implement the defined contingencies, as required. Conduct cutover meeting(s) with user group representatives to address both how to mitigate technical and communication problem impact to the users during cutover and during the general operation of the system. County Responsibilities: Attend cutover meetings and approve the cutover plan. Notify the user group(s) affected by the cutover (date and time). Conduct a roll call of all users working during the cutover, in an organized and methodical manner. Completion Criteria: Successful migration from the old system to the new system. D Resolve Punchlist Motorola Responsibilities: Work with the County to resolve punchlist items, documented during the Acceptance Testing phase, in order to meet all the criteria for final system acceptance. Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-31

198 County Responsibilities: Assist Motorola with resolution of identified punchlist items by providing support, such as access to the sites, equipment and system, and approval of the resolved punchlist item(s). Completion Criteria: All punchlist items resolved and approved by the County. D Transition to Service/Project Transition Certificate Motorola Responsibilities: Review the items necessary for transitioning the project to warranty support and service. Provide a Customer Support Plan detailing the warranty and post-warranty support, if applicable, associated with the Contract equipment. Provide additional information regarding post-warranty support, included in the Warranty/Post- Warranty section of this document. County Responsibilities: Participate in the Transition Service/Project Transition Certificate (PTC) process. Completion Criteria: All service information has been delivered and approved by the County. D Finalize Documentation Motorola Responsibilities: Provide an electronic as-built system manual on a Compact Disk (CD). The documentation will include the following: Site Block Diagrams Site Equipment Rack Configurations Functional Acceptance Test Plan Test Sheets and Results Equipment Inventory List Console Programming Template Drawings are created utilizing AutoCAD design software and will be delivered in Adobe PDF format. All other system manual documents converted from native format to Adobe PDF format to be included on the System Manual CD. County Responsibilities: Receive and approve all documentation provided by Motorola. Completion Criteria: All required documentation is provided and approved by the County. D Final Acceptance (Milestone) All deliverables completed, as contractually required. Final System Acceptance received from the County. 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-32 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

199 D.3.11 Project Administration D Project Status Meetings Motorola Responsibilities: Once a month (or other mutually agreed upon timeframe), Motorola Project Manager, or designee, will attend all project status meetings with the County, as determined during the CDR. Record the meeting minutes and supply the report. The agenda will include the following: Overall project status compared to the Project Schedule. Product or service related issues that may affect the Project Schedule. Status of the action items and the responsibilities associated with them, in accordance with the Project Schedule. Any miscellaneous concerns of either the County or Motorola. County Responsibilities: Attend meetings. Respond to issues in a timely manner. Completion Criteria: Completion of the meetings and submission of meeting minutes. D Progress Milestone Submittal Motorola Responsibilities: Submit progress (non-payment) milestone completion certificate/documentation. County Responsibilities: Approve milestone, which will signify confirmation of completion of the work associated with the scheduled task. Completion Criteria: The County approval of the Milestone Completion document(s). D Change Order Process Either Party may request changes within the general scope of this Agreement. If a requested change causes an increase or decrease in the cost or time required to perform this Agreement, the Parties will agree to an equitable adjustment of the Contract Price, Performance Schedule, or both, and will reflect the adjustment in a change order. Neither Party is obligated to perform requested changes unless both Parties execute a written change order. D.3.12 Acceptance Test Plan - MCC 7500 Dispatch Console System D MCC 7500 Conventional Resources D Activity Log - Conventional 1. DESCRIPTION Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-33

200 MCC 7500 Console activity log will show all traffic for the resource assigned to that console to include the time, radio alias, Channel, PTT ID and Emergency Call. 2. TEST Step 1. On the MCC 7500 select the "Show Activity Log" button on the tool bar to open the Activity Log Window. The dispatcher has the capability of selecting a logged call within in the "Activity Log Window" for instant transmit on the corresponding logged resource. This activity log can be logged to a text file for archival purposes. SETUP RADIO-1 CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1 RADIO-2 CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 2 RADIO-3 CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 3 RADIO-4 CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 4 CONSOLE-1 CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1, CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 2, CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 3, CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 4 Step 2. Step 3. Step 4. Initiate calls on RADIO-1, RADIO-2, RADIO- 3 and RADIO-4 to log call information and verify calls are displayed in the activity log window. Select a logged call in the Activity Log Window and verify that the Channel Control Window (CCW) at the top of the Activity log window changes to the corresponding resource. Verify the dispatcher is capable of responding via the instant transmit button. Open the text file created by the Activity Log and verify call traffic has been archived to the document file. Pass Fail VERSION # July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-34 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

201 MCC 7500 Conventional Resources D Console Priority 1. DESCRIPTION Console Operator Positions have ultimate control of transmitted audio on an assigned resource. The Console Position has the capability to take control of an assigned voice channel for a channel/talkgroup call so that the operator's audio overrides any subscriber audio. Console priority is a feature that enables dispatchers to gain immediate access to an assigned voice channel so that a central point of audio control exists. SETUP RADIO-1 - CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1 RADIO-2 - CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1 CONSOLE-1 - CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1 2. TEST Step 1. Step 2. Step 3. Step 4. Step 5. Step 6. Step 7. Initiate a Talkgroup call from RADIO-1 on CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1. Keep this call in progress until the test has completed. Observe that RADIO-2 receives the call. While the call is in progress, key up CONSOLE-1 on CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1. Observe that RADIO-2 is now receiving audio from CONSOLE-1 on CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1 De-key CONSOLE-1. Verify RADIO-2 now receives RADIO-1 audio. End the CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1 call from RADIO-1. Pass Fail VERSION #1.050 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-35

202 MCC 7500 Conventional Resources D Conventional Call 1. DESCRIPTION Dispatchers with Conventional Call capability will be able to communicate with other members of the same channel. When a Conventional Call is initiated from a subscriber unit, the call is indicated on each dispatch operator position that has a channel control resource associated with the unit's channel. SETUP RADIO-1 - CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1 RADIO-2 - CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 2 RADIO-3 - CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1 RADIO-4 - CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 2 CONSOLE-1 - CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1 CONSOLE-1 - CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 2 VERSION # TEST Step 1. Step 2. Step 3. Step 4. Step 5. Step 6. Initiate a call from CONSOLE-1 on CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1. Observe that RADIO-1 and RADIO-3 will be able to monitor the call. End the call from CONSOLE-1 and have either radio respond to the call. Observe that all consoles with CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1 can monitor both sides of the conversation. Initiate a call from CONSOLE-1 on CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 2. Observe that RADIO-2 and RADIO-4 will be able to monitor the call. End the call on CONSOLE-1 and have either radio respond to the call. Observe that all consoles with CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 2 can monitor both sides of the conversation. Pass Fail 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-36 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

203 MCC 7500 Conventional Resources D Multi-Select Operation 1. DESCRIPTION Multi-Select (Msel) allows the console operator to group a number of channels/talkgroups together such that when the general transmit bar is depressed, all of the multi-selected channels/talkgroups will transmit at the same time with the same information. Multi-Select is one way communication call. If a radio user responds to a Multi-Select call the talkgroup the user is affiliated to will be the only one to hear the call. There is no super-group formed, so radio communication is still at the single talkgroup level. Multi-Select is utilized to send an APB to several channels/talkgroups. A Multi-Select has a limit of twenty (20) trunking/conventional resources 2. TEST Step 1. Step 2. Step 3. Step 4. Step 5. Step 6. Step 7. Step 8. From CONSOLE-1, create an Msel group with CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1 and CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 2. Transmit on the Msel using the Msel instant transmit button. Verify that RADIO-1 and RADIO-2 hear the call. Initiate a call with RADIO-1. Verify the call is heard on CONSOLE-1 but not on RADIO-2. Initiate a call with RADIO-2. Verify the call is heard on CONSOLE-1 but not on RADIO-1. On CONSOLE-1 dissolve the Msel. SETUP Pass Fail RADIO-1 - CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1 RADIO-2 - CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 2 CONSOLE-1 - CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1, CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 2 VERSION #1.040 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-37

204 MCC 7500 Conventional Resources D Patch Operation - Conventional 1. DESCRIPTION 2. TEST Step 1. Step 2. Using CONSOLE-1 create a patch between CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1 and CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 2. Initiate a patch call from CONSOLE-1. The Patch feature allows the dispatcher to merge several resources together enabling them to participate in a single conversation. This can be used for temporarily merging two or more channels together to act as one larger group. In a patch group, the members can receive calls from the console and they can transmit to all other members of the patch group. SETUP Step 3. Step 4. Verify RADIO-1 and RADIO-2 can monitor the call. Initiate several calls between RADIO-1 and RADIO-2 and verify successful communication. Step 5. Dissolve the patch created in step 1. Pass Fail RADIO-1 - CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1 RADIO-2 - CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 2 CONSOLE-1 - CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1 and CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 2 VERSION # July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-38 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

205 MCC 7500 Conventional Resources D Frequency Selectable Conventional Resource 1. DESCRIPTION A Resource is selected on the console by placing the cursor over the Resource, choosing an area and selecting. The Resource choice area is the region where the name of the Resource is located (Top alphanumeric line of the Resource). When selected, the background of the Radio Resource will turn white and the border will turn green. Choosing the Instant Transmit button will send keying commands to the station. The Frequency Select option provides the capability to choose up to 14 separate frequencies. 2. TEST Step 1. Step 2. Step 3. Step 4. Step 5. Step 6. Using CONSOLE-1, select the first frequency in the list for the resource. Select the corresponding frequency on RADIO-1. Verify communications between CONSOLE- 1 and RADIO-1. Using CONSOLE-1, select another frequency in the list for the resource. Select the corresponding frequency on RADIO-1. Verify communications between CONSOLE- 1 and RADIO-1. Pass Fail SETUP RADIO-1 - CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1 CONSOLE-1 - CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1 VERSION #1.070 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-39

206 MCC 7500 Conventional Resources D Emergency Alarm and Call - MDC DESCRIPTION This test will demonstrate that a radio user using an MDC1200 analog conventional channel is able to transmit Emergency Alarms and Calls and that the console displays the ID of the radio. This also verifies that the radio can connect with the acknowledging console and that audio is transmitted. SETUP RADIO-1 - CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1 RADIO-2 CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1 CONSOLE-1 - CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1 VERSION # TEST Step 1. Step 2. Step 3. Step 4. Step 5. Step 6. Step 7. Step 8. Initiate an Emergency Alarm by pressing the emergency button from the RADIO-1 using CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1. Verify that the Emergency Alarm is received at CONSOLE-1 with the correct ID and that the Emergency tone is generated at CONSOLE-1 Verify that RADIO-2 receives the Emergency Acknowledgement tones. Acknowledge the Emergency Alarm from CONSOLE-1. From RADIO-2 press the PTT and verify that audio is received at CONSOLE-1. Verify that the console display shows the correct ID and that the call is made in the Emergency mode. Terminate the Emergency Call at RADIO-1 and initiate a PTT from RADIO-2. Verify that CONSOLE-1 displays the correct ID and that system goes back to normal conventional mode. Pass Fail 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-40 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

207 D MCC 7500 Trunked Resources (If a trunking P25 Master site is already in place) 2. TEST D Console Priority 1. DESCRIPTION Console Operator Positions have ultimate control of transmitted audio on an assigned voice channel resource. The Console Position has the capability to take control of an assigned voice channel for a talkgroup call so that the operator's audio overrides any subscriber audio. Console priority is a feature that enables dispatchers to gain immediate access to an assigned voice channel so that a central point of audio control exists. SETUP Step 1. Step 2. Step 3. Step 4. Step 5. Step 6. Step 7. Initiate a Talkgroup call from RADIO-1 on TALKGROUP 1. Keep this call in progress until the test has completed. Observe that RADIO-2 receives the call. While the call is in progress, key up CONSOLE-1 on TALKGROUP 1. Observe that RADIO-2 is now receiving audio from CONSOLE-1 on TALKGROUP 1. De-key CONSOLE-1. Verify RADIO-2 now receives RADIO-1 audio. End the TALKGROUP 1 call from RADIO-1. RADIO-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-2 - TALKGROUP 1 CONSOLE-1 - TALKGROUP 1 Pass Fail VERSION #1.120 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-41

208 MCC 7500 Trunked Resources D Instant Recall Recorder (IRR) Operation on the MCC DESCRIPTION The Instant Recall Recorder (IRR) allows for audio from a phone call or a radio call to be played back at the MCC 7500 Console position. Thirty minutes of audio is saved for radio and an additional thirty minutes for telephone. The audio is saved on the positions hard disk in the form of a.wav file. 2. TEST Step 1. Step 2. Step 3. Step 4. Step 5. Step 6. Select a radio channel on the CONSOLE-1 application window. Select IRR from the CONSOLE-1 toolbar. Initiate radio communication between two portables. Verify a new entry appears in the IRR log window. Select the new entry from the list. Press play and verify conversation replay. SETUP Pass Fail CONSOLE-1 - TALKGROUP 1 running IRR application. VERSION # July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-42 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

209 MCC 7500 Trunked Resources D Talkgroup Patch 2. TEST Step 1. Using CONSOLE-1 create a patch between TALKGROUP 1 and TALKGROUP DESCRIPTION Talkgroup Patch allows a dispatcher to merge several talkgroups together on one voice channel to participate in a single conversation. This can be used for situations involving two or more talkgroups that need to communicate with each other. Using the Patch feature, the console operator can talk and listen to all of the selected talkgroups grouped; in addition, the members of the individual talkgroups can also talk or listen to members of other talkgroups. Patched talkgroups can communicate with the console dispatcher and other members of different talkgroups because of the "supergroup" nature of the Patch feature. Step 2. Step 3. Step 4. Initiate a patch call from CONSOLE-1. Verify RADIO-1, RADIO-2, RADIO-3, and RADIO-4 can monitor the call. Initiate several calls between the radios and verify successful communication. Step 5. Dissolve the patch created in step 1. Pass Fail NOTE: If "secure" and "clear" resources are patched together, one repeater for each mode may be assigned per site. SETUP RADIO-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-2 - TALKGROUP 2 RADIO-3 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-4 - TALKGROUP 2 CONSOLE-1 - TALKGROUP 1 and TALKGROUP 2 Note: All 4 Radios must have the same home zone. VERSION #1.100 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-43

210 MCC 7500 Trunked Resources D Talkgroup Selection and Call 1. DESCRIPTION The Talkgroup Call is the primary level of organization for communications on a trunked radio system. Dispatchers with Talkgroup Call capability will be able to communicate with other members of the same talkgroup. This provides the effect of an assigned channel down to the talkgroup level. When a Talkgroup Call is initiated from a subscriber unit, the call is indicated on each dispatch operator position that has a channel control resource associated with the unit's channel/talkgroup. SETUP 2. TEST Step 1. Step 2. Step 3. Step 4. Step 5. Step 6. Initiate a wide area call from CONSOLE-1 on TALKGROUP 1. Observe that RADIO-1 and RADIO-3 will be able to monitor the call. Dekey the console and have either radio respond to the call. Observe that all consoles with TALKGROUP 1 can monitor both sides of the conversation. Initiate a wide area call from CONSOLE-2 on TALKGROUP 2. Observe that RADIO-2 and RADIO-4 will be able to monitor the call. Dekey the console and have either radio respond to the call. Observe that all consoles with TALKGROUP 2 can monitor both sides of the conversation. RADIO-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-2 - TALKGROUP 2 RADIO-3 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-4 - TALKGROUP 2 CONSOLE-1 - TALKGROUP 1 CONSOLE-2 - TALKGROUP 2 Pass Fail VERSION # July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-44 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

211 MCC 7500 Trunked Resources D Tone Generation Trunking Resource (MCC 7500 Consoles) 1. DESCRIPTION This test will demonstrate that the dispatch console is able to transmit Alt-Tone on a trunking resource during the tone generation period. 2. TEST Step 1. Step 2. Step 3. Step 4. Send an Alert tone from CONSOLE-1 Verify that RADIO-1 hears Alert tone from CONSOLE-1 Key up general transmit by using Console- 1's mike or foot switch Verify that RADIO-1 hears audio from CONSOLE-1 during the Alert Tone Talk Extend period. SETUP Pass Fail RADIO-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-1 - SITE - SITE 1 SITE-1 - ZONE 1 CONSOLE-1 -TALKGROUP 1 CONSOLE-1 - SITE - CSITE 1 VERSION #1.030 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-45

212 MCC 7500 Trunked Resources D Tone Generation on Conventional Resource (MCC 7500 Consoles) 1. DESCRIPTION This test will demonstrate that the dispatch console is able to transmit on a conventional resource during the tone generation period 2. TEST Step 1. Step 2. Step 3. Send an Alert tone from CONSOLE-1 Verify that RADIO-1 hears Alert tone from CONSOLE-1 Verify that RADIO-1 hears audio from CONSOLE-1 during the Alert Tone Talk Extend period. Pass Fail SETUP RADIO-1 - CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1 CCGW-1 - CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1 CCGW-1 - SITE 1 CONSOLE-1 - CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL 1 CONSOLE-1 - SITE - CSITE 1 (Note: Use General Transmit by keying up CH1 via console microphone or footswitch) VERSION # July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-46 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

213 MCC 7500 Trunked Resources D Remote Monitor 1. DESCRIPTION Remote Monitor from Console is a call type in which the console operator can select and remotely key a subscriber unit. This allows the dispatcher to monitor the transmit audio remotely and without detection. This feature is useful in situations where the subscriber unit has been stolen, or there is a need to determine if the radio user is incapacitated and cannot activate a PTT (i.e. an officer has been injured or is under duress). The radio being monitored will not show any sign of being keyed up. This test can be run in secure or clear mode on a trunked 9600 or 3600 site. 2. TEST Step 1. Step 2. Step 3. Step 4. Put RADIO-1 into Remote Monitor via the Remote Monitor tile on the CONSOLE-1. Verify that RADIO-1 keys up without any transmit indication. Verify any audio is heard by RADIO-2 and CONSOLE-1. Wait 30 seconds and verify that RADIO-1 dekeys. Pass Fail SETUP RADIO-1 - TALKGROUP 1 CONSOLE-1 - TALKGROUP 1 VERSION #1.070 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-47

214 D Audio IP Logging D Logging Analog Conventional Call 1. DESCRIPTION The IP-based analog conventional feature provides radio users/dispatcher capability to communicate with other radio users/dispatchers listening to the channel. The control events/voice from the transmitting radio or MCC 7500 Console can be forwarded to the archiving device that can record the information. This test will demonstrate the Archiving Interface Server (AIS) can be used to log analog conventional call audio/events on given analog conventional channel. The audio is archived in a vocoded format (G.728 for analog conventional). 2. TEST Step 1. Step 2. Step 3. Initiate PTT from RADIO-1 on CCH1. Using the playback station and logging recorder; verify the audio/events correspond to the user actions in the previous step. Repeat Steps 1-2 using CONSOLE-1 to initiate the call. Pass Fail SETUP RADIO-1 - CCH1 CONSOLE-1 - CCH1 This test requires an operational CCGW with an analog conventional channel (CCH1) and AIS/third party logging equipment. This test also requires an AIS affiliated to the CCH1. This is done via API commands from the third party logging system. VERSION # July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-48 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

215 Audio IP Logging D Logging Subsystem - Emergency Events and Calls-Emergency Alarm 1. DESCRIPTION This test will demonstrate that upon receiving notification from the Zone Controller of an Emergency Acknowledge/Recognize issued for a resource that the AIS is monitoring, the AIS will report the event to the Logging System. SETUP 2. TEST Step 1. Step 2. Step 3. Step 4. Step 5. Start an emergency alarm from RADIO-1 Verify that a RADIO-1 displays a emergency indication and CONSOLE-1 gets the Emergency indication. Key up RADIO-1 on TALKGROUP 1. Verify that CONSOLE-1 receives audio on TALKGROUP 1. Playback recent TALKGROUP 1 call activities Verify that the logging system has recorded the emergency alarm call/events with correct Resource Alias, Individual Alias, Site ID and the zone ID. RADIO-1 TALKGROUP 1 CONSOLE-1 TALKGROUP 1 AIS, NICE play back station and record station connected to AIS via the site LAN switch. Configure an alias for RADIO-1 and RADIO-2 and allow adequate time for data propagation. Pass Fail VERSION #1.060 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-49

216 Audio IP Logging D Logging Subsystem - Emergency Events and Calls-Emergency Alarm from Console 1. DESCRIPTION This test will demonstrate that upon receiving notification from the Zone Controller of an Emergency Acknowledge/Recognize issued for a resource that the AIS is monitoring, the AIS will report the event to the Logging System. SETUP RADIO-1 TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-2 TALKGROUP 1 CONSOLE-1 TALKGROUP 1 AIS, NICE play back station and record station connected to AIS via the site LAN switch. Configure an alias for RADIO-1 and RADIO-2 and allow adequate time for data propagation. 2. TEST Step 1. Step 2. Step 3. Step 4. Start an emergency call on CONSOLE-1 and key up on TALKGROUP 1. Verify that a CONSOLE-1 displays a flashing emergency indication for both radios. Perform a search for calls/events in the last 5 minutes. Verify the recent TALKGROUP 1 event activities are shown on the playback application. Verify that the logging system has recorded the emergency alarm with correct Resource Alias, unit ID, and the zone and site number of the originator. Pass Fail VERSION # July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-50 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

217 Audio IP Logging D Logging Subsystem - Logging User Can Search Recorded Calls by Various Fields 1. DESCRIPTION This test will demonstrate that the Logging System will allow an authorized user to search recorded conversations and to play back the desired conversation. The supported search includes time and date search, resource search based on ID or alias (trunked talkgroup), type of call search, site search, zone search, and user search. Note: If using the Inform Application the search fields may be limited to 3, Unit ID, Resource Alias and Individual ID. SETUP The NICE play back station connected to AIS via the site LAN switch. Logger/Storage Center with prerecorded audio / events in TALKGROUP 1 and TALKGROUP 2 is required. Assign aliases for TALKGROUP 1 (TALKGROUP 1_ALIAS) and TALKGROUP 2 (TALKGROUP 2_ALIAS). Playback station is configured with User Account UA. VERSION # TEST Step 1. Step 2. Step 3. Step 4. Step 5. Step 6. Step 7. Step 8. Step 9. Verify that TALKGROUP 1 and TALKGROUP 2 recorded audio / events can be replayed by logging in with UA user account. Search for a recorded call by 'time and date' field and play back the recorded call from the search results. Verify that accurate search results are produced and the recorded call is played back. Search for a recorded call by 'Individual Alias' field and play back the recorded call from the search results. Verify that accurate search results are produced and the recorded call is played back. Search for a recorded call by 'Resource aliases' and play back the recorded call from the search results. Verify that accurate search results are produced and the recorded call is played back. Search for a recorded call by 'Site ID' field and play back the recorded call from the search results. Verify that accurate search results are produced and the recorded call is played back. Pass Fail Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-51

218 Audio IP Logging D Logging Subsystem - Normal / Tactical Call Events 1. DESCRIPTION This test will demonstrate that the Logging Recorder will record the Console Site ID and Zone ID, requesting Console alias, associated talkgroup resource, Universal Resource Identifier (URID) of the requesting Console and the received talkgroup priority in the notification (Talkgroup Tactical Priority Grant) when reporting the Normal/Tactical Priority event to the Logging system. And the play back station will be able to show the recorded events. SETUP CONSOLE-1 TALKGROUP 1 CONSOLE-1 - SITE - CONSOLE SITE 1 AIS, NICE play back station and record station connected to AIS via the site LAN switch. Configure the TALKGROUP 1 call priority to normal on CONSOLE TEST Step 1. Step 2. Step 3. Step 4. Step 5. Step 6. Change the call priority to tactical on CONSOLE-1. Check the recorded call events on playback station. Verify that the priority change request for TALKGROUP 1 is recorded with the following information: priority status=tactical, CONSOLE-1 Zone ID=ZONE_1, CONSOLE-1 alias, CONSOLE-1 Site ID=CONSOLE SITE 1, and CONSOLE-1 URID. Change the call priority to normal on CONSOLE-1. Check the recorded call events on the play back station. Verify that the priority change request for TALKGROUP 1 is recorded with the following information: priority status=normal, CONSOLE-1 Zone ID=ZONE_1, CONSOLE-1 alias, CONSOLE-1 Site ID=CONSOLE SITE 1, and CONSOLE-1 URID. Pass Fail VERSION # July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-52 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted

219 D Sign-off Certificate By their signatures below, the following witnesses certify they have observed the system Acceptance Test Procedures. Signatures WITNESS: Date: Please Print Name: Initials: Please Print Title: WITNESS: Date: Please Print Name: Initials: Please Print Title: WITNESS: Date: Please Print Name: Initials: Please Print Title: Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) 19 July /800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents D-1

220 D.4 COUNTY CONSOLES PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE 19 July 2012 Silicon Valley Regional Interoperability Authority (SVRIA) Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject 7/800 MHz Project 25 Trunked Radio Communications System D-2 County Consoles Technical and Implementation Documents Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted